WO2009103007A2 - Steroid hormone receptor modulator compounds and methods - Google Patents

Steroid hormone receptor modulator compounds and methods Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009103007A2
WO2009103007A2 PCT/US2009/034131 US2009034131W WO2009103007A2 WO 2009103007 A2 WO2009103007 A2 WO 2009103007A2 US 2009034131 W US2009034131 W US 2009034131W WO 2009103007 A2 WO2009103007 A2 WO 2009103007A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
compound
alkyl
group
hydrogen
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2009/034131
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2009103007A3 (en
Inventor
Steven L. Roach
Andrew R. Hudson
Lino J. Valdez
Robert I. Higuchi
Lin Zhi
Angie C. Vassar
Adrienne Landry-Bayle
Mark E. Adams
Charlene V. Rowley
Ryan B. Lamer
Virginia Heather Sharron Grant
Original Assignee
Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated filed Critical Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated
Publication of WO2009103007A2 publication Critical patent/WO2009103007A2/en
Publication of WO2009103007A3 publication Critical patent/WO2009103007A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D407/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00
    • C07D407/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • This invention relates to compounds that bind to intracellular receptors and/or modulate activity of intracellular receptors, and to methods for making and using such compounds.
  • IRs intracellular receptors
  • steroid receptors such as androgen receptors, glucocorticoid receptors, estrogen receptors, mineralocorticoid receptors, and progesterone receptors.
  • Gene regulation by such receptors typically involves binding of an IR by a ligand.
  • a ligand binds to an IR, forming a receptor/ligand complex. That receptor/ligand complex may then translocate to the nucleus of a cell, where it may bind to the DNA of one or more gene regulatory regions. Once bound to the DNA of a particular gene regulatory region, a receptor/ligand complex may modulate the production of the protein encoded by that particular gene. In certain instances, a receptor/ligand complex regulates expression of certain proteins. In certain instances, a receptor/ligand complex may interact directly with the DNA of a particular gene regulatory region. In certain instances, a receptor/ligand complex may interact with other transcription factors, such as activator protein- 1 (AP-I) or nuclear factor KB (NFKB). In certain instances, such interactions result in modulation of transcriptional activation.
  • API activator protein- 1
  • NFKB nuclear factor KB
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula I, II, or III:
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, -OR 16 , an optionally substituted Ci-Cs alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), 0), (k), (1), (m), and (n) :
  • R 11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, - OR 16 , -NR 17 R 18 , -CH 2 R 16 , -COR 20 , -CO 2 R 20 , -CONR 20 R 37 , -SOR 20 , -SO 2 R 20 , -NO 2 , NR 17 (OR 16 ), an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl;
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, - COR 20 , -CO 2 R 20 , - CONR 20 R 37 , - NR 17 SO 2 R 20 , -NR 17 CO 2 R 20 , -NO 2 , -OR 16 , - NR 17 R 18 , NR 17 (OR 16 ), an optionally substituted C]-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl or R 12 taken together with R 11 form a 3-7 membered ring;
  • each R 13 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, CN, -NO 2 , OR 16 , an optionally substituted C]-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl or R 13 taken together with R 12 form a 3-7 membered ring;
  • R 21 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 - C 8 aryl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl, OR 16 , NR 17 R 18 , COR 20 , -CO 2 R 20 , and -CONR 20 R 37 ;
  • R 22 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted C]-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl, OR 16 , NR 17 R 18 , COR 20 , -CO 2 R 20 , and -CONR 20 R 37 ;
  • R 32 and R 33 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR 16 , -CN, COR 20 , an optionally substituted Cj-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl;
  • each R 23 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, OR 16 , an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl;
  • each R 24 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and -OR 16 ;
  • R 25 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR 16 , - CN, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -Cs cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl;
  • R 26 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR 16 , - CN, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl;
  • each R 29 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and -OR 16.
  • U is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, and -NR 17.
  • Q and T are each selected from the group consisting of S, O, -NR 17 , and
  • CR 34 wherein [0022] either Q is -CR 34 and T is selected from the group consisting of S, O, and -
  • T is CR 34 and Q is selected from the group consisting of S, O, and -
  • V is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and -NR , 17.
  • W is selected from the group consisting of -CR 27 and N;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of -NR 36 , S, and O;
  • Z and L are each selected from the group consisting of CH 2 , -NR 28 , and O, wherein
  • either Z is CH 2 and L is selected from the group consisting of -NR 28 and
  • each P is independently selected from the group consisting of N and CR 3 i , provided that no more than two of the Ps are N;
  • n is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, NR x R y , an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -Cg heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg heteroaryl;
  • R x and R y are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, COR 19 , CO 2 R 19 , SO 2 R 19 , S(O)R 19 , CONR 19 , an optionally substituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl; or R x and R y are linked to form a 3 to 7 membered ring;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of -OC(O)R 19 , OC(O)NR 19 R 19 , - NR 15 C(O)R 19 , NR 15 C(O)NR 19 R 19 , -C(O)R 19 , NR 17 R 18 , hydrogen, and OR 16 ;
  • R 7 and R 8 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg heteroaryl;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, OR 16 , an optionally substituted C]-Cg alkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 - C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg heteroaryl;
  • R 10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and OR 16 ;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of O, and NOR 16 ;
  • R 16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-Cg alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cr- C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl;
  • R 15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 3 - C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl;
  • R 17 and R 18 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, COR 20 , CO 2 R 20 , SO 2 R 20 , S(O)R 20 , an optionally substituted C ,-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cy-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl; or R 17 and R 18 together form a 3 to 7 membered ring;
  • Each R 19 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted C]-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 20 and R 37 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl; or R 37 and R 20 together form a 3-7 membered ring;
  • R 34 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -NO 2 , - OR 16 , -NR 17 R 18 , -CN, -COR 20 , NR 17 (OR 16 ), an optionally substituted C-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl;
  • R 36 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -Cs heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 - C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl;
  • R 28 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -COR 20 , -CO 2 R 20 , - CONR 20 R 37 , SO 2 R 20 , an optionally substituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Q-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 1 -C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl;
  • R 3S is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -COR 20 , -CO 2 R 20 , CONR 20 R 37 , SO 2 R 20 , an optionally substituted C)-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl;
  • R 30 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 - C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl;
  • R 31 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and - OR 16 ;
  • At least one of R 1 , R 2 and R 4 is not hydrogen
  • At least one of R 11 , R 12 , and one R 13 is not hydrogen
  • R 38 is selected from the group consisting of (o), (p), (q), (r), (s) and (t) :
  • R 39 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR 51 R 52 , -OR 53 , COR 53 , -SR 53 , -SO 2 NR 51 R 52 , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
  • R 40 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -OR 53 , -SR 53 , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
  • R 41 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, -OR 53 , -SR 53 , an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl; or
  • R 39 and R 40 together form an optionally substituted 5-6 member ring and R 41 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, -OR 53 , -SR 53 , an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl; or
  • R 40 and R 41 together form an optionally substituted 4-6 member ring and R 39 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR 51 R 52 , -OR 53 , COR 53 , - SR 53 , -SO 2 NR 51 R 52 , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
  • R 42 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, optionally substituted alkyl, -SR 53 and -OR 53 ;
  • R 43 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, an optionally substituted alkyl
  • R 44 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR 51 R 52 , -SO 2 NR 51 R 52 , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
  • R 45 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -OR 53 , -SR 53 , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
  • R 46 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, or
  • R 44 and R 45 together form an optionally substituted 5-6 member ring and R 46 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, or
  • R 45 and R 46 together form an optionally substituted 4-6 member ring and R 44 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR 51 R 52 , and an optionally substituted aryl;
  • R 47 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, an optionally substituted alkyl
  • R 48 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, - OR 16 , -NR 17 R 18 , -CH 2 R 16 , -COR 20 , -CO 2 R 20 , -CONR 20 R 37 , -SOR 20 , -SO 2 R 20 , -NO 2 , NR 17 (OR 16 ), an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci -C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl;
  • R 49 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, - COR 20 , -CO 2 R 20 , - CONR 20 R 37 , - NR 17 SO 2 R 20 , -NR 17 CO 2 R 20 , -NO 2 , -OR 16 , - NR 17 R 18 , NR 17 (OR 16 ), an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -Cs heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl;
  • R 50 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, CN, - NO 2 , OR 16 , an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl, or
  • R 48 and R 49 together form an optionally substituted 5-6 member ring and R 50 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, CONR 51 R 52 , an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, or
  • R 49 and R 50 together form an optionally substituted 4-6 member ring and R 48 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR 51 R 52 , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl,
  • R 51 and R 52 are each independently selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, or
  • R 51 and R 52 together form an optionally substituted 4-7 member ring
  • R 53 is selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
  • G is selected from O, S, and NR 54 ;
  • R 54 is selected from hydrogen and an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl and an optionally substituted alkynyl;
  • substituents on the alkyl, aralkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl groups when present, are each individually and independently selected from one to four group(s) selected from: alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, non-aromatic heterocycle, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aryloxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halo, carbonyl, imino, hydroxyimino, alkoxyimino, aryloxyimino, aralkoxyiminothiocarbonyl, O-carbamyl, N- carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N- thiocarbamyl, C- amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, C-
  • At least one position selected from R 44 , R 45 , R 46 , and R 47 is not hydrogen;
  • R 41 is F, then at least one position selected from R 39 , R 40 , R 42 and R 43 is not hydrogen;
  • R 40 is F, then at least one position selected from R 39 , R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 is not hydrogen;
  • any two positions selected from R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 are both F, then at least one of the other three positions selected from R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 is not hydrogen.
  • the invention provides a steroid receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid receptor agonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid receptor antagonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid receptor partial agonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid receptor binding compound.
  • the invention provides a selective androgen receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective androgen receptor agonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective androgen receptor antagonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective androgen receptor partial agonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective androgen receptor binding compound. [0093] In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor agonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor antagonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor partial agonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor binding compound.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical agent comprising a physiologically acceptable carrier, diluent, and/or excipient; and one or more compound of the present invention.
  • the invention provides a compound for treating a patient.
  • the invention provides a compound for the treatment of a condition selected from the group consisting of, inflammation, transplant rejection, psoriasis, dermatitis, autoimmune disorder, malignancy, adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, rheumatic fever, granulomatous disease, immune proliferation/apoptosis, conditions of the HPA axis, hypercortisolemia, cytokine imbalance, kidney disease, liver disease, stroke, spinal cord injury, hypercalcemia, hyperglycemia, cerebral edema, thrombocytopenia, Little's syndrome, Addison's disease, cystic fibrosis, myasthenia gravis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, uveitis, pemphigus vulgaris, multiple sclerosis, nasal polyps, sepsis, infections, type II diabetes, obesity, metabolic syndrome, depression, schizophrenia, mood disorders, Cushing's syndrome
  • the invention provides a method for modulating activity of a glucocorticoid receptor. Certain such methods comprise contacting a glucocorticoid receptor with one or more compounds of the present invention.
  • the invention provides a method for modulating activity of an androgen receptor. Certain such methods comprise contacting an androgen receptor with one or more compounds of the present invention.
  • the invention provides a method for modulating both the activity of a glucocorticoid receptor and the activity of an androge n receptor. Certain such methods comprise contacting an androgen receptor and a glucocorticoid receptor with one or more compounds of the present invention. [0099] In certain embodiments, the invention provides a method for identifying a compound that is capable of modulating activity of a glucocorticoid receptor and/or an androgen receptor comprising contacting a cell expressing a glucocorticoid receptor and/or an androgen receptor with a compound of the present invention and monitoring an effect on the cell. In certain such embodiments, the compound is a quinoline. In certain such embodiments, the compound is derived from a quinoline. In certain embodiments, the compound is a 6-arylquinoline.
  • the invention provides methods of treating a patient comprising administering to the patient a compound of the present invention.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition selected from the group consisting of inflammation, transplant rejection, psoriasis, dermatitis, autoimmune disorder, malignancy, adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, rheumatic fever, granulomatous disease, immune proliferation/apoptosis, conditions of the HPA axis, hypercortisolemia, cytokine imbalance, kidney disease, liver disease, stroke, spinal cord injury, hypercalcemia, hyperglycemia, cerebral edema, thrombocytopenia, Little's syndrome, Addison's disease, cystic fibrosis, myasthenia gravis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, uveitis, pemphigus vulgaris, multiple sclerosis, nasal polyps, sepsis, infections, type II diabetes, obesity, metabolic syndrome, depression, schizophrenia
  • Standard chemical symbols are used interchangeably with the full names represented by such symbols. Thus, for example, the terms "hydrogen” and “H” are understood to have identical meaning.
  • Standard techniques may be used for chemical syntheses, chemical analyses, pharmaceutical preparation, formulation, and delivery, and treatment of patients. Standard techniques may be used for recombinant DNA, oligonucleotide synthesis, and tissue culture and transformation (e.g., electroporation, lipofection).
  • Reactions and purification techniques may be performed e.g., using kits according to manufacturer's specifications or as commonly accomplished in the art or as described herein.
  • the foregoing techniques and procedures may be generally performed according to conventional methods well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification. See e.g., Sambrook et al. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (2d ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989)), which is incorporated herein by reference for any purpose.
  • selective binding compound refers to a compound that selectively binds to any portion of one or more target receptors.
  • selective glucocorticoid receptor binding compound refers to a compound that selectively binds to any portion of a glucocorticoid receptor.
  • selective androgen receptor binding compound refers to a compound that selectively binds to any portion of an androgen receptor.
  • selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor binding compound refers to a compound that selectively binds to any portion of a glucocorticoid receptor and that also binds to any portion of an androgen receptor.
  • selective binding refers to the ability of a selective binding compound to bind to a target receptor with greater affinity than it binds to a non-target receptor. In certain embodiments, selective binding refers to binding to a target with an affinity that is at least 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, or 1000 times greater than the affinity for a non- target.
  • target receptor refers to a receptor or a portion of a receptor capable of being bound by a selective binding compound. In certain embodiments, a target receptor is a glucocorticoid receptor. In certain embodiments, a target receptor is an androgen receptor. In certain embodiments, glucocorticoid receptors and androgen receptors are both target receptors.
  • modulator refers to a compound that alters an activity of a molecule.
  • a modulator may cause an increase or decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity of a molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity in the absence of the modulator.
  • a modulator is an inhibitor, which decreases the magnitude of one or more activities of a molecule.
  • an inhibitor completely prevents one or more activities of a molecule.
  • a modulator is an activator, which increases the magnitude of at least one activity of a molecule.
  • the presence of a modulator results in an activity that does not occur in the absence of the modulator.
  • selective modulator refers to a compound that selectively modulates a target activity.
  • selective glucocorticoid receptor modulator refers to a compound that selectively modulates at least one activity associated with a glucocorticoid receptor.
  • selective androgen receptor modulator refers to a compound that selectively modulates at least one activity associated with an androgen receptor.
  • selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor modulator refers to a compound that selectively modulates at least one activity associated with a glucocorticoid receptor and at least one activity associated with an androgen receptor.
  • selective modulates refers to the ability of a selective modulator to modulate a target activity to a greater extent than it modulates a non-target activity.
  • target activity refers to a biological activity capable of being modulated by a selective modulator.
  • Certain exemplary target activities include, but are not limited to, binding affinity, signal transduction, enzymatic activity, tumor growth, and inflammation or inflammation-related processes.
  • receptor mediated activity refers to any biological activity that results, either directly or indirectly, from binding of a ligand to a receptor.
  • agonist refers to a compound, the presence of which results in a biological activity of a receptor that is the same as the biological activity resulting from the presence of a naturally occurring ligand for the receptor.
  • partial agonist refers to a compound the presence of which results in a biological activity of a receptor that is of the same type as that resulting from the presence of a naturally occurring ligand for the receptor, but of a lower magnitude.
  • antagonist refers to a compound, the presence of which results in a decrease in the magnitude of a biological activity of a receptor. In certain embodiments, the presence of an antagonist results in complete inhibition of a biological activity of a receptor.
  • alkyl refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • An alkyl may be a "saturated alkyl,” which means that it does not contain any alkene or alkyne groups.
  • An alkyl group may be an "unsaturated alkyl,” which means that it comprises at least one alkene or alkyne group.
  • An alkyl, whether saturated or unsaturated, may be branched or straight chain. Alkyls may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Alkyls include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, hexyl, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, ethynyl, butynyl, propynyl, and the like, each of which may be optionally substituted.
  • an alkyl comprises 1 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “1 to 20” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "1 to 20 carbon atoms” means that an alkyl group may comprise only 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the term "alkyl” also includes instances where no numerical range of carbon atoms is designated).
  • lower alkyl refers to an alkyl comprising 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • intermediate alkyl refers to an alkyl comprising 5 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • An alkyl may be designated as "C 1 -C 4 alkyl” or similar designations.
  • C 1 -C 4 alkyl indicates an alkyl having one, two, three, or four carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, ethynyl, propynyl, and butynyl).
  • alkenyl refers to an alkyl group comprising at least one carbon- carbon double bond.
  • alkynyl refers to an alkyl group comprising at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
  • haloalkyl refers to an alkyl in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced with a halogen atom. In certain of the embodiments in which two or more hydrogen atom are replaced with halogen atoms, the halogen atoms are all the same as one another. In certain of such embodiments, the halogen atoms are not all the same as one another.
  • heterohaloalkyl refers to a heteroalkyl in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced with a halogen atom.
  • Carbocycle refers to a group comprising a covalently closed ring, wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom.
  • Carbocylic rings may be formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine carbon atoms.
  • Carbocycles may be optionally substituted.
  • heterocycle refers to a group comprising a covalently closed ring wherein at least one atom forming the ring is a heteroatom.
  • Heterocyclic rings may be formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms. Any number of those atoms may be heteroatoms (i.e., a heterocyclic ring may comprise one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine heteroatoms). In heterocyclic rings comprising two or more heteroatoms, those two or more heteroatoms may be the same or different from one another. Heterocycles may be optionally substituted.
  • Binding to a heterocycle can be at a heteroatom or via a carbon atom.
  • binding for benzo-fused derivatives may be via a carbon of the benzenoid ring.
  • heterocycles include, but are not limited to the following:
  • D, E, F, and G independently represent a heteroatom.
  • Each of D, E, F, and G may be the same or different from one another.
  • heteroatom refers to an atom other than carbon or hydrogen. Heteroatoms are typically independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, and phosphorus, but are not limited to those atoms. In embodiments in which two or more heteroatoms are present, the two or more heteroatoms may all be the same as one another, or some or all of the two or more heteroatoms may each be different from the others.
  • aromatic refers to a group comprising a covalently closed ring having a delocalized ⁇ -electron system.
  • Aromatic rings may be formed by five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms.
  • Aromatics may be optionally substituted. Examples of aromatic groups include, but are not limited to phenyl, naphthalenyl, phenanthrenyl, anthracenyl, tetralinyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, and indanyl.
  • aromatic includes, for example, benzenoid groups, connected via one of the ring-forming carbon atoms, and optionally carrying one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of an aryl, a heteroaryl, a cycloalkyl, a non-aromatic heterocycle, a halo, a hydroxy, an amino, a cyano, a nitro, an alkylamido, an acyl, a Q.6 alkoxy, a Ci -6 alkyl, a Ci_6 hydroxyalkyl, a Ci -6 aminoalkyl, a Ci ⁇ alkylamino, an alkylsulfenyl, an alkylsulfinyl, an alkylsulfonyl, an sulfamoyl, or a trifluoromethyl.
  • an aromatic group is substituted at one or more of the para, meta, and/or ortho positions.
  • aromatic groups comprising substitutions include, but are not limited to, phenyl, 3-halophenyl, 4-halophenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3-aminophenyl, 4-aminophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4- methylphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3- cyanophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, dimethylphenyl, naphthyl, hydroxynaphthyl, hydroxymethylphenyl, (trifluoromethyl)phenyl, alkoxyphenyl, 4-mo ⁇ holin-4-ylphenyl, 4- pyrrolidin-1-ylphenyl, 4-pyrazolylphenyl, 4-triazolylphenyl, and 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl
  • aryl refers to an aromatic group wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom.
  • Aryl rings may be formed by five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine carbon atoms.
  • Aryl groups may be optionally substituted.
  • heteroaryl refers to an aromatic group wherein at least one atom forming the aromatic ring is a heteroatom. Heteroaryl rings may be formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms. Heteroaryl groups may be optionally substituted. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, aromatic C 3-8 heterocyclic groups comprising one oxygen or sulfur atom or up to four nitrogen atoms, or a combination of one oxygen or sulfur atom and up to two nitrogen atoms, and their substituted as well as benzo- and pyrido-fiised derivatives, for example, connected via one of the ring-forming carbon atoms.
  • heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with one or more substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxy, amino, cyano, nitro, alkylamido, acyl, Ci- 6 -alkoxy, Ci-6-alkyl, Q- 6 -hydroxyalkyl, Ci- 6 -aminoalkyl, Ci- 6 -alkylamino, alkylsulfenyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, sulfamoyl, or trifluoromethyl.
  • substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxy, amino, cyano, nitro, alkylamido, acyl, Ci- 6 -alkoxy, Ci-6-alkyl, Q- 6 -hydroxyalkyl, Ci- 6 -aminoalkyl, Ci- 6 -alkylamino, alkylsulfenyl, alkylsulfinyl,
  • heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, unsubstituted and mono- or di-substituted derivatives of furan, benzofuran, thiophene, benzothiophene, pyrrole, pyridine, indole, oxazole, benzoxazole, isoxazole, benzisoxazole, thiazole, benzothiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, pyrazole, indazole, tetrazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, pyridazine, pyrimidine, purine and pyrazine, furazan, 1,2,3- oxadiazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, triazole, benzotriazole, pteridine, phenoxazole, oxadiazole, benzopyrazole, quinolizine, cinnoline, phthala
  • the substituents are halo, hydroxy, cyano, 0-Ci -6 - alkyl, Ci- 6 -alkyl, hydroxy-Ci. 6 -alkyl, and amino-Ci- 6 -alkyl.
  • non-aromatic ring refers to a group comprising a covalently closed ring that does not have a delocalized ⁇ -electron system.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a group comprising a non-aromatic ring wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom. Cycloalkyl rings may be formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine carbon atoms. Cycloalkyls may be optionally substituted. In certain embodiments, a cycloalkyl comprises one or more unsaturated bonds.
  • cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclopentene, cyclopentadiene, cyclohexane, cyclohexene, 1,3-cyclohexadiene, 1,4-cyclohexadiene, cycloheptane, and cycloheptene.
  • non-aromatic heterocycle refers to a group comprising a non- aromatic ring wherein one or more atoms forming the ring is a heteroatom.
  • Non-aromatic heterocyclic rings may be formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms.
  • Non-aromatic heterocycles may be optionally substituted.
  • non-aromatic heterocycles comprise one or more carbonyl or thiocarbonyl groups such as, for example, oxo- and thio-containing groups.
  • non-aromatic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, lactams, lactones, cyclic imides, cyclic thioimides, cyclic carbamates, tetrahydrothiopyran, 4H-pyran, tetrahydropyran, piperidine, 1,3-dioxin, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxin, 1,4-dioxane, piperazine, 1,3-oxathiane, 1,4-oxathiin, 1,4- oxathiane, tetrahydro-l,4-thiazine, 2H-l,2-oxazine , maleimide, succinimide, barbituric acid, thiobarbituric acid, dioxopiperazine, hydantoin, dihydrouracil, morpholine, trioxane, hexahydro-l,3,5-triazine, tetrahydrothio
  • arylalkyl refers to a group comprising an aryl group bound to an alkyl group.
  • Carbocycloalkyl refers to a group comprising a carbocyclic cycloalkyl ring. Carbocycloalkyl rings may be formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine carbon atoms. Carbocycloalkyl groups may be optionally substituted.
  • Rings refers to any covalently closed structure. Rings include, for example, carbocycles (e.g., aryls and cycloalkyls), heterocycles (e.g., heteroaryls and non- aromatic heterocycles), aromatics (e.g., aryls and heteroaryls), and non-aromatics (e.g., cycloalkyls and non-aromatic heterocycles). Rings may be optionally substituted. Rings may form part of a ring system.
  • carbocycles e.g., aryls and cycloalkyls
  • heterocycles e.g., heteroaryls and non- aromatic heterocycles
  • aromatics e.g., aryls and heteroaryls
  • non-aromatics e.g., cycloalkyls and non-aromatic heterocycles. Rings may be optionally substituted. Rings may form part of a ring system.
  • ring system refers to two or more rings, wherein two or more of the rings are fused.
  • fused refers to structures in which two or more rings share one or more bonds.
  • the term "linked to form a ring" and similar terms refer to instances where two atoms that are bound either to a single atom or to atoms that are bonded or linked through a linking group, are each bound to a linking group, such that the resulting structure forms a ring. That resulting ring includes the two atoms that are linked to form a ring, the atom (or atoms) that previously linked those atoms and the linker. For example, if A and B below are "linked to form a ring" the resulting ring includes A, B, C and a linking group. Unless otherwise indicated, that linking group may be of any length and may be optionally substituted. Referring to the above example, resulting structures include, but are not limited to:
  • the two substituents that together form a ring are not immediately bound to the same atom.
  • the resulting ring includes A, B, the two atoms that already link A and B and a linking group.
  • Examples of resulting structures include, but are not limited to:
  • the atoms that together form a ring are separated by three or more atoms.
  • the resulting ring includes A, B, the 3 atoms that already link A and B and a linking group.
  • Examples of resulting structures include, but are not limited to:
  • R refers to a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) and non-aromatic heterocycle (bonded through a ring carbon).
  • trihalomethanesulfonyl refers to a group of formula X 3 CS( 11 O) 2 - where X is a halogen.
  • cyano refers to a group of formula -CN.
  • isocyanato refers to a group of formula -NCO.
  • thiocyanato refers to a group of formula -CNS.
  • isothiocyanato refers to a group of formula -NCS.
  • S-sulfonamido refers to a group of formula -S(O) 2 NR.
  • N-carbamyl refers to a group of formula ROC(O)NH-.
  • C-amido refers to a group of formula -C(O)-NR 2 .
  • N-amido refers to a group of formula RC(O)NH-.
  • esters refers to a chemical moiety with formula -(R) n -COOR', where R and R' are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) and non-aromatic heterocycle (bonded through a ring carbon), where n is O or 1.
  • amide refers to a chemical moiety with formula -(R) n -C(O)NHR' or -(R) n -NHC(O)R', where R and R' are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) and heteroalicyclic (bonded through a ring carbon), where n is O or 1.
  • R and R' are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) and heteroalicyclic (bonded through a ring carbon), where n is O or 1.
  • an amide may be an amino acid or a peptide.
  • amine include such groups that have been esterified or amidified. Procedures and specific groups used to achieve esterification and amidification are known to those of skill in the art and can readily be found in reference sources such as Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1999, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
  • the term "optionally substituted,” refers to a group in which none, one, or more than one of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with one or more group(s) individually and independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, heteroholoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, non- aromatic heterocycle, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halo, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, isocyanato, thiocyanato, isothiocyana
  • carrier refers to a compound that facilitates the incorporation of another compound into cells or tissues.
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • a pharmaceutical agent refers to a chemical compound or composition capable of inducing a desired therapeutic effect in a patient.
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprises an active agent, which is the agent that induces the desired therapeutic effect.
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprises a prodrug.
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprises inactive ingredients such as carriers, excipients, and the like.
  • terapéuticaally effective amount refers to an amount of a pharmaceutical agent sufficient to achieve a desired therapeutic effect.
  • prodrug refers to an pharmaceutical agent that is converted from a less active form into a corresponding more active form in vivo
  • pharmaceutically acceptable refers to a formulation of a compound that does not significantly abrogate the biological activity, a pharmacological activity and/or other properties of the compound when the formulated compound is administered to a patient. In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation does not cause significant irritation to a patient.
  • co-administer refers to administering more than one pharmaceutical agent to a patient. In certain embodiments, co-administered pharmaceutical agents are administered together in a single dosage unit. In certain embodiments, coadministered pharmaceutical agents are administered separately. In certain embodiments, coadministered pharmaceutical agents are administered at the same time. In certain embodiments, co-administered pharmaceutical agents are administered at different times.
  • patient includes human and animal subjects.
  • substantially pure means an object species (e.g., compound) is the predominant species present (i.e., on a molar basis it is more abundant than any other individual species in the composition).
  • a substantially purified fraction is a composition wherein the object species comprises at least about 50 percent (on a molar basis) of all species present.
  • a substantially pure composition will comprise more than about 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% of all species present in the composition.
  • the object species is purified to essential homogeneity (contaminant species cannot be detected in the composition by conventional detection methods) wherein the composition consists essentially of a single species.
  • tissue-selective refers to the ability of a compound to modulate a biological activity in one tissue to a greater or lesser degree than it modulates a biological activity in another tissue.
  • the biological activities in the different tissues may be the same or they may be different.
  • the biological activities in the different tissues may be mediated by the same type of target receptor.
  • a tissue-selective compound may modulate receptor mediated biological activity in one tissue and fail to modulate, or modulate to a lesser degree, receptor mediated biological activity in another tissue type.
  • the term "monitoring” refers to observing an effect or absence of any effect. In certain embodiments, one monitors cells after contacting those cells with a compound of the present invention. Examples of effects that may be monitored include, but are not limited to, changes in cell phenotype, cell proliferation, receptor activity, or the interaction between a receptor and a compound known to bind to the receptor.
  • cell phenotype refers to physical or biological characteristics. Examples of characteristics that constitute phenotype included, but are not limited to, cell size, cell proliferation, cell differentiation, cell survival, apoptosis (cell death), or the utilization of a metabolic nutrient (e.g., glucose uptake). Certain changes or the absence of changes in cell phenotype are readily monitored using techniques known in the art.
  • cell proliferation refers to the rate at which cells divide. The number of cells growing in a vessel can be quantified by a person skilled in the art (e.g., by counting cells in a defined area using a light microscope, or by using laboratory apparatus that measure the density of cells in an appropriate medium). One skilled in that art can calculate cell proliferation by determining the number of cells at two or more times.
  • contacting refers to bringing two or more materials into close enough proximity that they may interact. In certain embodiments, contacting can be accomplished in a vessel such as a test tube, a petri dish, or the like. In certain embodiments, contacting may be performed in the presence of additional materials. In certain embodiments, contacting may be performed in the presence of cells. In certain of such embodiments, one or more of the materials that are being contacted may be inside a cell. Cells may be alive or may dead. Cells may or may not be intact. Certain compounds
  • Certain compounds that bind to glucocorticoid receptors and/or androgen receptors and/or certain compounds that modulate an activity of such receptors play a role in health (e.g., normal growth, development, and/or absence of disease).
  • compounds of the present invention are useful for treating any of a variety of diseases or conditions.
  • the present invention provides selective glucocorticoid and/or androgen receptor modulators. In certain embodiments, the invention provides selective glucocorticoid and/or androgen receptor binding agents. In certain embodiments, the invention provides methods of making and methods of using selective glucocorticoid and/or androgen receptor modulators and/or selective glucocorticoid and/or androgen binding agents. In certain embodiments, selective glucocorticoid and/or androgen modulators are agonists, partial agonists, and/or antagonists for the glucocorticoid and/or androgen receptor. [0183] In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to compounds of Formula I, II, or III:
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, -OR 16 , an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -Cs cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 1 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 1 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R !
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
  • R 1 is methyl.
  • R 1 is trifiuoromethyl.
  • R 1 is F or Cl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, -OR 16 , an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 2 is an optionally substituted CpCg alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 2 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 2 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 2 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 2 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 2 is a halogen, R 2 is F or Cl.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of (a), (b), (C), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), 0), (k), (1), (m), and (n) :
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted 2-indolyl, an optionally substituted 3-indolyl, an optionally substituted 4-indolyl, an optionally substituted 6-indolyl, an optionally substituted 7-indolyl, and an optionally substituted 7-indolinyl.
  • R 3 is a pyridyl, optionally substituted with a CpC 6 alkyl, where that alkyl is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
  • R 3 is 3-methylpyrid-2-yl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is an optionally substituted dibenzofuranyl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6-yl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is
  • R 4 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 4 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 4 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 4 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 4 is trifiuoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 4 is a halogen, R 4 is F or Cl.
  • At least one of R 1 , R 2 and R 4 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments at least two of R 1 , R 2 and R 4 are not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, at least one of R 1 , R 2 and R 4 is not methyl. In certain embodiments, if one of R 1 , R 2 and R 4 is hydrogen, then at least one of the other two of those groups is not methyl.
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, NR x R y , an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C)-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -Cs heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-Cg aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg heteroaryl.
  • R 5 is an optionally substituted CpCg alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 5 is an optionally substituted Ci-Cg alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 5 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -Cg alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -Cg alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 5 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 5 is trifiuoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 5 is a halogen, R 5 is F or Cl.
  • R 5 is a heteroalkyl
  • the heteroatom of that heteroalkyl is not sulfur or oxygen.
  • R 5 is an optionally substituted alkyl
  • that optionally substituted alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of an aryl, a heteroaryl, a cycloalkyl, and a heterocycle.
  • the optionally substituted alkyl is optionally substituted phenyl.
  • R 5 is an optionally substituted alkenyl
  • that optionally substituted alkenyl is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, and pentenyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle.
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, benzyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-propenyl.
  • R x and R y are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, COR 20 , CO 2 R 20 , SO 2 R 20 , S(O)R 20 , an optionally substituted Ci-Cg alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-Cg heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-Cg haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpCg heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg heteroaryl; or R x and R y are linked to form a 3 to 7 membered ring;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of - OC(O)R 19 , OC(O)NR 19 R 19 , -NR 15 C(O)R 19 , NR 15 C(O)NR 19 R 19 , -C(O)R 19 .
  • each of R and R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 7 and/or R 8 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 7 and/or R 8 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 7 and/or R 8 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -Cg alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -Cg alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 7 and/or R 8 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 7 and/or R 8 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 7 and/or R 8 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 7 and/or R 8 is a halogen, R 7 and/or R 8 is F or Cl. In certain embodiments, R 7 is methyl. In certain embodiments R 8 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 7 is methyl and R 8 is methyl. In certain embodiments, at least one of R 7 and R 8 is not methyl. In certain embodiments, at least one of R 7 and R 8 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, if R 7 is hydrogen, then R 8 is not methyl.
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, OR 16 , a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -Cg heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg heteroaryl.
  • R 9 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 9 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 9 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 9 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 9 is trifiuoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 9 is a halogen, R 9 is F or Cl. In certain embodiments, R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, and hydroxy.
  • R 10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and OR 16 . In certain embodiments, R 10 is hydroxy.
  • R 1 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, -OR 16 , -NR 17 R 18 , -CH 2 R 16 , -COR 20 , -CO 2 R 20 , -CONR 20 R 37 , - SOR 20 , -SO 2 R 20 , -NO 2 , NR 17 (OR 16 ), an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C ⁇ haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 11 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated.
  • R 1 1 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated.
  • R 11 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 11 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 11 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 11 is trifiuoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 11 is a halogen, R n is F or Cl. In certain embodiments, where R 11 is an optionally substituted alkenyl, that optionally substituted alkenyl is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, and pentenyl.
  • R 11 is an optionally substituted alkenyl
  • that optionally substituted alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of an alkyl, an aryl, a heteroaryl, a cycloalkyl, and a heterocycle.
  • R 1 ' is a perfluoroalkyl.
  • R 11 is trifluoromethyl.
  • R 11 is an aryl.
  • R 11 is phenyl.
  • R 11 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, hydroxy, methoxy, benzyloxy, phenyl, fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, - NH 2 , -NO 2 , -C(O)CH 3 , and 2-methyl-2-butenyl.
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, -NR 17 SO 2 R 20 , - COR 20 , -CO 2 R 20 , -CONR 20 R 20 , NR 17 CO 2 R 20 , - NO 2 , -OR 16 , -CN, -NH 2 , -NHC(O)OCH 3 , -NHC(O)OtBu, -NHSO 2 CH 3 , -NR 17 R 18 , NR 17 (OR 16 ), an optionally substituted Cj-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted
  • R 12 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 12 is an optionally substituted Cj-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 12 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 12 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 12 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 12 is a halogen, R 12 is F or Cl. In certain of the embodiments where R 12 is an optionally substituted haloalkyl, that optionally substituted haloalkyl is an optionally substituted fluoroalkyl. In certain embodiments, R 11 and R 12 are linked together to form a 3-7 membered ring. In one embodiment, the 3-7 membered ring is a phenyl group.
  • each R 13 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, CN, -NO 2 , -OCH 3 , OR 16 , an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C)-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 13 is an optionally substituted CpC 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 13 is an optionally substituted Cj-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 13 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -Cg alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 13 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 13 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 13 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 13 is a halogen, R 13 is F or Cl. In certain embodiments, R 12 and R 13 are linked together to form a 3-7 membered ring. In one embodiment, the 3-7 membered ring is a phenyl group.
  • At least one of R 11 , R 12 , and one R 13 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, at least two of R 1 ', R 12 , and one R 13 are not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, if any of R 1 1 , R 12 , or one R 13 is hydrogen, then at least one of the other two of those groups is not methyl.
  • R 15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 15 is an optionally substituted CpC 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated.
  • R 15 is an optionally substituted Q- C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 15 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 - C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R 15 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 15 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 15 is trifluoromethyl. In certain embodiments, R 15 is methyl.
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C I -C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 16 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 16 is an optionally substituted Ci-Cg alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 16 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 16 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 16 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 16 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 16 is a halogen, R 16 is F or Cl.
  • those optionally substituted methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert- butyl groups are optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle.
  • R 16 is a perfluoroalkyl.
  • each R !7 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, COR 20 , CO 2 R 20 , SO 2 R 20 , and S(O)R 20 , an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C ⁇ heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 17 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 17 is an optionally substituted C]-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 17 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 17 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 17 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 17 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 17 is a halogen, R 11 is F or Cl.
  • each R 18 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, COR 20 , CO 2 R 20 , SO 2 R 20 , and S(O)R 20 , an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CI-C O haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 18 is an optionally substituted Ci-Ce alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 18 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 18 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 18 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 18 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 18 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 18 is a halogen, R 18 is F or Cl.
  • R 17 and R 18 are linked to form a ring.
  • the ring has 3-7 members.
  • the ring is aromatic.
  • the ring is non-aromatic.
  • each R 19 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 19 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 19 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 19 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R 19 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
  • each R 20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 20 is an optionally substituted CpC 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 20 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 20 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -Cs alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -Cg alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -Cs cycloalkynyl.
  • R 20 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 20 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 20 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 20 is a halogen, R 20 is F or Cl.
  • each R 37 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 37 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 37 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 37 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 37 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 37 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 37 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 37 is a halogen, R 37 is F or Cl.
  • R 20 and R 37 are linked to form a ring.
  • the ring has 3-7 members.
  • the ring is aromatic.
  • the ring is non-aromatic.
  • R 21 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Cj-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 21 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 21 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 21 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -Cs alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -Cg alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 21 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 21 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 21 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 21 is a halogen, R 21 is F or Cl.
  • R 22 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci -C O heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 22 is an optionally substituted CpC 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 22 is an optionally substituted C]-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 22 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 22 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 22 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 22 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 22 is a halogen, R 22 is F or Cl.
  • each R 23 is independently and selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Q-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 23 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 23 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 23 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 23 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 23 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 23 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 23 is a halogen, R 23 is F or Cl.
  • R 24 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR 16 , an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Q-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 24 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 24 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 24 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 24 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 24 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 24 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 24 is a halogen, R 24 is F or Cl. In certain embodiments, R 24 is methoxy.
  • R 25 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR 16 , -CN, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 25 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 25 is an optionally substituted Cj-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 25 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 25 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 25 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 25 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 25 is a halogen, R 25 is F or Cl. In certain embodiments, R 25 is methoxy.
  • R 26 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 26 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 26 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 26 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 26 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 26 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 26 is a halogen, R 26 is F or Cl.
  • each R 27 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted CJ-C O alkyl, an optionally substituted C)-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 27 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 27 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 27 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 27 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 27 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 11 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 27 is a halogen, R 27 is F, Br, or Cl. In certain embodiments R 27 is -CH 2 CH 2 C(O)CH 3 . In certain embodiments, R 26 and R 27 are linked together to form a 3-7 membered ring. In one embodiment, the 3-7 membered ring is a phenyl group.
  • R 28 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -COR 20 , -CO 2 R 20 , -CONR 20 , -CONR 20 R 37 , SO 2 R 20 , an optionally substituted Q-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -Cg heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- Cg aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 28 is an optionally substituted Ci-Cg alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 28 is an optionally substituted Ci-Cg alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 28 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -Cg alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -Cg alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg cycloalkynyl.
  • R 28 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 28 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 28 is trifiuoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 28 is a halogen, R 28 is F or Cl.
  • R 29 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR 16 , an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci -C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 29 is an optionally substituted C]-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 29 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 29 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -Cg alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -Cg cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 29 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 29 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 29 is trifiuoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 29 is a halogen, R 29 is F or Cl.
  • R 30 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -Cs heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl.
  • R 30 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated.
  • R 30 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 30 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
  • R 30 is methyl.
  • R 30 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 30 is a halogen, R 30 is F or Cl.
  • R 31 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR 16 , an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 31 is an optionally substituted C]-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 31 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 31 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 31 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 31 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 31 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 31 is a halogen, R 31 is F or Cl.
  • R 32 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR 16 , -CN, -COR 20 , an optionally substituted C t -C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 32 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 32 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 32 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 32 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 32 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 32 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 32 is a halogen, R 32 is F or Cl.
  • R 33 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR 16 , -CN, -COR 20 , an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci -C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 33 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 33 is an optionally substituted Cj-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 33 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 33 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 33 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 33 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 33 is a halogen, R 33 is F or Cl.
  • R 34 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -NO 2 , -OR 16 , -NR 17 R 18 , -CN, -COR 20 , NR 17 (OR 16 ), an optionally substituted C]-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 - C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 34 is an optionally substituted CpC 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 34 is an optionally substituted C]-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 34 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 34 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 34 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 34 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 33 is a halogen, R 34 is F or Cl.
  • R 35 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -COR 20 , -CO 2 R 20 , -CONR 20 , -CONR 20 R 37 , an optionally substituted Ci- C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci -C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C 5 -C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 35 is an optionally substituted Cj-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 35 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R 35 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R 35 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R 35 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 35 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 5 is a halogen, R 5 is F or Cl.
  • R 36 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C 6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C 8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 heteroaryl.
  • R 36 is an optionally substituted C]-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R 36 is an optionally substituted Ci-C 8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkynyl.
  • R is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
  • R 36 is methyl.
  • R 26 is trifluoromethyl.
  • R 36 is F or Cl.
  • U is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, and -NR 17 .
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, phosphorous, sulfur, oxygen, -NR 17 , and -CR 34 .
  • T selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, phosphorous, sulfur, oxygen, -NR 17 , and -CR 34 .
  • Q is -CR 34 and T is selected from the group consisting of sulfur, oxygen, and -NR 17 .
  • T is CR 34 and Q is selected from the group consisting of sulfur, oxygen, and -NR 17 .
  • either one of Q or T is - CR 34 and the other is selected from the group consisting of sulfur, oxygen, and -NR 17 .
  • V is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, phosphorous, oxygen, sulfur, and -NR 17 .
  • n is selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4.
  • q is selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, and 2.
  • W is selected from the group consisting of -CR 27 and nitrogen;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of -NR 36 , sulfur, and oxygen.
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of CH 2 , - NR 28 , and oxygen.
  • L is selected from the group consisting of CH 2 , - NR 28 , and oxygen.
  • Z is CH 2 and L is -NR 28 or oxygen.
  • L is CH 2 , and Z is -NR 28 or oxygen.
  • either one of L or Z is CH 2 and the other is selected from the group consisting of -NR 28 and oxygen.
  • K is oxygen or -NR 35 .
  • J is oxygen or sulfur.
  • B is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, or CR 27 , CH 2 and C(R 27 ) 2 .
  • M is oxygen or NOR 30 .
  • P is nitrogen or -CR 31 . In certain embodiments, at least five P are -CR 31 .
  • X is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, and NOR 16 .
  • R 38 is selected from the group consisting of (o), (P), (q), (r), (S) and (t) :
  • R 39 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR 51 R 52 , -OR 53 , COR 53 , -SR 53 , -SO 2 NR 51 R 52 , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
  • R 40 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -OR 53 , -SR 53 , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
  • R 41 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, - OR 53 , -SR 53 , an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
  • R 39 and R 40 together form an optionally substituted 5-6 member ring and R 41 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, -OR 53 , -SR 53 , an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
  • R 40 and R 41 together form an optionally substituted 4-6 member ring and R 39 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, - CONR 51 R 52 , -OR 53 , COR 53 , -SR 53 , -SO 2 NR 51 R 52 , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
  • R 42 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, optionally substituted alkyl, -SR 53 and -OR 53 .
  • R 43 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, an optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R 44 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR 51 R 52 , -SO 2 NR 51 R 52 , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
  • R 45 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -OR 53 , -SR 53 , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
  • R 46 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl.
  • R 44 and R 45 together form an optionally substituted 5-6 member ring and R 46 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl.
  • R 45 and R 46 together form an optionally substituted 4-6 member ring and R 44 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, - CONR 51 R 52 , and an optionally substituted aryl.
  • R 47 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, an optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R 48 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, hydroxyiminoalkyl, alkoxyiminoalkyl, aryloxyiminoalkyl, -CONR 51 R 52 , SO 2 NR 51 R 52 , OR 53 , - COR 53 , -SR 53 , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
  • R 49 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -OR 53 , SR 53 , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
  • R 50 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, CONR 51 R 52 , an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl.
  • R 48 and R 49 together form an optionally substituted 5-6 member ring and R 50 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, CONR 51 R 52 , an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl.
  • R 49 and R 50 together form an optionally substituted 4-6 member ring and R 48 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, - CONR 51 R 52 , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
  • R 51 and R 52 are each independently selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl.
  • R 51 and R 52 together form an optionally substituted 4-7 member ring.
  • R 53 is selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
  • each P is independently selected from the group consisting of N and CR 31 , provided that no more than two of the Ps are N;
  • G is selected from O, S, and NR 54 .
  • R 54 is selected from hydrogen and an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl and an optionally substituted alkynyl.
  • the substituents on the alkyl, aralkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl groups, when present, are each individually and independently selected from one to four group(s) selected from: alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, non- aromatic heterocycle, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aryloxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halo, carbonyl, imino, hydroxyimino, alkoxyimino, aryloxyimino, aralkoxyiminothiocarbonyl, O-carbamyl, N- carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl,
  • At least one position selected from R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, at least one position selected from R 44 , R 45 , R 46 , and R 47 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, if R 41 is F, then at least one position selected from R 39 , R 40 , R 42 and R 43 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, if R 40 is F, then at least one position selected from R 39 , R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 is not hydrogen.
  • any two positions selected from R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 are both F, then at least one of the other three positions selected from R 39 , R 40 , R 41 , R 42 , and R 43 is not hydrogen.
  • the identities of those two or more particular groups are selected independently and, thus, may be the same or different from one another.
  • certain compounds of the invention comprise two or more R 16 groups.
  • the identities of those two or more R 16 groups are each selected independently.
  • those R 16 groups are all the same as one another; in certain embodiments, those R 16 groups are all different from one another; and in certain embodiments, some of those R 16 groups are the same as one another and some are different from one another. This independent selection applies to any group that is present in a compound more than once.
  • a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid receptor agonist. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid receptor antagonist. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid receptor partial agonist. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a tissue-specific selective glucocorticoid receptor modulator.
  • a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a gene-specific selective glucocorticoid receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid receptor binding compound.
  • a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective androgen receptor modulator.
  • a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective androgen receptor agonist.
  • a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective androgen receptor antagonist.
  • a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective androgen receptor partial agonist.
  • a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a tissue-specific selective androgen receptor modulator.
  • a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a gene-specific selective androgen receptor modulator.
  • a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective androgen receptor binding compound.
  • a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor agonist. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor antagonist. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor partial agonist.
  • a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a tissue-specific selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a gene-specific selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor binding compound.
  • the invention provides compounds selected from the group consisting of:
  • Certain compounds of the present inventions may exist as stereoisomers including optical isomers.
  • the present disclosure is intended to include all stereoisomers and both the racemic mixtures of such stereoisomers as well as the individual enantiomers that may be separated according to methods that are known in the art or that may be excluded by synthesis schemes known in the art designed to yield predominantly one enantomer relative to another.
  • the dihydroquinoline can be hydrated by, for example, treatment with a hydroborating agent, for example diborane, and subsequently treated with an oxidant, such as hydrogen peroxide, in the presence of a base, for example, sodium hydroxide to afford a compound of Structure 3.
  • a hydroborating agent for example diborane
  • an oxidant such as hydrogen peroxide
  • Structure 3 can be halogenated at the 6-position by treatment with a brominating agent, for example, N-bromosuccinimide, to afford a compound of Structure 4.
  • Structure 4 Treatment of Structure 4 with an organometallic reagent, for example, an aryl boronic acid, in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, for example, [l, r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), in the presence of a base, for example, aqueous sodium carbonate, affords a compound of Structure 6.
  • organometallic reagent for example, an aryl boronic acid
  • a transition metal catalyst for example, [l, r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II)
  • a compound of Structure 4 can be metallated to a compound of Structure 5 by treatment with a boronating agent, for example, 4,4,5, 5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolane, in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, for example, [1,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), in the presence of a base, for example, triethylamine, to afford a compound of Structure 5.
  • a boronating agent for example, 4,4,5, 5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolane
  • a transition metal catalyst for example, [1,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II)
  • a base for example, triethylamine
  • a halide for example, an aryl bromide
  • a transition metal catalyst for example, [l,l '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II)
  • a base for example, aqueous sodium carbonate
  • a base for example, aqueous sodium carbonate
  • an acylating agent for example, an isocyanate
  • an activating agent for example, carbonyldiimidazole
  • an amine for example, methylamine
  • Tetrahydroquinoline compounds of Structure 7 (or any chiral synthetic precursor of Structure 7) can be separated into their corresponding enantiomers, (+)-7 and (-)- 7 by chiral HPLC, with, for example, a preparative Chiracel OJ column eluted with hexanes:isopropanol.
  • the enantiomers (+)-7 and (-)-7 could be prepared in enantiomerically enriched form via an enantiospecific synthesis of a synthetic precursor of Structure 7, for example, by asymmetric hydroboration of Structure 2 to afford a compound of Structure 3 in enantiomerically enriched form.
  • a compound of Structure 6 can be treated with an acylating agent, for example, trimethylacetyl chloride, to afford a compound of Structure 10.
  • an acylating agent for example, trimethylacetyl chloride
  • Ar aryl or heteroaryl
  • Scheme II synthesis of 6-aryl-lH-quinolin-4-one and 6-aryl- lH-quinolin-4-one oxime compounds (e. g. Structures 17 and 18) is accomplished using Scheme II.
  • the process of Scheme II begins with the treatment of a an aniline, for example, 5,7-difluoroaniline, and a propargyl alkylating agent, for example, 3-acetoxy-3-methyl-l- butyne, in the presence of a catalyst, for example, CuCl, to afford a compound of Structure 12.
  • a catalyst for example, CuCl
  • a hydroborating agent for example diborane
  • an oxidant such as hydrogen peroxide
  • a base for example, sodium hydroxide
  • a base for example, sodium hydroxide
  • Structure 14 can be oxidized by treatment with an oxidizing agent, for example, IBX, to afford a compound of Structure 15.
  • Structure 15 can be halogenated at the 6-position by treatment with a brominating agent, for example, N-bromosuccinimide, followed by removal of the protecting group with, for example, trifluoroacetic acid, to afford a compound of Structure 16.
  • Treatment of Structure 16 with an organometallic reagent, for example, an aryl boronic acid in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, for example, [l,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), in the presence of a base, for example, aqueous sodium carbonate, to afford a compound of Structure 17.
  • a compound of Structure 17 can be treated with an oxime forming reagent, for example, an alkoxyamine hydrochloride, to afford a compound of Structure 18.
  • Scheme IV the synthesis of compounds of Structure 25, 26, 27, 28 and 29 is accomplished using Scheme IV.
  • the process of Scheme IV begins with treatment of Structure 13 with an epoxidation reagent, for example, mCPBA, buffered with a base, for example, sodium hydrogen carbonate, to afford a compound of Structure 22.
  • an amine source for example, benzylamine
  • a compound of Structure 23 can be halogenated at the 6-position by treatment with a brominating agent, for example, N-bromosuccinimide, to afford a compound of Structure 24.
  • a brominating agent for example, N-bromosuccinimide
  • Structure 24 Treatment of Structure 24 with an organometallic reagent, for example, an aryl boronic acid, in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, for example, [1,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), in the presence of a base, for example, aqueous sodium carbonate, affords a compound of Structure 25.
  • a transition metal catalyst for example, [1,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II)
  • a base for example, aqueous sodium carbonate
  • the benzyl group of Structure 25 can be removed by treatment with, for example, Pd(OH)2 in a hydrogen atmosphere, to afford a compound of Structure 26.
  • the amine group of Structure 26 can be treated in a variety of ways. Structure 26 may be treated with an acylating agent, for example, methyl chloroformate, to afford a compound of Structure 27.
  • Structure 26 may be treated with an acylating agent, for example, phenyl isocyanate, to afford a compound of Structure 28.
  • a compound of Structure 26 can be treated with an aldehyde or aldehyde equivalent, for example, 2-furaldehyde, in the presence of a reducing agent, for example sodium cyanoborohydride, to afford a compound of Structure 29.
  • the synthesis of compounds of Structure 37 is accomplished using Scheme V.
  • the process of Scheme V begins with treatment of Structure 30 with a cyanating agent, for example zinc cyanide, in the presence of a catalyst, for example, a combination of Pd 2 (dba) 3 and diphenylphosphino ferrocene (dppf), to afford a compound of Structure 31.
  • a cyanating agent for example zinc cyanide
  • dppf diphenylphosphino ferrocene
  • the dihydroquinoline can be hydrated by, for example, treatment with a hydroborating agent, for example diborane, and subsequently treated with an oxidant, such as hydrogen peroxide, in the presence of a base, for example, sodium hydroxide to afford a compound of Structure 32.
  • the nitrile of Structure 32 can be reduced to the aldehyde by treatment with, for example, diisobutylaluminum hydride, to afford a compound of Structure 33.
  • Conversion of the aldehyde of Structure 33 to an acetylene can be accomplished by treatment of Structure 33 with dimethyl l-diazo-2-oxopropylphosphonate (Structure 34) to afford a compound of Structure 35.
  • Structure 35 can be halogenated at the 6-position by treatment with a brominating agent, for example, N-bromosuccinimide, to afford a compound of Structure 36.
  • Structure 36 Treatment of Structure 36 with an organometallic reagent, for example, an aryl boronic acid, in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, for example, [l,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), in the presence of a base, for example, aqueous sodium carbonate, affords a compound of Structure 37.
  • a transition metal catalyst for example, [l,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II)
  • a base for example, aqueous sodium carbonate
  • Arylation of the acetylene of Structure 37 can be accomplished by treatment with an aryl halide, for example, iodobenzene, in the presence of copper (I) catalyst, for example, copper iodide, and a palladium catalyst, for example, Pd(PPlIs) 4 , to afford a compound of Structure 38.
  • the invention provides a salt corresponding to any of the compounds provided herein. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a salt corresponding to a selective glucocorticoid receptor modulator, a selective androgen receptor modulator and/or a selective glucocoroticoid/androgen receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a salt corresponding to a selective glucocorticoid receptor binding agent, a selective androgen receptor binding agent and/or a selective glucocoroticoid/androgen receptor binding agent.
  • a salt is obtained by reacting a compound with an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p- toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
  • an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p- toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
  • a salt is obtained by reacting a compound with a base to form a salt such as an ammonium salt, an alkali metal salt, such as a sodium or a potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt, such as a calcium or a magnesium salt, a salt of organic bases such as dicyclohexylamine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine, and the like.
  • a salt such as an ammonium salt, an alkali metal salt, such as a sodium or a potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt, such as a calcium or a magnesium salt, a salt of organic bases such as dicyclohexylamine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine, and the like.
  • one or more carbon atoms of a compound of the present invention is replaced with silicon. See e.g., WO 03/037905A1 ; Tacke and Zilch, Endeavour, New Series, 10, 191-197 (1986); Bains and Tacke, Curr. Opin. Drug Discov Devel. Jul:6(4):526-43(2003).
  • compounds of the present invention comprising one or more silicon atoms possess certain desired properties, including, but not limited to, greater stability and/or longer half-life in a patient, when compared to the same compound in which none of the carbon atoms have been replaced with a silicon atom.
  • compounds of the present invention are capable of modulating activity of glucocorticoid and/or androgen receptors in a "co-transfection” assay (also called a “cis-trans” assay), which has been discussed previously.
  • a co-transfection assay also called a “cis-trans” assay
  • Modulating activity in a co- transfection assay has been shown to correlate with in vivo modulating activity.
  • such assays are predictive of in vivo activity. See, e.g, Berger et al., J. Steroid Biochem. Molec. Biol. A ⁇ :113 (1992).
  • two different co-transfection plasmids are prepared.
  • cloned cDNA encoding an intracellular receptor ⁇ e.g., glucocorticoid or mineralocoticoid receptor is operatively linked to a constitutive promoter (e.g., the SV 40 promoter).
  • a constitutive promoter e.g., the SV 40 promoter.
  • cDNA encoding a reporter protein such as firefly luciferase (LUC)
  • LEC firefly luciferase
  • Expression of the first co-transfection plasmid results in production of the intracellular receptor protein.
  • Activation of that intracellular receptor protein results in production of a receptor-dependant activation factor for the promoter of the second co-transfection plasmid.
  • That receptor-dependant activation factor in turn results in expression of the reporter protein encoded on the second co-transfection plasmid.
  • reporter protein expression is linked to activation of the receptor.
  • that reporter activity can be conveniently measured (e.g., as increased luciferase production).
  • Certain co-transfection assays can be used to identify agonists, partial agonists, and/or antagonists of intracellular receptors.
  • to identify agonists co-transfected cells are exposed to a test compound. If the test compound is an agonist or partial agonist, reporter activity is expected to be higher compared to co- transfected cells in the absence of the test compound.
  • to identify antagonists the cells are exposed to a known agonist (e.g., the natural ligand for the receptor) in the presence and absence of a test compound. If the test compound is an antagonist, reporter activity is expected to be lower than that of cells exposed only to the known agonist.
  • compounds of the invention are used to detect the presence, quantity and/or state of receptors in a sample.
  • samples are obtained from a patient.
  • compounds are radio- or isotopically-labeled.
  • compounds of the present invention that selectively bind glucocorticoid and or androgen receptors may be used to determine the presence or amount of such receptors in a sample, such as cell homogenates and lysates.
  • At least one selective glucocoroticoid receptor modulator, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide, and/or prodrug thereof, either alone or combined with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers forms a pharmaceutical agent.
  • at least one selective androgen receptor modulator, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide, and/or prodrug thereof, either alone or combined with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers forms a pharmaceutical agent.
  • at least one selective glucocoroticoid/androgen receptor modulator, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide, and/or prodrug thereof, either alone or combined with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers forms a pharmaceutical agent.
  • the pharmaceutical agent comprises at least one compound of Formula I, II, or III, as defined and described herein.
  • Techniques for formulation and administration of compounds of the present invention may be found for example, in "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences,” Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 18th edition, 1990, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention, such as a compound of Formula I, II, or III, is prepared using known techniques, including, but not limited to mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee- making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or tabletting processes.
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is a liquid (e.g., a suspension, elixir and/or solution).
  • a liquid pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is prepared using ingredients known in the art, including, but not limited to, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, and coloring agents.
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is a solid (e.g., a powder, tablet, and/or capsule).
  • a solid pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is prepared using ingredients known in the art, including, but not limited to, starches, sugars, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, and disintegrating agents.
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is formulated as a depot preparation. Certain of such depot preparations are typically longer acting than non-depot preparations. In certain embodiments, such preparations are administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. In certain embodiments, depot preparations are prepared using suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention comprises a delivery system.
  • delivery systems include, but are not limited to, liposomes and emulsions. Certain delivery systems are useful for preparing certain pharmaceutical agents including those comprising hydrophobic compounds. In certain embodiments, certain organic solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide are used.
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention comprises one or more tissue-specific delivery molecules designed to deliver the pharmaceutical agent to specific tissues or cell types.
  • pharmaceutical agents include liposomes coated with a tissue-specific antibody.
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention comprises a co-solvent system.
  • co-solvent systems comprise, for example, benzyl alcohol, a nonpolar surfactant, a water- miscible organic polymer, and an aqueous phase.
  • co-solvent systems are used for hydrophobic compounds.
  • VPD co-solvent system is a solution of absolute ethanol comprising 3% w/v benzyl alcohol, 8% w/v of the nonpolar surfactant Polysorbate 80TM , and 65% w/v polyethylene glycol 300.
  • co-solvent systems may be varied considerably without significantly altering their solubility and toxicity characteristics.
  • identity of co-solvent components may be varied: for example, other surfactants may be used instead of Polysorbate 80TM; the fraction size of polyethylene glycol may be varied; other biocompatible polymers may replace polyethylene glycol, e.g., polyvinyl pyrrolidone; and other sugars or polysaccharides may substitute for dextrose.
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention comprises a sustained-release system.
  • a sustained-release system is a semi-permeable matrix of solid hydrophobic polymers.
  • sustained-release systems may, depending on their chemical nature, release compounds over a period of hours, days, weeks or months.
  • compositions used in pharmaceutical agent of the present invention may be provided as pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically compatible counterions.
  • Pharmaceutically compatible salts may be formed with many acids, including but not limited to hydrochloric, sulfuric, acetic, lactic, tartaric, malic, succinic, etc.
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention comprises an active ingredient in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the therapeutically effective amount is sufficient to prevent, alleviate or ameliorate symptoms of a disease or to prolong the survival of the subject being treated. Determination of a therapeutically effective amount is well within the capability of those skilled in the art.
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is formulated as a prodrug.
  • prodrugs are useful because they are easier to administer than the corresponding active form.
  • a prodrug may be more bioavailable ⁇ e.g., through oral administration) than is the corresponding active form.
  • a prodrug may have improved solubility compared to the corresponding active form.
  • a prodrug is an ester.
  • such prodrugs are less water soluble than the corresponding active form.
  • such prodrugs possess superior transmittal across cell membranes, where water solubility is detrimental to mobility.
  • the ester in such prodrugs is metabolically hydrolyzed to carboxylic acid.
  • the carboxylic acid containing compound is the corresponding active form.
  • a prodrug comprises a short peptide (polyaminoacid) bound to an acid group.
  • the peptide is metabolized to form the corresponding active form.
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is useful for treating a conditions or disorder in a mammalian, and particularly in a human patient.
  • Suitable administration routes include, but are not limited to, oral, rectal, transmucosal, intestinal, enteral, topical, suppository, through inhalation, intrathecal, intraventricular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, intraocular and parenteral (e.g., intravenous, intramuscular, intramedullary, and subcutaneous).
  • pharmaceutical intrathecals are administered to achieve local rather than systemic exposures.
  • pharmaceutical agents may be injected directly in the area of desired effect (e.g., in the renal or cardiac area).
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is administered in the form of a dosage unit (e.g., tablet, capsule, bolus, etc.).
  • dosage units comprise a selective glucocorticoid and/or minerlaocorticoid receptor modulator in a dose from about 1 ⁇ g/kg of body weight to about 50 mg/kg of body weight.
  • dosage units comprise a selective glucocorticoid and/or minerlaocorticoid receptor modulator in a dose from about 2 ⁇ g/kg of body weight to about 25 mg/kg of body weight.
  • such dosage units comprise a selective glucocorticoid and/or minerlaocorticoid receptor modulator in a dose from about 10 ⁇ g/kg of body weight to about 5 mg/kg of body weight.
  • pharmaceutical agents are administered as needed, once per day, twice per day, three times per day, or four or more times per day. It is recognized by those skilled in the art that the particular dose, frequency, and duration of administration depends on a number of factors, including, without limitation, the biological activity desired, the condition of the patient, and tolerance for the pharmaceutical agent.
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprising a compound of the present invention is prepared for oral administration.
  • a pharmaceutical agent is formulated by combining one or more compounds of the present invention with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carriers enable compounds of the invention to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient.
  • pharmaceutical agents for oral use are obtained by mixing one or more compounds of the present invention and one or more solid excipient.
  • Suitable excipients include, but are not limited to, fillers, such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP).
  • PVP polyvinylpyrrolidone
  • such a mixture is optionally ground and auxiliaries are optionally added.
  • pharmaceutical agents are formed to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
  • disintegrating agents e.g., cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate are added.
  • dragee cores are provided with coatings.
  • concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to tablets or dragee coatings.
  • pharmaceutical agents for oral administration are push-fit capsules made of gelatin.
  • Certain of such push-fit capsules comprise one or more compounds of the present invention in admixture with one or more filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • pharmaceutical agents for oral administration are soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • one or more compounds of the present invention are be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols.
  • stabilizers may be added.
  • pharmaceutical agents are prepared for buccal administration. Certain of such pharmaceutical agents are tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
  • a pharmaceutical agent is prepared for administration by injection (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, etc.).
  • a pharmaceutical agent comprises a carrier and is formulated in aqueous solution, such as water or physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks' s solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer.
  • other ingredients are included (e.g., ingredients that aid in solubility or serve as preservatives).
  • injectable suspensions are prepared using appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents and the like. Certain pharmaceutical agents for injection are presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers.
  • Certain pharmaceutical agents for injection are suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • Certain solvents suitable for use in pharmaceutical agents for injection include, but are not limited to, lipophilic solvents and fatty oils, such as sesame oil, synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, and liposomes.
  • Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances that increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
  • such suspensions may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents that increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • a pharmaceutical agent is prepared for transmucosal administration.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art.
  • a pharmaceutical agent is prepared for administration by inhalation.
  • Certain of such pharmaceutical agents for inhalation are prepared in the form of an aerosol spray in a pressurized pack or a nebulizer.
  • Certain of such pharmaceutical agents comprise a propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • the dosage unit may be determined with a valve that delivers a metered amount.
  • capsules and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated.
  • Certain of such formulations comprise a powder mixture of a compound of the invention and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • a pharmaceutical agent is prepared for rectal administration, such as a suppositories or retention enema.
  • Certain of such pharmaceutical agents comprise known ingredients, such as cocoa butter and/or other glycerides.
  • a pharmaceutical agent is prepared for topical administration.
  • Certain of such pharmaceutical agents comprise bland moisturizing bases, such as ointments or creams.
  • ointment bases include, but are not limited to, petrolatum, petrolatum plus volatile silicones, lanolin and water in oil emulsions such as EucerinTM, available from Beiersdorf (Cincinnati, Ohio).
  • Exemplary suitable cream bases include, but are not limited to, NiveaTM Cream, available from Beiersdorf (Cincinnati, Ohio), cold cream (USP), Purpose CreamTM, available from Johnson & Johnson (New Brunswick, New Jersey), hydrophilic ointment (USP) and LubridermTM, available from Pfizer (Morris Plains, New Jersey).
  • the formulation, route of administration and dosage for a pharmaceutical agent of the present invention can be chosen in view of a particular patient's condition. (See e.g., Fingl et al. 1975, in "The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics", Ch. 1 p. 1).
  • a pharmaceutical agent is administered as a single dose.
  • a pharmaceutical agent is administered as a series of two or more doses administered over one or more days.
  • a pharmaceutical agent of the present invention is administered to a patient between about 0.1% and 500%, 5% and 200%, 10% and 100%, 15% and 85%, 25% and 75%, or 40% and 60% of an established human dosage.
  • a suitable human dosage may be inferred from ED50 or ID50 values, or other appropriate values derived from in vitro or in vivo studies.
  • a daily dosage regimen for a patient comprises an oral dose of between 0.1 mg and 2000 mg, 5 mg and 1500 mg, 10 mg and 1000 mg, 20 mg and 500 mg, 30 mg and 200 mg, or 40 mg and 100 mg of a compound of the present invention.
  • a daily dosage regimen is administered as a single daily dose.
  • a daily dosage regimen is administered as two, three, four, or more than four doses.
  • a pharmaceutical agent of the present invention is administered by continuous intravenous infusion. In certain of such embodiments, from 0.1 mg to 500 mg of a composition of the present invention is administered per day.
  • a pharmaceutical agent of the invention is administered for a period of continuous therapy.
  • a pharmaceutical agent of the present invention may be administered over a period of days, weeks, months, or years.
  • Dosage amount, interval between doses, and duration of treatment may be adjusted to achieve a desired effect.
  • dosage amount and interval between doses are adjusted to maintain a desired concentration on compound in a patient.
  • dosage amount and interval between doses are adjusted to provide plasma concentration of a compound of the present invention at an amount sufficient to achieve a desired effect.
  • the plasma concentration is maintained above the minimal effective concentration (MEC).
  • pharmaceutical agents of the present invention are administered with a dosage regimen designed to maintain a concentration above the MEC for 10-90% of the time, between 30-90% of the time, or between 50-90% of the time.
  • the dosage regimen is adjusted to achieve a desired local concentration of a compound of the present invention.
  • a pharmaceutical agent may be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient.
  • the pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack.
  • the pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
  • the pack or dispenser may also be accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration. Such notice, for example, may be the labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or the approved product insert.
  • Compositions comprising a compound of the invention formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier may also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
  • a pharmaceutical agent is in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
  • one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention are co-administered with one or more other pharmaceutical agents.
  • such one or more other pharmaceutical agents are designed to treat the same disease or condition as the one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention.
  • such one or more other pharmaceutical agents are designed to treat a different disease or condition as the one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention.
  • such one or more other pharmaceutical agents are designed to treat an undesired effect of one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention.
  • one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention is co-administered with another pharmaceutical agent to treat an undesired effect of that other pharmaceutical agent.
  • one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are administered at the same time. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are administered at the different times. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are prepared together in a single formulation. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are prepared separately.
  • Examples of pharmaceutical agents that may be co-administered with a pharmaceutical agent of the present invention include, but are not limited to, analgesics (e.g., acetaminophen); anti-inflammatory agents, including, but not limited to non-steroidal anti- inflammatory drugs (e.g., ibuprofen, COX-I inhibitors, and COX-2, inhibitors); salicylates; antibiotics; antivirals; antifungal agents; antidiabetic agents (e.g., biguanides, glucosidase inhibitors, insulins, sulfonylureas, and thiazolidenediones); adrenergic modifiers; diuretics; hormones (e.g., anabolic steroids, androgen, estrogen, calcitonin, progestin, somatostan, and thyroid hormones); immunomodulators; muscle relaxants; antihistamines; osteoporosis agents (e.g., biphosphonates,
  • the invention provides methods of treating a patient comprising administering one or more compounds of the present invention.
  • a patient suffers from a glucocorticoid receptor mediated condition.
  • such patient suffers from an androgen receptor mediated condition.
  • such patient suffers from a glucocorticoid/minerlaocorticoid receptor mediated condition.
  • a patient is treated prophylactically to reduce or prevent the occurrence of a condition.
  • one or more compounds of the present invention is used to treat inflammation, including, but not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, asthma (acute or chronic), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, lupus, osteoarthritis, rhinosinusitis, allergic rhinitis, inflammatory bowel disease, polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, giant cell arteritis, urticaria, angiodema, tendonitis, bursitis, autoimmune chronic hepatitis, and cirrhosis; transplant rejection; psoriasis; dermatitis; an autoimmune disorder; malignancy, including, but not limited to, leukemia, myeomas, and lymphomas; adrenal insufficiency; congenital adrenal hyperplasia; rheumatic fever; granulomatous disease; immune proliferation/apoptosis; conditions of the HPA axis; hypercortisolemia; cyto
  • the solution is evaporated under reduced pressure and chromatographed using silica gel and EtOAc:hexanes to afford the desired product as an oil.
  • the solution is mixed with an aqueous solution of sodium thiosulfate and a first organic layer of a 1 :1 mixture of EtOAc:hexanes. The first organic layer is collected. The aqueous layer is then extracted a second time with a second layer of EtOAc:hexanes (1 : 1). The first and second organic layers are combined and that combined organic solution is washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (using silica gel) of the product of that process affords the desired compound.
  • the mixture was stirred at for an additional 20 minutes at 0 0 C and then at room temperature for 5 hours to produce an intermediate organoborane.
  • That intermediate organoborane was oxidized by adding, successively, 25 mL of a 2.0 N aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (2.2 equiv) and 20 mL of 30 % hydrogen peroxide (8.7 equiv) at 0 0 C. That mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and then the mixture was diluted with 80 mL of water, resulting in a first organic layer and an aqueous layer. The first organic layer was collected and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • Dioxane (0.1-0.2 M) and 2M sodium carbonate (2 equiv) are introduced sequentially.
  • the mixture is heated (95-100 0 C) for 16-24 h.
  • the mixture is partitioned between saturated ammonium chloride and EtOAc, resulting in a first organic layer and an aqueous layer.
  • the first organic layer is collected and the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc.
  • the organic layer from that extraction is combined with the first collected organic layer and that combined organic layer is washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the first organic layer is collected and the aqueous layer is extracted with a second organic layer of dichloromethane.
  • the first and second organic layers are combined and that combined organic layer is washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (silica gel, 2:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) affords Compound 107 (225 mg, 54%) as a white powder.
  • the aqueous layer was extracted with an additional ethyl acetate, and organic layers were combined and washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered.
  • the residue obtained after evaporation was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/ethyl acetate 4:1) to give the carbamate.
  • An analytical sample was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (70/30 acetonitrile/water).
  • This compound was prepared in a manner similar to that of ( ⁇ )-6- bromo-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3 ⁇ -hydroxy-2,2,4 ⁇ -trimethylquinoline (EXAMPLE 1) using General Methods 1-3 (EXAMPLE 1) except 5-fiuoro-2-methylaniline was used as the starting material.
  • 6-Bromo-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one is prepared by treating a solution of 6-bromo-5,7-difluoro-3,4-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxo-2H- quinoline-1-carboxylic acid /-butyl ester (3.7 g) in 16 mL dichloromethane with 94 mL of a 2:1 solution of dichloromethane:trifluoroacetic acid at 0 0 C. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane.
  • the aqueous layer was extracted again with dichloromethane.
  • the organic layers were combined and washed first with saturated sodium bicarbonate, then with saturated ammonium chloride, dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered.
  • the solvents were removed under reduced pressure, and the residue purified by flash chromatography (0-25% EtOAc/hexanes).
  • 6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH- quinolin-4-one was prepared from 6-bromo-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH- quinolin-4-one and 3-chloro-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole in 70% yield using General Metlrod 12.
  • ( ⁇ )-6-Bromo-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-lH- quinolin-4-one This compound is prepared by is prepared by treating a solution of ( ⁇ )-6- bromo-SJ-difluoro-S ⁇ -dihydro-S-hydroxy ⁇ -dimethyM-oxo ⁇ H-quinoline-l-carboxylic acid /-butyl ester (1.3 g, 1.0 equiv) in 5 mL dichloromethane with 31 mL of a 2:1 solution of dichloromethaneitrifluoroacetic acid at 0 0 C.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Steroid Compounds (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

This invention relates to compounds that bind to intracellular receptors and/or modulate activity of intracellular receptors, and to methods for making and using such compounds.

Description

STEROID HORMONE RECEPTOR MODULATOR COMPOUNDS AND METHODS
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims priority under 35 U.S.C. § 119 to U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61/028,405, filed February 13, 2008 which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Field of the Invention
[0002] This invention relates to compounds that bind to intracellular receptors and/or modulate activity of intracellular receptors, and to methods for making and using such compounds.
Description of the Related Art
[0003] Certain intracellular receptors (IRs) have been shown to regulate transcription of certain genes. See e.g., R. M. Evans, Science, 240, 889 (1988). Certain of such IRs are steroid receptors, such as androgen receptors, glucocorticoid receptors, estrogen receptors, mineralocorticoid receptors, and progesterone receptors. Gene regulation by such receptors typically involves binding of an IR by a ligand.
[0004] In certain instances, a ligand binds to an IR, forming a receptor/ligand complex. That receptor/ligand complex may then translocate to the nucleus of a cell, where it may bind to the DNA of one or more gene regulatory regions. Once bound to the DNA of a particular gene regulatory region, a receptor/ligand complex may modulate the production of the protein encoded by that particular gene. In certain instances, a receptor/ligand complex regulates expression of certain proteins. In certain instances, a receptor/ligand complex may interact directly with the DNA of a particular gene regulatory region. In certain instances, a receptor/ligand complex may interact with other transcription factors, such as activator protein- 1 (AP-I) or nuclear factor KB (NFKB). In certain instances, such interactions result in modulation of transcriptional activation.
Summary of the Invention
[0005] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of Formula I, II, or III:
Figure imgf000003_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide, or prodrug thereof, wherein:
[0006] R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, -OR16, an optionally substituted Ci-Cs alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0007] R3 is selected from the group consisting of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), 0), (k), (1), (m), and (n) :
Figure imgf000003_0002
(a) (b) (C)
Figure imgf000003_0003
(d) (e) (f)
Figure imgf000004_0001
(g) (h) (0
Figure imgf000004_0002
ϋ) (k)
Figure imgf000004_0003
(1) (m) (n)
[0008] wherein,
[0009] R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, - OR16, -NR17R18, -CH2R16, -COR20, -CO2R20, -CONR20R37, -SOR20, -SO2R20, -NO2, NR17(OR16), an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0010] R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, - COR20, -CO2R20, - CONR20R37, - NR17SO2R20, -NR17CO2R20, -NO2, -OR16, - NR17R18, NR17(OR16), an optionally substituted C]-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl or R12 taken together with R11 form a 3-7 membered ring;
[0011] each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, CN, -NO2, OR16, an optionally substituted C]-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl or R13 taken together with R12 form a 3-7 membered ring;
[0012] R21 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- C8 aryl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl, OR16, NR17R18, COR20, -CO2R20, and -CONR20R37;
[0013] R22 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted C]-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl, OR16, NR17R18, COR20, -CO2R20, and -CONR20R37;
[0014] R32 and R33 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, -CN, COR20, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0015] each R23 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, OR16, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0016] each R24 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and -OR16;
[0017] R25 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, - CN, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-Cs cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0018] R26 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, - CN, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0019] each R29 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and -OR 16.
[0020] U is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, and -NR 17. ; [0021] Q and T are each selected from the group consisting of S, O, -NR17, and
CR34 wherein [0022] either Q is -CR34 and T is selected from the group consisting of S, O, and -
NR 17
[0023] or T is CR34 and Q is selected from the group consisting of S, O, and -
NR 17.
[0024] V is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and -NR , 17. [0025] W is selected from the group consisting of -CR 27 and N; [0026] Y is selected from the group consisting of -NR36, S, and O; [0027] Z and L are each selected from the group consisting of CH2, -NR28, and O, wherein
[0028] either Z is CH2 and L is selected from the group consisting of -NR 28 and
O,
[0029] or L is CH2 and Z is selected from the group consisting of -NR28 and O; [0030] K is selected from the group consisting of O and -NR35; [0031] J is selected from the group consisting of O and S; [0032] B is selected from the group consisting of O and C(R 27N )2; [0033] M is selected from the group consisting of O and NOR 30. [0034] each P is independently selected from the group consisting of N and CR 3i , provided that no more than two of the Ps are N;
[0035] n is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4; and
[0036] q is selcted from 0, 1, and 2;
[0037] R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, NO2, OR16, NR17R18, CN, C=N(OR16), CO2R20, CONR20R37, NR17(OR16), CR3(OR16), an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0038] R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, NRxRy, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-Cg heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-Cg heteroaryl;
[0039] Rx and Ry are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, COR19, CO2R19, SO2R19, S(O)R19, CONR19, an optionally substituted C1-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C3-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl; or Rx and Ry are linked to form a 3 to 7 membered ring;
[0040] R6 is selected from the group consisting of -OC(O)R19, OC(O)NR19R19, - NR15C(O)R19, NR15C(O)NR19R19, -C(O)R19, NR17R18, hydrogen, and OR16;
[0041] R7 and R8 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-Cg heteroaryl;
[0042] R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, OR16, an optionally substituted C]-Cg alkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-Cg heteroaryl;
[0043] R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and OR16; and
[0044] X is selected from the group consisting of O, and NOR16;
[0045] wherein:
[0046] R16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-Cg alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-Cg cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cr- C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0047] R15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C3- C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0048] R17 and R18 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, COR20, CO2R20, SO2R20, S(O)R20, an optionally substituted C ,-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cy-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl; or R17 and R18 together form a 3 to 7 membered ring;
[0049] Each R19 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted C]-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C3-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl.
[0050] R20 and R37 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl; or R37 and R20 together form a 3-7 membered ring;
[0051] R34 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -NO2, - OR16, -NR17R18, -CN, -COR20, NR17(OR16), an optionally substituted C-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0052] R36 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-Cs heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0053] Each R27 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, CO2R20, COR20, CONR20R37, C=N(OR16), an optionally substituted C1-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C)-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl or R27 taken together with R26 form a 3-7 membered ring;
[0054] R28 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -COR20, -CO2R20, - CONR20R37, SO2R20, an optionally substituted C1-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Q-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C1-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0055] R3S is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -COR20, -CO2R20, CONR20R37, SO2R20, an optionally substituted C)-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0056] R30 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0057] R31 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and - OR16;
[0058] wherein,
[0059] at least one of R1 , R2 and R4 is not hydrogen; and
[0060] at least one of R11, R12, and one R13 is not hydrogen;
[0061] R38 is selected from the group consisting of (o), (p), (q), (r), (s) and (t) :
Figure imgf000010_0001
(O) (P) (q)
Figure imgf000010_0002
(r) (S) (t)
wherein,
[0062] R39 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR51R52, -OR53, COR53, -SR53, -SO2NR51R52, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
[0063] R40 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -OR53, -SR53, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
[0064] R41 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, -OR53, -SR53, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl; or
[0065] R39 and R40 together form an optionally substituted 5-6 member ring and R41 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, -OR53, -SR53, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl; or
[0066] R40 and R41 together form an optionally substituted 4-6 member ring and R39 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR51R52, -OR53, COR53, - SR53, -SO2NR51R52, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl; [0067] R42 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, optionally substituted alkyl, -SR53 and -OR53;
[0068] R43 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, an optionally substituted alkyl;
[0069] R44 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR51R52, -SO2NR51R52, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
[0070] R45 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -OR53, -SR53, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
[0071] R46 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, or
[0072] R44 and R45 together form an optionally substituted 5-6 member ring and R46 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, or
[0073] R45 and R46 together form an optionally substituted 4-6 member ring and R44 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR51R52, and an optionally substituted aryl;
[0074] R47 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, an optionally substituted alkyl; and
[0075] R48 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, - OR16, -NR17R18, -CH2R16, -COR20, -CO2R20, -CONR20R37, -SOR20, -SO2R20, -NO2, NR17(OR16), an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci -C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0076] R49 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, - COR20, -CO2R20, - CONR20R37, - NR17SO2R20, -NR17CO2R20, -NO2, -OR16, - NR17R18, NR17(OR16), an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-Cs heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
[0077] R50 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, CN, - NO2, OR16, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl, or
[0078] R48 and R49 together form an optionally substituted 5-6 member ring and R50 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, CONR51R52, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, or
[0079] R49 and R50 together form an optionally substituted 4-6 member ring and R48 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR51R52, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl,
[0080] R51 and R52 are each independently selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, or
[0081] R51 and R52 together form an optionally substituted 4-7 member ring;
[0082] R53 is selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
[0083] G is selected from O, S, and NR54;
[0084] R54 is selected from hydrogen and an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl and an optionally substituted alkynyl; and
[0085] wherein the substituents on the alkyl, aralkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl groups, when present, are each individually and independently selected from one to four group(s) selected from: alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, non-aromatic heterocycle, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aryloxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halo, carbonyl, imino, hydroxyimino, alkoxyimino, aryloxyimino, aralkoxyiminothiocarbonyl, O-carbamyl, N- carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N- thiocarbamyl, C- amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, isocyanato, thiocyanato, isothiocyanato, nitro, silyl, trihalomethanesulfonyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaralkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, cycloalkoxy, perfluoroalkoxy, alkenyloxy, alkynyloxy, aralkoxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, aralkylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, aralkoxycarbonyloxy, aminocarbonyloxy, alkylaminocarbonyloxy, dialkylaminocarbonyloxy, alkylarylaminocarbonyloxy, diarylaminocarbonyloxy and amino; including mono- and all-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives of amino groups;
[0086] wherein at least one position selected from R39, R40, R41, R42, and R43 is not hydrogen;
[0087] at least one position selected from R44, R45, R46, and R47 is not hydrogen;
[0088] if R41 is F, then at least one position selected from R39, R40, R42 and R43 is not hydrogen;
[0089] if R40 is F, then at least one position selected from R39, R41, R42, and R43 is not hydrogen; and
[0090] if any two positions selected from R39, R40, R41, R42, and R43 are both F, then at least one of the other three positions selected from R39, R40, R41, R42, and R43 is not hydrogen.
[0091] In certain embodiments, the invention provides a steroid receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid receptor agonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid receptor antagonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid receptor partial agonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid receptor binding compound.
[0092] In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective androgen receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective androgen receptor agonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective androgen receptor antagonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective androgen receptor partial agonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective androgen receptor binding compound. [0093] In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor agonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor antagonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor partial agonist. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor binding compound.
[0094] In certain embodiments, the invention provides a pharmaceutical agent comprising a physiologically acceptable carrier, diluent, and/or excipient; and one or more compound of the present invention.
[0095] In certain embodiments, the invention provides a compound for treating a patient. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a compound for the treatment of a condition selected from the group consisting of, inflammation, transplant rejection, psoriasis, dermatitis, autoimmune disorder, malignancy, adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, rheumatic fever, granulomatous disease, immune proliferation/apoptosis, conditions of the HPA axis, hypercortisolemia, cytokine imbalance, kidney disease, liver disease, stroke, spinal cord injury, hypercalcemia, hyperglycemia, cerebral edema, thrombocytopenia, Little's syndrome, Addison's disease, cystic fibrosis, myasthenia gravis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, uveitis, pemphigus vulgaris, multiple sclerosis, nasal polyps, sepsis, infections, type II diabetes, obesity, metabolic syndrome, depression, schizophrenia, mood disorders, Cushing's syndrome, anxiety, sleep disorders, poor memory, glaucoma, wasting, heart disease, fibrosis, hypertension, hyperaldosteronism, and sodium and/or potassium imbalance.
[0096] In certain embodiments, the invention provides a method for modulating activity of a glucocorticoid receptor. Certain such methods comprise contacting a glucocorticoid receptor with one or more compounds of the present invention.
[0097] In certain embodiments, the invention provides a method for modulating activity of an androgen receptor. Certain such methods comprise contacting an androgen receptor with one or more compounds of the present invention.
[0098] In certain embodiments, the invention provides a method for modulating both the activity of a glucocorticoid receptor and the activity of an androge n receptor. Certain such methods comprise contacting an androgen receptor and a glucocorticoid receptor with one or more compounds of the present invention. [0099] In certain embodiments, the invention provides a method for identifying a compound that is capable of modulating activity of a glucocorticoid receptor and/or an androgen receptor comprising contacting a cell expressing a glucocorticoid receptor and/or an androgen receptor with a compound of the present invention and monitoring an effect on the cell. In certain such embodiments, the compound is a quinoline. In certain such embodiments, the compound is derived from a quinoline. In certain embodiments, the compound is a 6-arylquinoline.
[0100] In certain embodiments, the invention provides methods of treating a patient comprising administering to the patient a compound of the present invention. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a method of treating a condition selected from the group consisting of inflammation, transplant rejection, psoriasis, dermatitis, autoimmune disorder, malignancy, adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, rheumatic fever, granulomatous disease, immune proliferation/apoptosis, conditions of the HPA axis, hypercortisolemia, cytokine imbalance, kidney disease, liver disease, stroke, spinal cord injury, hypercalcemia, hyperglycemia, cerebral edema, thrombocytopenia, Little's syndrome, Addison's disease, cystic fibrosis, myasthenia gravis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, uveitis, pemphigus vulgaris, multiple sclerosis, nasal polyps, sepsis, infections, type II diabetes, obesity, metabolic syndrome, depression, schizophrenia, mood disorders, Cushing's syndrome, anxiety, sleep disorders, poor memory, glaucoma, wasting, heart disease, fibrosis, hypertension, hyperaldosteronism, and sodium and/or potassium imbalance.
Detailed Description
[0101] It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the invention claimed. In this application, the use of the singular includes the plural unless specifically stated otherwise. In this application, the use of "or" means "and/or" unless stated otherwise. Furthermore, use of the term "including" as well as other forms, such as "includes," and "included," is not limiting.
[0102] The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described. All documents, or portions of documents, cited in the application including, but not limited to, patents, patent applications, articles, books, manuals, and treatises are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety for any purpose. Definitions
[0103] Unless specific definitions are provided, the nomenclatures utilized in connection with, and the laboratory procedures and techniques of, analytical chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry described herein are those known in the art. Standard chemical symbols are used interchangeably with the full names represented by such symbols. Thus, for example, the terms "hydrogen" and "H" are understood to have identical meaning. Standard techniques may be used for chemical syntheses, chemical analyses, pharmaceutical preparation, formulation, and delivery, and treatment of patients. Standard techniques may be used for recombinant DNA, oligonucleotide synthesis, and tissue culture and transformation (e.g., electroporation, lipofection). Reactions and purification techniques may be performed e.g., using kits according to manufacturer's specifications or as commonly accomplished in the art or as described herein. The foregoing techniques and procedures may be generally performed according to conventional methods well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification. See e.g., Sambrook et al. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (2d ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989)), which is incorporated herein by reference for any purpose.
[0104] As used herein, the following terms are defined with the following meanings, unless expressly stated otherwise.
[0105] The term "selective binding compound" refers to a compound that selectively binds to any portion of one or more target receptors.
[0106] The term "selective glucocorticoid receptor binding compound" refers to a compound that selectively binds to any portion of a glucocorticoid receptor.
[0107] The term "selective androgen receptor binding compound" refers to a compound that selectively binds to any portion of an androgen receptor.
[0108] The term "selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor binding compound" refers to a compound that selectively binds to any portion of a glucocorticoid receptor and that also binds to any portion of an androgen receptor.
[0109] The term "selectively binds" refers to the ability of a selective binding compound to bind to a target receptor with greater affinity than it binds to a non-target receptor. In certain embodiments, selective binding refers to binding to a target with an affinity that is at least 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, or 1000 times greater than the affinity for a non- target. [0110] The term "target receptor" refers to a receptor or a portion of a receptor capable of being bound by a selective binding compound. In certain embodiments, a target receptor is a glucocorticoid receptor. In certain embodiments, a target receptor is an androgen receptor. In certain embodiments, glucocorticoid receptors and androgen receptors are both target receptors.
[0111] The term "modulator" refers to a compound that alters an activity of a molecule. For example, a modulator may cause an increase or decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity of a molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity in the absence of the modulator. In certain embodiments, a modulator is an inhibitor, which decreases the magnitude of one or more activities of a molecule. In certain embodiments, an inhibitor completely prevents one or more activities of a molecule. In certain embodiments, a modulator is an activator, which increases the magnitude of at least one activity of a molecule. In certain embodiments the presence of a modulator results in an activity that does not occur in the absence of the modulator.
[0112] The term "selective modulator" refers to a compound that selectively modulates a target activity.
[0113] The term "selective glucocorticoid receptor modulator" refers to a compound that selectively modulates at least one activity associated with a glucocorticoid receptor.
[0114] The term "selective androgen receptor modulator" refers to a compound that selectively modulates at least one activity associated with an androgen receptor.
[0115] The term "selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor modulator" refers to a compound that selectively modulates at least one activity associated with a glucocorticoid receptor and at least one activity associated with an androgen receptor.
[0116] The term "selectively modulates" refers to the ability of a selective modulator to modulate a target activity to a greater extent than it modulates a non-target activity.
[0117] The term "target activity" refers to a biological activity capable of being modulated by a selective modulator. Certain exemplary target activities include, but are not limited to, binding affinity, signal transduction, enzymatic activity, tumor growth, and inflammation or inflammation-related processes.
[0118] The term "receptor mediated activity" refers to any biological activity that results, either directly or indirectly, from binding of a ligand to a receptor. [0119] The term "agonist" refers to a compound, the presence of which results in a biological activity of a receptor that is the same as the biological activity resulting from the presence of a naturally occurring ligand for the receptor.
[0120] The term "partial agonist" refers to a compound the presence of which results in a biological activity of a receptor that is of the same type as that resulting from the presence of a naturally occurring ligand for the receptor, but of a lower magnitude.
[0121] The term "antagonist" refers to a compound, the presence of which results in a decrease in the magnitude of a biological activity of a receptor. In certain embodiments, the presence of an antagonist results in complete inhibition of a biological activity of a receptor.
[0122] The term "alkyl" refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group. An alkyl may be a "saturated alkyl," which means that it does not contain any alkene or alkyne groups. An alkyl group may be an "unsaturated alkyl," which means that it comprises at least one alkene or alkyne group. An alkyl, whether saturated or unsaturated, may be branched or straight chain. Alkyls may be substituted or unsubstituted. Alkyls include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, hexyl, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, ethynyl, butynyl, propynyl, and the like, each of which may be optionally substituted.
[0123] In certain embodiments, an alkyl comprises 1 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as "1 to 20" refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "1 to 20 carbon atoms" means that an alkyl group may comprise only 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the term "alkyl" also includes instances where no numerical range of carbon atoms is designated).
[0124] The term "lower alkyl" refers to an alkyl comprising 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The term "medium alkyl" refers to an alkyl comprising 5 to 10 carbon atoms. An alkyl may be designated as "C1-C4 alkyl" or similar designations. By way of example only, "C1-C4 alkyl" indicates an alkyl having one, two, three, or four carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, ethynyl, propynyl, and butynyl).
[0125] The term "alkenyl" refers to an alkyl group comprising at least one carbon- carbon double bond.
[0126] The term "alkynyl" refers to an alkyl group comprising at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. [0127] The term "haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced with a halogen atom. In certain of the embodiments in which two or more hydrogen atom are replaced with halogen atoms, the halogen atoms are all the same as one another. In certain of such embodiments, the halogen atoms are not all the same as one another.
[0128] The term "heteroalkyl" refers to a group comprising an alkyl and one or more heteroatoms. Certain heteroalkyls are acylalkyls, in which the one or more heteroatoms are within an alkyl chain. Certain other heteroalkyls are acylalkyls, in which the heteroatom is not within the alkyl chain. Examples of heteroalkyls include, but are not limited to, CH3CC=O)CH2-, CH3CC=O)CH2CH2-, CH3CH2CC=O)CH2CH2-, CH3CC=O)CH2CH2CH2-, CH3OCH2CH2-, CH3NHCH2-, and the like.
[0129] The term "heterohaloalkyl" refers to a heteroalkyl in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced with a halogen atom.
[0130] The term "carbocycle" refers to a group comprising a covalently closed ring, wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom. Carbocylic rings may be formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine carbon atoms. Carbocycles may be optionally substituted.
[0131] The term "heterocycle" refers to a group comprising a covalently closed ring wherein at least one atom forming the ring is a heteroatom. Heterocyclic rings may be formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms. Any number of those atoms may be heteroatoms (i.e., a heterocyclic ring may comprise one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine heteroatoms). In heterocyclic rings comprising two or more heteroatoms, those two or more heteroatoms may be the same or different from one another. Heterocycles may be optionally substituted. Binding to a heterocycle can be at a heteroatom or via a carbon atom. For example, binding for benzo-fused derivatives, may be via a carbon of the benzenoid ring. Examples of heterocycles include, but are not limited to the following:
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000021_0001
wherein D, E, F, and G independently represent a heteroatom. Each of D, E, F, and G may be the same or different from one another.
[0132] The term "heteroatom" refers to an atom other than carbon or hydrogen. Heteroatoms are typically independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, and phosphorus, but are not limited to those atoms. In embodiments in which two or more heteroatoms are present, the two or more heteroatoms may all be the same as one another, or some or all of the two or more heteroatoms may each be different from the others.
[0133] The term "aromatic" refers to a group comprising a covalently closed ring having a delocalized π-electron system. Aromatic rings may be formed by five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms. Aromatics may be optionally substituted. Examples of aromatic groups include, but are not limited to phenyl, naphthalenyl, phenanthrenyl, anthracenyl, tetralinyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, and indanyl. The term aromatic includes, for example, benzenoid groups, connected via one of the ring-forming carbon atoms, and optionally carrying one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of an aryl, a heteroaryl, a cycloalkyl, a non-aromatic heterocycle, a halo, a hydroxy, an amino, a cyano, a nitro, an alkylamido, an acyl, a Q.6 alkoxy, a Ci-6 alkyl, a Ci_6 hydroxyalkyl, a Ci-6 aminoalkyl, a Ci^ alkylamino, an alkylsulfenyl, an alkylsulfinyl, an alkylsulfonyl, an sulfamoyl, or a trifluoromethyl. In certain embodiments, an aromatic group is substituted at one or more of the para, meta, and/or ortho positions. Examples of aromatic groups comprising substitutions include, but are not limited to, phenyl, 3-halophenyl, 4-halophenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3-aminophenyl, 4-aminophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4- methylphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 3- cyanophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, dimethylphenyl, naphthyl, hydroxynaphthyl, hydroxymethylphenyl, (trifluoromethyl)phenyl, alkoxyphenyl, 4-moφholin-4-ylphenyl, 4- pyrrolidin-1-ylphenyl, 4-pyrazolylphenyl, 4-triazolylphenyl, and 4-(2-oxopyrrolidin-l- yl)phenyl.
[0134] The term "aryl" refers to an aromatic group wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom. Aryl rings may be formed by five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine carbon atoms. Aryl groups may be optionally substituted.
[0135] The term "heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic group wherein at least one atom forming the aromatic ring is a heteroatom. Heteroaryl rings may be formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms. Heteroaryl groups may be optionally substituted. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, aromatic C3-8 heterocyclic groups comprising one oxygen or sulfur atom or up to four nitrogen atoms, or a combination of one oxygen or sulfur atom and up to two nitrogen atoms, and their substituted as well as benzo- and pyrido-fiised derivatives, for example, connected via one of the ring-forming carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with one or more substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxy, amino, cyano, nitro, alkylamido, acyl, Ci-6-alkoxy, Ci-6-alkyl, Q- 6-hydroxyalkyl, Ci-6-aminoalkyl, Ci-6-alkylamino, alkylsulfenyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, sulfamoyl, or trifluoromethyl. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, unsubstituted and mono- or di-substituted derivatives of furan, benzofuran, thiophene, benzothiophene, pyrrole, pyridine, indole, oxazole, benzoxazole, isoxazole, benzisoxazole, thiazole, benzothiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, pyrazole, indazole, tetrazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, pyridazine, pyrimidine, purine and pyrazine, furazan, 1,2,3- oxadiazole, 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, triazole, benzotriazole, pteridine, phenoxazole, oxadiazole, benzopyrazole, quinolizine, cinnoline, phthalazine, quinazoline, and quinoxaline. In some embodiments, the substituents are halo, hydroxy, cyano, 0-Ci-6- alkyl, Ci-6-alkyl, hydroxy-Ci.6-alkyl, and amino-Ci-6-alkyl.
[0136] The term "non-aromatic ring" refers to a group comprising a covalently closed ring that does not have a delocalized π-electron system.
[0137] The term "cycloalkyl" refers to a group comprising a non-aromatic ring wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom. Cycloalkyl rings may be formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine carbon atoms. Cycloalkyls may be optionally substituted. In certain embodiments, a cycloalkyl comprises one or more unsaturated bonds. Examples of cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclopentene, cyclopentadiene, cyclohexane, cyclohexene, 1,3-cyclohexadiene, 1,4-cyclohexadiene, cycloheptane, and cycloheptene.
[0138] The term "non-aromatic heterocycle" refers to a group comprising a non- aromatic ring wherein one or more atoms forming the ring is a heteroatom. Non-aromatic heterocyclic rings may be formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms. Non-aromatic heterocycles may be optionally substituted. In certain embodiments, non-aromatic heterocycles comprise one or more carbonyl or thiocarbonyl groups such as, for example, oxo- and thio-containing groups. Examples of non-aromatic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, lactams, lactones, cyclic imides, cyclic thioimides, cyclic carbamates, tetrahydrothiopyran, 4H-pyran, tetrahydropyran, piperidine, 1,3-dioxin, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxin, 1,4-dioxane, piperazine, 1,3-oxathiane, 1,4-oxathiin, 1,4- oxathiane, tetrahydro-l,4-thiazine, 2H-l,2-oxazine , maleimide, succinimide, barbituric acid, thiobarbituric acid, dioxopiperazine, hydantoin, dihydrouracil, morpholine, trioxane, hexahydro-l,3,5-triazine, tetrahydrothiophene, tetrahydrofuran, pyrroline, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidone, pyrrolidine, pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, imidazoline, imidazolidine, 1,3-dioxole, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,3-dithiole, 1,3-dithiolane, isoxazoline, isoxazolidine, oxazoline, oxazolidine, oxazolidinone, thiazoline, thiazolidine, and 1,3-oxathiolane.
[0139] The term "arylalkyl" refers to a group comprising an aryl group bound to an alkyl group.
[0140] The term "carbocycloalkyl" refers to a group comprising a carbocyclic cycloalkyl ring. Carbocycloalkyl rings may be formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine carbon atoms. Carbocycloalkyl groups may be optionally substituted.
[0141] The term "ring" refers to any covalently closed structure. Rings include, for example, carbocycles (e.g., aryls and cycloalkyls), heterocycles (e.g., heteroaryls and non- aromatic heterocycles), aromatics (e.g., aryls and heteroaryls), and non-aromatics (e.g., cycloalkyls and non-aromatic heterocycles). Rings may be optionally substituted. Rings may form part of a ring system.
[0142] The term "ring system" refers to two or more rings, wherein two or more of the rings are fused. The term "fused" refers to structures in which two or more rings share one or more bonds.
[0143] The term "linked to form a ring" and similar terms refer to instances where two atoms that are bound either to a single atom or to atoms that are bonded or linked through a linking group, are each bound to a linking group, such that the resulting structure forms a ring. That resulting ring includes the two atoms that are linked to form a ring, the atom (or atoms) that previously linked those atoms and the linker. For example, if A and B below are "linked to form a ring"
Figure imgf000024_0001
the resulting ring includes A, B, C and a linking group. Unless otherwise indicated, that linking group may be of any length and may be optionally substituted. Referring to the above example, resulting structures include, but are not limited to:
Figure imgf000024_0002
In certain embodiments, the two substituents that together form a ring are not immediately bound to the same atom. For example, if A and B, below, are linked to form a ring:
Figure imgf000024_0003
the resulting ring includes A, B, the two atoms that already link A and B and a linking group. Examples of resulting structures include, but are not limited to:
Figure imgf000024_0004
; and the like.
In certain embodiments, the atoms that together form a ring are separated by three or more atoms. For example, if A and B, below, are linked to form a ring:
Figure imgf000024_0005
, the resulting ring includes A, B, the 3 atoms that already link A and B and a linking group. Examples of resulting structures include, but are not limited to:
Figure imgf000024_0006
[0144] The substituent "R" appearing by itself and without a number designation refers to a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) and non-aromatic heterocycle (bonded through a ring carbon).
[0145] The term "O-carboxy" refers to a group of formula RC(=O)O-.
[0146] The term "C-carboxy" refers to a group of formula -C(=O)OR.
[0147] The term "acetyl" refers to a group of formula -C(=O)CH3.
[0148] The term "trihalomethanesulfonyl" refers to a group of formula X3CS(11O)2- where X is a halogen.
[0149] The term "cyano" refers to a group of formula -CN.
[0150] The term "isocyanato" refers to a group of formula -NCO.
[0151] The term "thiocyanato" refers to a group of formula -CNS.
[0152] The term "isothiocyanato" refers to a group of formula -NCS.
[0153] The term "sulfonyl" refers to a group of formula -S(=O)-R.
[0154] The term "S-sulfonamido" refers to a group of formula -S(O)2NR.
[0155] The term "N-sulfonamido" refers to a group of formula RS(=O)2NH-.
[0156] The term "trihalomethanesulfonamido" refers to a group of formula X3CS(=O)2NR-.
[0157] The term "O-carbamyl" refers to a group of formula -OC(=O)-NR.
[0158] The term "N-carbamyl" refers to a group of formula ROC(O)NH-.
[0159] The term "O-thiocarbamyl" refers to a group of formula -OC(=S)-NR.
[0160] The term "N-thiocarbamyl" refers to a group of formula ROC(=S)NH-.
[0161] The term "C-amido" refers to a group of formula -C(O)-NR2.
[0162] The term "N-amido" refers to a group of formula RC(O)NH-.
[0163] The term "ester" refers to a chemical moiety with formula -(R)n-COOR', where R and R' are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) and non-aromatic heterocycle (bonded through a ring carbon), where n is O or 1.
[0164] The term "amide" refers to a chemical moiety with formula -(R)n-C(O)NHR' or -(R)n-NHC(O)R', where R and R' are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) and heteroalicyclic (bonded through a ring carbon), where n is O or 1. In certain embodiments, an amide may be an amino acid or a peptide.
[0165] The terms "amine," "hydroxy," and "carboxyl" include such groups that have been esterified or amidified. Procedures and specific groups used to achieve esterification and amidification are known to those of skill in the art and can readily be found in reference sources such as Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1999, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
[0166] Unless otherwise indicated, the term "optionally substituted," refers to a group in which none, one, or more than one of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with one or more group(s) individually and independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, heteroholoalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, non- aromatic heterocycle, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halo, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, O-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, isocyanato, thiocyanato, isothiocyanato, nitro, silyl, trihalomethanesulfonyl, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives of amino groups. Such protective derivatives (and protecting groups that may form such protective derivatives) are known to those of skill in the art and may be found in references such as Greene and Wuts, above. In embodiments in which two or more hydrogen atoms have been substituted, the substituent groups may together form a ring.
[0167] The term "carrier" refers to a compound that facilitates the incorporation of another compound into cells or tissues. For example, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) is a commonly used carrier for improving incorporation of certain organic compounds into cells or tissues.
[0168] The term "pharmaceutical agent" refers to a chemical compound or composition capable of inducing a desired therapeutic effect in a patient. In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprises an active agent, which is the agent that induces the desired therapeutic effect. In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprises a prodrug. In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprises inactive ingredients such as carriers, excipients, and the like.
[0169] The term "therapeutically effective amount" refers to an amount of a pharmaceutical agent sufficient to achieve a desired therapeutic effect.
[0170] The term "prodrug" refers to an pharmaceutical agent that is converted from a less active form into a corresponding more active form in vivo,
[0171] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to a formulation of a compound that does not significantly abrogate the biological activity, a pharmacological activity and/or other properties of the compound when the formulated compound is administered to a patient. In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation does not cause significant irritation to a patient. [0172] The term "co-administer" refers to administering more than one pharmaceutical agent to a patient. In certain embodiments, co-administered pharmaceutical agents are administered together in a single dosage unit. In certain embodiments, coadministered pharmaceutical agents are administered separately. In certain embodiments, coadministered pharmaceutical agents are administered at the same time. In certain embodiments, co-administered pharmaceutical agents are administered at different times.
[0173] The term "patient" includes human and animal subjects.
[0174] The term "substantially pure" means an object species (e.g., compound) is the predominant species present (i.e., on a molar basis it is more abundant than any other individual species in the composition). In certain embodiments, a substantially purified fraction is a composition wherein the object species comprises at least about 50 percent (on a molar basis) of all species present. In certain embodiments, a substantially pure composition will comprise more than about 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% of all species present in the composition. In certain embodiments, the object species is purified to essential homogeneity (contaminant species cannot be detected in the composition by conventional detection methods) wherein the composition consists essentially of a single species.
[0175] The term "tissue-selective" refers to the ability of a compound to modulate a biological activity in one tissue to a greater or lesser degree than it modulates a biological activity in another tissue. The biological activities in the different tissues may be the same or they may be different. The biological activities in the different tissues may be mediated by the same type of target receptor. For example, in certain embodiments, a tissue-selective compound may modulate receptor mediated biological activity in one tissue and fail to modulate, or modulate to a lesser degree, receptor mediated biological activity in another tissue type.
[0176] The term "monitoring" refers to observing an effect or absence of any effect. In certain embodiments, one monitors cells after contacting those cells with a compound of the present invention. Examples of effects that may be monitored include, but are not limited to, changes in cell phenotype, cell proliferation, receptor activity, or the interaction between a receptor and a compound known to bind to the receptor.
[0177] The term "cell phenotype" refers to physical or biological characteristics. Examples of characteristics that constitute phenotype included, but are not limited to, cell size, cell proliferation, cell differentiation, cell survival, apoptosis (cell death), or the utilization of a metabolic nutrient (e.g., glucose uptake). Certain changes or the absence of changes in cell phenotype are readily monitored using techniques known in the art. [0178] The term "cell proliferation" refers to the rate at which cells divide. The number of cells growing in a vessel can be quantified by a person skilled in the art (e.g., by counting cells in a defined area using a light microscope, or by using laboratory apparatus that measure the density of cells in an appropriate medium). One skilled in that art can calculate cell proliferation by determining the number of cells at two or more times.
[0179] The term "contacting" refers to bringing two or more materials into close enough proximity that they may interact. In certain embodiments, contacting can be accomplished in a vessel such as a test tube, a petri dish, or the like. In certain embodiments, contacting may be performed in the presence of additional materials. In certain embodiments, contacting may be performed in the presence of cells. In certain of such embodiments, one or more of the materials that are being contacted may be inside a cell. Cells may be alive or may dead. Cells may or may not be intact. Certain compounds
[0180] Certain compounds that bind to glucocorticoid receptors and/or androgen receptors and/or certain compounds that modulate an activity of such receptors play a role in health (e.g., normal growth, development, and/or absence of disease). In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention are useful for treating any of a variety of diseases or conditions.
[0181] Certain compounds have been previously described as receptor modulators or as possible receptor modulators. See e.g., U. S. Patent Nos. 6,462,038, 5,693,646; 6,380,207; 6,506,766; 5,688,810; 5,696,133; 6,569,896, 6,673,799; 4,636,505; 4,097,578; 3,847,988; U.S. Application No. 10/209,461 (Pub. No. US 2003/0055094); WO 01/27086; WO 02/22585; WO2006/019716; Zhi, et.al. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 2000, 10, 415-418; Pooley, et. al., J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41, 3461 ; Hamann, et al. J. Med Chem. 1998, 41(4), 623; and Yin, et al, Molecular Pharmacology, 2003, 63 (1), 211-223 the entire disclosures of which are incorporated in their entirety.
[0182] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides selective glucocorticoid and/or androgen receptor modulators. In certain embodiments, the invention provides selective glucocorticoid and/or androgen receptor binding agents. In certain embodiments, the invention provides methods of making and methods of using selective glucocorticoid and/or androgen receptor modulators and/or selective glucocorticoid and/or androgen binding agents. In certain embodiments, selective glucocorticoid and/or androgen modulators are agonists, partial agonists, and/or antagonists for the glucocorticoid and/or androgen receptor. [0183] In certain embodiments, the present invention relates to compounds of Formula I, II, or III:
Figure imgf000029_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide, or prodrug thereof.
[0184] In certain embodiments, R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, -OR16, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-Cs cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R1 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R1 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R1 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R! is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is trifiuoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R1 is a halogen, R1 is F or Cl.
[0185] In certain embodiments, R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, -OR16, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R2 is an optionally substituted CpCg alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R2 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R2 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R2 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R2 is a halogen, R2 is F or Cl.
[0186] In certain embodiments, R3 is selected from the group consisting of (a), (b), (C), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), 0), (k), (1), (m), and (n) :
Figure imgf000030_0001
(a) (b) (C)
Figure imgf000030_0002
(d) (e) (f)
Figure imgf000030_0003
(g) (h) (i)
Figure imgf000031_0001
(1) (m) (n)
[0187] In certain embodiments, R3 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted 2-indolyl, an optionally substituted 3-indolyl, an optionally substituted 4-indolyl, an optionally substituted 6-indolyl, an optionally substituted 7-indolyl, and an optionally substituted 7-indolinyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is a pyridyl, optionally substituted with a CpC6 alkyl, where that alkyl is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is 3-methylpyrid-2-yl. In certain embodiments, R3 is an optionally substituted dibenzofuranyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6-yl. In certain embodiments, R3 is
Figure imgf000031_0002
[0188] In certain embodiments, R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, NO2, OR9, NR10R11, CN, C=N(OR16), CO2R20, CONR20R37, NR17(OR16), CR3(OR16), an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Q- C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R4 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R4 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R4 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R4 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R4 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R4 is trifiuoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R4 is a halogen, R4 is F or Cl.
[0189] In certain embodiments at least one of R1, R2 and R4 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments at least two of R1, R2 and R4 are not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, at least one of R1, R2 and R4 is not methyl. In certain embodiments, if one of R1, R2 and R4 is hydrogen, then at least one of the other two of those groups is not methyl.
[0190] In certain embodiments, R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, NRxRy, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C)-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-Cg cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-Cs heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-Cg aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-Cg heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R5 is an optionally substituted CpCg alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R5 is an optionally substituted Ci-Cg alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R5 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-Cg alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-Cg alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R5 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R5 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R5 is trifiuoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R5 is a halogen, R5 is F or Cl.
[0191] In certain embodiments in which R5 is a heteroalkyl, the heteroatom of that heteroalkyl is not sulfur or oxygen. In certain of the embodiments where R5 is an optionally substituted alkyl, that optionally substituted alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of an aryl, a heteroaryl, a cycloalkyl, and a heterocycle. In certain such embodiments, the optionally substituted alkyl is optionally substituted phenyl. In certain of the embodiments where R5 is an optionally substituted alkenyl, that optionally substituted alkenyl is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, and pentenyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle. In certain embodiments, R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, benzyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-propenyl. [0192] In certain embodiments, Rx and Ry are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, COR20, CO2R20, SO2R20, S(O)R20, an optionally substituted Ci-Cg alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-Cg heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-Cg haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpCg heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-Cg cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C3-Cg aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-Cg heteroaryl; or Rx and Ry are linked to form a 3 to 7 membered ring;
[0193] In certain embodiments, R6 is selected from the group consisting of - OC(O)R19, OC(O)NR19R19, -NR15C(O)R19, NR15C(O)NR19R19, -C(O)R19.
[0194] In certain embodiments, each of R and R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-Cg cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R7 and/or R8 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R7 and/or R8 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-Cg cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R7 and/or R8 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-Cg alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-Cg alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R7 and/or R8 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R7 and/or R8 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R7 and/or R8 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R7 and/or R8 is a halogen, R7 and/or R8 is F or Cl. In certain embodiments, R7 is methyl. In certain embodiments R8 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R7 is methyl and R8 is methyl. In certain embodiments, at least one of R7 and R8 is not methyl. In certain embodiments, at least one of R7 and R8 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, if R7 is hydrogen, then R8 is not methyl.
[0195] In certain embodiments, R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, OR16, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-Cg cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-Cg heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-Cg heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R9 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R9 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R9 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R9 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R9 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R9 is trifiuoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R9 is a halogen, R9 is F or Cl. In certain embodiments, R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, and hydroxy.
[0196] In certain embodiments, R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and OR16. In certain embodiments, R10 is hydroxy.
[0197] In certain embodiments, R1 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, -OR16, -NR17R18, -CH2R16, -COR20, -CO2R20, -CONR20R37, - SOR20, -SO2R20, -NO2, NR17(OR16), an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-Cβ haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R11 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R1 1 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-Cg cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R11 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R11 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R11 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R11 is trifiuoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R11 is a halogen, Rn is F or Cl. In certain embodiments, where R11 is an optionally substituted alkenyl, that optionally substituted alkenyl is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, and pentenyl. In certain embodiments where R11 is an optionally substituted alkenyl, that optionally substituted alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents, independently selected from the group consisting of an alkyl, an aryl, a heteroaryl, a cycloalkyl, and a heterocycle. In certain embodiments, R1 ' is a perfluoroalkyl. In certain such embodiments, R11 is trifluoromethyl. In certain embodiments, R11 is an aryl. In certain such embodiments, R11 is phenyl. In certain embodiments, R11 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, hydroxy, methoxy, benzyloxy, phenyl, fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, - NH2, -NO2, -C(O)CH3, and 2-methyl-2-butenyl.
[0198] In certain embodiments, R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, -NR17SO2R20, - COR20, -CO2R20, -CONR20R20, NR17CO2R20, - NO2, -OR16, -CN, -NH2, -NHC(O)OCH3, -NHC(O)OtBu, -NHSO2CH3, -NR17R18, NR17(OR16), an optionally substituted Cj-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R12 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R12 is an optionally substituted Cj-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R12 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R12 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R12 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R12 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R12 is a halogen, R12 is F or Cl. In certain of the embodiments where R12 is an optionally substituted haloalkyl, that optionally substituted haloalkyl is an optionally substituted fluoroalkyl. In certain embodiments, R11 and R12 are linked together to form a 3-7 membered ring. In one embodiment, the 3-7 membered ring is a phenyl group.
[0199] In certain embodiments, each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, CN, -NO2, -OCH3, OR16, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C)-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R13 is an optionally substituted CpC8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R13 is an optionally substituted Cj-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R13 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-Cg alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R13 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R13 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R13 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R13 is a halogen, R13 is F or Cl. In certain embodiments, R12 and R13 are linked together to form a 3-7 membered ring. In one embodiment, the 3-7 membered ring is a phenyl group.
[0200] In certain embodiments, at least one of R11, R12, and one R13 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, at least two of R1 ', R12, and one R13 are not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, if any of R1 1, R12, or one R13 is hydrogen, then at least one of the other two of those groups is not methyl.
[0201] In certain embodiments, R15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C3-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R15 is an optionally substituted CpC8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R15 is an optionally substituted Q- C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R15 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2- C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R15 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R15 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R15 is trifluoromethyl. In certain embodiments, R15 is methyl.
[0202] In certain embodiments, each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CI-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R16 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R16 is an optionally substituted Ci-Cg alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R16 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R16 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R16 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R16 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R16 is a halogen, R16 is F or Cl. In certain such embodiments, those optionally substituted methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert- butyl groups are optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle. In certain embodiments, R16 is a perfluoroalkyl.
[0203] In certain embodiments, each R!7 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, COR20, CO2R20, SO2R20, and S(O)R20, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-Cβ heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R17 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R17 is an optionally substituted C]-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R17 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R17 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R17 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R17 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R17 is a halogen, R11 is F or Cl.
[0204] In certain embodiments, each R18 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, COR20, CO2R20, SO2R20, and S(O)R20, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CI-CO haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R18 is an optionally substituted Ci-Ce alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R18 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R18 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R18 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R18 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R18 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R18 is a halogen, R18 is F or Cl.
[0205] In certan embodiments, R17 and R18 are linked to form a ring. In certain such embodiments, the ring has 3-7 members. In certain embodiments, the ring is aromatic. In certain embodiments, the ring is non-aromatic.
[0206] In certain embodiments, each R19 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R19 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R19 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R19 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R19 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
[0207] In certain embodiments, each R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R20 is an optionally substituted CpC8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R20 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R20 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-Cs alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-Cg alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-Cs cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R20 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R20 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R20 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R20 is a halogen, R20 is F or Cl.
[0208] In certain embodiments, each R37 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R37 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R37 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R37 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R37 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R37 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R37 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R37 is a halogen, R37 is F or Cl.
[0209] In certain embodiments, R20 and R37 are linked to form a ring. In certain such embodiments, the ring has 3-7 members. In certaim embodiments, the ring is aromatic. In certain embodiments, the ring is non-aromatic.
[0210] In certain embodiments, R21 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Cj-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R21 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R21 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R21 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-Cs alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-Cg alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R21 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R21 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R21 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R21 is a halogen, R21 is F or Cl.
[0211] In certain embodiments, R22 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci -CO heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R22 is an optionally substituted CpC8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R22 is an optionally substituted C]-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R22 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R22 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R22 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R22 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R22 is a halogen, R22 is F or Cl.
[0212] In certain embodiments, each R23 is independently and selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Q-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R23 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R23 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R23 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R23 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R23 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R23 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R23 is a halogen, R23 is F or Cl.
[0213] In certain embodiments, R24 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Q-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R24 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R24 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R24 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R24 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R24 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R24 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R24 is a halogen, R24 is F or Cl. In certain embodiments, R24 is methoxy.
[0214] In certain embodiments, R25 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, -CN, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R25 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R25 is an optionally substituted Cj-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R25 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R25 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R25 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R25 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R25 is a halogen, R25 is F or Cl. In certain embodiments, R25 is methoxy. [0215] In certain embodiments, R26 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, CO2R20, COR20, CONR20R37, C=N(OR16), an optionally substituted C,- C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R26 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R26 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R26 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R26 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R26 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R26 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R26 is a halogen, R26 is F or Cl.
[0216] In certain embodiments, each R27 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted CJ-CO alkyl, an optionally substituted C)-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R27 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R27 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R27 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R27 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R27 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R11 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R27 is a halogen, R27 is F, Br, or Cl. In certain embodiments R27 is -CH2CH2C(O)CH3. In certain embodiments, R26 and R27 are linked together to form a 3-7 membered ring. In one embodiment, the 3-7 membered ring is a phenyl group. [0217] In certain embodiments, R28 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -COR20, -CO2R20, -CONR20, -CONR20R37, SO2R20, an optionally substituted Q-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-Cg cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-Cg heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- Cg aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R28 is an optionally substituted Ci-Cg alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-Cg cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R28 is an optionally substituted Ci-Cg alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R28 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-Cg alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-Cg alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-Cg cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R28 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R28 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R28 is trifiuoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R28 is a halogen, R28 is F or Cl.
[0218] In certain embodiments, R29 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci -C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R29 is an optionally substituted C]-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R29 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R29 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-Cg alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-Cg cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R29 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R29 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R29 is trifiuoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R29 is a halogen, R29 is F or Cl.
[0219] In certain embodiments, R30 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-Cs heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R30 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R30 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R3 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R30 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R30 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R30 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R30 is a halogen, R30 is F or Cl.
[0220] In certain embodiments, R31 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R31 is an optionally substituted C]-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R31 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R31 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R31 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R31 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R31 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R31 is a halogen, R31 is F or Cl.
[0221] In certain embodiments, R32 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, -CN, -COR20, an optionally substituted Ct-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R32 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R32 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R32 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R32 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R32 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R32 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R32 is a halogen, R32 is F or Cl.
[0222] In certain embodiments, R33 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, -CN, -COR20, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C 1-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci -C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R33 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R33 is an optionally substituted Cj-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R33 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R33 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R33 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R33 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R33 is a halogen, R33 is F or Cl.
[0223] In certain embodiments, R34 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -NO2, -OR16, -NR17R18, -CN, -COR20, NR17(OR16), an optionally substituted C]-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R34 is an optionally substituted CpC8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R34 is an optionally substituted C]-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R34 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R34 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R34 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R34 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R33 is a halogen, R34 is F or Cl.
[0224] In certain embodiments, R35 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -COR20, -CO2R20, -CONR20, -CONR20R37, an optionally substituted Ci- C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci -C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R35 is an optionally substituted Cj-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R35 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R35 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R35 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R35 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R35 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R 5 is a halogen, R 5 is F or Cl.
[0225] In certain embodiments, R36 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R36 is an optionally substituted C]-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is fully saturated. In certain embodiments, R36 is an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl or an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl that is not fully saturated. In certain such embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkenyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkynyl. In certain of the embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted methyl, ethyl propyl isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. In certain embodiments, R36 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R26 is trifluoromethyl. In certain of the embodiments where R36 is a halogen, R36 is F or Cl.
[0226] In certain embodiments, U is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, and -NR17.
[0227] In certain embodiments, Q is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, phosphorous, sulfur, oxygen, -NR17, and -CR34. In certain embodiments, T selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, phosphorous, sulfur, oxygen, -NR17, and -CR34. In certain embodiments, Q is -CR34 and T is selected from the group consisting of sulfur, oxygen, and -NR17. In certain embodiments, T is CR34 and Q is selected from the group consisting of sulfur, oxygen, and -NR17. In certain embodiments, either one of Q or T is - CR34 and the other is selected from the group consisting of sulfur, oxygen, and -NR17.
[0228] In certain embodiments, V is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, phosphorous, oxygen, sulfur, and -NR17.
[0229] In certain embodiments, n is selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4. In certain embodiments, q is selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, and 2.
[0230] In certain embodiments, W is selected from the group consisting of -CR27 and nitrogen;
[0231] In certain embodiments, Y is selected from the group consisting of -NR36, sulfur, and oxygen.
[0232] In certain embodiments, Z is selected from the group consisting of CH2, - NR28, and oxygen. In certain embodiments, L is selected from the group consisting of CH2, - NR28, and oxygen. In certain embodiments, Z is CH2 and L is -NR28 or oxygen. In certain embodiments, L is CH2, and Z is -NR28 or oxygen. In certain embodiments, either one of L or Z is CH2 and the other is selected from the group consisting of -NR28 and oxygen.
[0233] In certain embodiments, K is oxygen or -NR35.
[0234] In certain embodiments, J is oxygen or sulfur.
[0235] In certain embodiments, B is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, or CR27, CH2 and C(R27)2.
[0236] In certain embodiments, M is oxygen or NOR30.
[0237] In certain embodiments, P is nitrogen or -CR31. In certain embodiments, at least five P are -CR31.
[0238] In certain embodiments, X is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, and NOR16. [0239] In certain embodiments, R38 is selected from the group consisting of (o), (P), (q), (r), (S) and (t) :
Figure imgf000048_0001
(o) (P) (q)
Figure imgf000048_0002
(r) (S) (t)
[0240] In certain embodiments, R39 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR51R52, -OR53, COR53, -SR53, -SO2NR51R52, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
[0241] In certain embodiments, R40 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -OR53, -SR53, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
[0242] In certain embodiments, R41 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, - OR53, -SR53, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
[0243] In certain embodiments, R39 and R40 together form an optionally substituted 5-6 member ring and R41 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, -OR53, -SR53, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
[0244] In certain embodiments, R40 and R41 together form an optionally substituted 4-6 member ring and R39 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, - CONR51R52, -OR53, COR53, -SR53, -SO2NR51R52, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
[0245] In certain embodiments, R42 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, optionally substituted alkyl, -SR53 and -OR53.
[0246] In certain embodiments, R43 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, an optionally substituted alkyl.
[0247] In certain embodiments, R44 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR51R52, -SO2NR51R52, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
[0248] In certain embodiments, R45 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -OR53, -SR53, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
[0249] In certain embodiments, R46 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl.
[0250] In certain embodiments, R44 and R45 together form an optionally substituted 5-6 member ring and R46 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl.
[0251] In certain embodiments, R45 and R46 together form an optionally substituted 4-6 member ring and R44 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, - CONR51R52, and an optionally substituted aryl.
[0252] In certain embodiments, R47 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, an optionally substituted alkyl.
[0253] In certain embodiments, R48 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, hydroxyiminoalkyl, alkoxyiminoalkyl, aryloxyiminoalkyl, -CONR51R52, SO2NR51R52, OR53, - COR53, -SR53, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl. [0254] In certain embodiments, R49 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -OR53, SR53, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
[0255] In certain embodiments, R50 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, CONR51R52, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl.
[0256] In certain embodiments, R48 and R49 together form an optionally substituted 5-6 member ring and R50 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, CONR51R52, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl.
[0257] In certain embodiments, R49 and R50 together form an optionally substituted 4-6 member ring and R48 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, - CONR51R52, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
[0258] In certain embodiments, R51 and R52 are each independently selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl.
[0259] In certain embodiments, R51 and R52 together form an optionally substituted 4-7 member ring.
[0260] In certain embodiments, R53 is selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
[0261] In certain embodiments, each P is independently selected from the group consisting of N and CR31, provided that no more than two of the Ps are N;
[0262] In certain embodiments, G is selected from O, S, and NR54.
[0263] In certain embodiments, R54 is selected from hydrogen and an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl and an optionally substituted alkynyl. In certain embodiments, the substituents on the alkyl, aralkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl groups, when present, are each individually and independently selected from one to four group(s) selected from: alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, non- aromatic heterocycle, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aryloxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halo, carbonyl, imino, hydroxyimino, alkoxyimino, aryloxyimino, aralkoxyiminothiocarbonyl, O-carbamyl, N- carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N- thiocarbamyl, C- amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, isocyanato, thiocyanato, isothiocyanato, nitro, silyl, trihalomethanesulfonyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaralkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, cycloalkoxy, perfluoroalkoxy, alkenyloxy, alkynyloxy, aralkoxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, aralkylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, aralkoxycarbonyloxy, aminocarbonyloxy, alkylaminocarbonyloxy, dialkylaminocarbonyloxy, alkylarylaminocarbonyloxy, diary lam inocarbonyloxy and amino; including mono- and all-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives of amino groups. In certain embodiments, at least one position selected from R39, R40, R41, R42, and R43 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, at least one position selected from R44, R45, R46, and R47 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, if R41 is F, then at least one position selected from R39, R40, R42 and R43 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, if R40 is F, then at least one position selected from R39, R41, R42, and R43 is not hydrogen. In certain embodiments, if any two positions selected from R39, R40, R41, R42, and R43 are both F, then at least one of the other three positions selected from R39, R40, R41, R42, and R43 is not hydrogen.
[0264] In embodiments in which two or more of a particular group are present, the identities of those two or more particular groups are selected independently and, thus, may be the same or different from one another. For example, certain compounds of the invention comprise two or more R16 groups. The identities of those two or more R16 groups are each selected independently. Thus, in certain embodiments, those R16 groups are all the same as one another; in certain embodiments, those R16 groups are all different from one another; and in certain embodiments, some of those R16 groups are the same as one another and some are different from one another. This independent selection applies to any group that is present in a compound more than once.
[0265] In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid receptor agonist. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid receptor antagonist. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid receptor partial agonist. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a tissue-specific selective glucocorticoid receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a gene-specific selective glucocorticoid receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid receptor binding compound.
[0266] In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective androgen receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective androgen receptor agonist. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective androgen receptor antagonist. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective androgen receptor partial agonist. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a tissue-specific selective androgen receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a gene-specific selective androgen receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective androgen receptor binding compound.
[0267] In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor agonist. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor antagonist. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor partial agonist. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a tissue-specific selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a gene-specific selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula I, Formula II, or Formula III is a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor binding compound.
[0268] In certain embodiments, the invention provides compounds selected from the group consisting of:
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β- (phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 101); (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β- (phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 102);
(±)-3β-(Benzylcarbamoyloxy)-3-(chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline (Compound 103);
(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-(isopropylcarbamoyloxy)- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 104);
(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-3β-(cyclohexylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 105);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β-(methyl- phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 106);
(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β-(methyl- phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 107);
(±)-3β-(Cyclohexylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 108);
(±)-3β-(3-Cyanophenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline (Compound 109);
(±)-3β-(4-Cyanophenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline (Compound 1 10);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β-[4-nitro-2- (trifluoromethyl)phenylcarbamoyloxy]quinoline (Compound 1 1 1);
(±)-3β-(4-Chlorophenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline (Compound 1 12);
(±)-3β-(2,4-Dimethylphenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 1 13);
(±)-3β-(3-Chloro-4-methoxyphenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol- 7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 1 14);
(±)-3β-[2-Chloro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylcarbamoyloxy]-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6- (indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 1 15);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-3β-[2-fluoro-6-(trifluoromethyl)phenylcarbamoyloxy]-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6- (indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 1 16);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-3 β-[4-fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenylcarbamoyloxy]- 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6- (indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 117); (±)-3β-(2-Chloro-4,6-dlmethylphenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6- (indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 1 18);
(±)-3β-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenylcarbamoyIoxy]-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6- (indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 1 19);
(±)-3β-[4-(Dimethylamino)phenylcarbamoyloxy]-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7- yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 120);
(±)-3β-(3-Cyclohexylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline (Compound 121);
(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-3β-(3-chloro-4-methoxyphenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 122); (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-3β-(3-cyanophenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l, 2,3,4- tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 123);
(±)-3β-[(Benzo[l,3]dioxol-5-yl)carbamoyloxy]-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7- yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 124);
(±)-3β-(4-Ethoxycarbonylphenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7- yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 125);
(±)-3β-[3,5-Bis(methoxycarbonyl)phenylcarbamoyloxy]-5,7-difluoro-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6- (indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 126);
(±)-3β-(3-Acetylphenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline (Compound 127);
(±)-3β-[(2,6-Dichloropyrid-4-yl)carbamoyloxy]-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7- yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 128);
(±)-3β-(Benzo[l,2,5]thiadiazol-yl)phenylcarbamoyloxy )-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6- (indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 129);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β-(pyrazol-3- yl)phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 130);
(±)-3β-Cyclopropylcarbamoyloxy-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline (Compound 131);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-imidazolyl-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethyl- phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 132);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β-[3-(5- methyl[l,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl)phenylcarbamoyloxy]quinoline (Compound 133); (±)-3β-(4-Acetylphenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline (Compound 134);
(±)-3β-[(6-Chloropyrid-3-yl)carbamoyloxy]-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 135);
(±)-3β-[(3,5-Dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)carbamoyloxy]-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol- 7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 136);
(±)-3β-(Cyclohexylcarbamoyloxy)-7-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline (Compound 137);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β- (methylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 138);
(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β- (methylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 139);
(±)-3β-(Cyclopentylcarbamoyloxy)-7-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 140);
(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-3β-(cyclopentylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 141);
(±)-3β-(Cyclohexylcarbamoyloxy)-6-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-5-fluoro- 1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline (Compound 142);
(±)-3β-(4-Acetylphenylcarbamoyloxy)-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 6-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 143);
(±)-5-Chloro-3β-(cyclohexylcarbamoyloxy)-8-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethyl-6- (3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 144);
(±)-5-Chloro-3β-(cyclopentylcarbamoyloxy)-8-fluoro-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethyl-6- (3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 145);
(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-3β-(cyclohexylcarbamoyloxy)-7,8-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 146);
(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-3α-[4-(dimethylamino)phenylcarbamoyloxy]-7,8-difluoro- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4β-trimethylquinoline (Compound 147);
(±)-3β-(2,2-Dimethylpropionyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline (Compound 148)
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β-(propionyl oxy)quinoline (Compound 149) (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β- (propionyloxy)quinoline (Compound 150)
(±)-3β-[2-(Dimethylamino)ethoxycarbonyloxy]-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7- yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 151)
(E)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-t- butyl oxime (Compound 201a);
(Z)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-t- butyl oxime (Compound 201b);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one oxime
(Compound 202);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one 0-methyl oxime (Compound 203);
(E)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O- methyl oxime (Compound 204);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyI-lH-quinolin-4-one O- carboxymethoxy oxime (Compound 205);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-allyl oxime (Compound 206);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 207);
(E)-(±)-5,7-Difluoro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-/-butyl oxime (Compound 208);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one (9-phenyl oxime (Compound 209);
(E)-8-Chloro-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4- one O-allyl oxime (Compound 210);
(E)-8-Chloro-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4- one O-t-butyl oxime (Compound 21 1);
(E)-8-Chloro-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4- one O-phenyl oxime (Compound 212);
(E)-(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-lH- quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 213a);
(Z)-(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-lH- quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 213b); (E)-5,7-Dlfluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4- one O-t-butyl oxime (Compound 214a);
(Z)-(±)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH- quinolin-4-one O-r-butyl oxime (Compound 214b);
(E)-(±)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH- quinolin-4-one O-methyl oxime (Compound 215a);
(Z)-(±)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH- quinolin-4-one O-methyl oxime (Compound 215b);
(E)-(±)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH- quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 216a);
(Z)-(±)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH- quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 216b);
(Z)-(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-lH- quinolin-4-one O-methyl oxime (Compound 217); (Z)-(±)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-3- (phenylcarbamoyl)oxy-lH-quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 218); (E)-(±)-7,8-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-3-hydroxy-lH- quinolin-4-one O-methyl oxime (Compound 219a);
(Z)-(±)-7,8-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-3-hydroxy-lH- quinolin-4-one O-methyl oxime (Compound 219b); (E)-(±)-7,8-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-3- (phenylcarbamoyl)oxy-lH-quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 220a); (Z)-(±)-7,8-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-3- (phenylcarbamoyl)oxy-lH-quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 220b); (E)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O-t- butyl oxime (Compound 221a);
(Z)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O-t- butyl oxime (Compound 221b);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O- benzyl oxime (Compound 222);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O- phenyl oxime (Compound 223);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one oxime (Compound 224); (E)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O- isopropyl oxime (Compound 225);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-l H-quinolin-4-one O-(l - ethoxycarbonyl-l-methyl)ethyl oxime (Compound 226);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O-(l- methoxycarbonyl-l-methyl)ethyl oxime (Compound 227);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O-(l- carboxy-l-methyl)ethyl oxime (Compound 228);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O-(l- diethylcarbamoyl-l-methyl)ethyl oxime (Compound 229);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-l H-quinolin-4-one O-(2- hydroxy-l,l-dimethyl)ethyl oxime (Compound 230);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O-[l - methyl-l-(2,2,2-trifluoroethylcarbamoyl)ethyl] oxime (Compound 231); (E)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O- (l,l-dimethyl-2-oxo)ethyl oxime (Compound 232);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O-3- carboxy-l, l-dimethylallyl oxime (Compound 233);
(E)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindoI-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O-(2- ethoxyimino)-l,l-dimethylethyl oxime (Compound 234);
(E)-(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2,8-trimethyl-lH-quinolin- 4-one O-t-butyl oxime (Compound 235);
(Z)-(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2,8-trimethyl-lH-quinolin- 4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 236);
(E)-(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2,8-trimethyl-lH-quinolin- 4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 237);
(E)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 238);
(E)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O- isopropyl oxime (Compound 239);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-(m- tolylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 301);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5- (phenylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 302); (±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-(o- tolylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 303);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenylethynyl]quinoline (Compound 304); (±)-5-(3-Chloro-2-methylphenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 305);
(±)-5-(2-Acetylphenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 306);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-[3- (trifluoromethyl)phenylethynyl]quinoline (Compound 307);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-[2- (trifluoromethyl)phenylethynyl]quinoline (Compound 308);
(±)-5-(2-Fluorophenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 309);
(±)-5-(3-Fluorophenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 310);
(±)-5-(2-Acetylphenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 311);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-5-[2-(hydroxymethyl)phenylethynyl]-2,2,4α,8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 312); (±)- 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3 β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-(p- tolylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 313);
(±)-5-(3,5-Dimethylphenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6- (3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 314);
(±)-5-(2,4-Dimethylphenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6- (3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 315);
(±)-5-(2,4-Difluorophenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 316);
(-t)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-5-(2-isopropylphenylethynyl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 317);
(±)-5-(4-Fluorophenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 318); (±)-5-(2-Fluoro-5-methylphenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 319); (±)- 1 ,2,3 ,4-Tetrahydro-3 β-hydroxy-5 -[3 -(hydroxymethy l)phenylethyny l)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 320);
(±)-5-(3-Chloro-2-fluorophenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl- 6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 321 );
(±)-5-(2-Fluoro-3-methylphenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 322);
(±)-5-(3-Cyanophenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 323);
(-t)-5-(5-Difluoromethyl-2-fluorophenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 324); (±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-(3- propionylphenylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 325); (±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-5- (phenylethynyl)quinollne (Compound 326);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-3β-phenylcarbamoyloxy- 5-(m-tolylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 327);
(±)-7-Fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α-trimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-(m- tolylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 328);
(±)-6-(3,5-Dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-5-(m- tolylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 329);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5- [(thiophen-2-yl)ethynyl]quinoline (Compound 330);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5- [(thiophen-3-yl)ethynyl]quinoline (Compound 331);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-[(5- methylthiophen-2-yl)ethynyl]quinoline (Compound 332);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-(3- morpholinophenylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 333);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-5-(3-hydroxyphenylethynyl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)qulnoline (Compound 334); (±)-5-(3-Aminophenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 335);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-[(3- methylthiophen-2-yl)ethynyl]quinoline (Compound 336);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5- [(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethynyl]quinoline (Compound 337);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-[(pyridin- 3-yl)ethynyl]quinoline (Compound 338);
(±)-5-(5-Acetyl-2-fluorophenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl- 6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 339);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-(3- sulfamoylphenylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 340);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-[3-(l - morpholinocarbonyl)phenylethynyl]quinoline (Compound 341); (±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-(3- diethylsulfamoylphenylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 342);
(±)-5-[(2-Acetylthiophen-3-yl)ethynyl]-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl- 6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 343);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-5-(3-methoxyphenylethynyl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 344);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-5-[3-(methylamino)phenylethynyl]- 6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 345);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-5-{[2-(l-methoxyiminoethyl)thiophen-3-yl]ethynyl}- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 346); (±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-[(5- methylthiophen-3-yl)ethynyl]quinoline (Compound 347);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-5-[2-(methoxycarbonylthiophen-3-yl)ethynyl]-2,2,4α,8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 348);
(±)-5-[3-(Ethoxycarbonylthiophen-2-yl)ethynyl]-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 349);
(±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-5-[(pyridin- 2-yl)ethynyl]quinoline (Compound 350); (±)-6-(3,5-Dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-5-[3-(ethoxycarbonylthiophen-2-yl)ethynyl]-l, 2,3,4- tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline (Compound 351); (±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-5-[3-(hydroxymethyl)thiophen-2-yl]ethynyI]-2,2,4α,8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 352);
(±)-5-[(3-Acetylthiophen-2-yl)ethynyl]-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl- 6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 353);
(±)- 1 ,2,3 ,4-Tetrahydro-3 β-hydroxy-5 - { [3 -( 1 -hydroxy- 1 -methyethy l)thiophen-2-y l]ethyny 1} - 2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 354). (±)-4α-Benzylamino-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2- dimethylquinoline (Compound 401);
(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-4α- [(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)amino]quinoline (Compound 402);
(±)-4α-Benzylamino-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 403);
(±)-4α-Amino-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7- yl)quinoline (Compound 404);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-4α-(3- phenylureido)quinoline (Compound 405);
(±)-4α-[(3-Benzo[l,3]dioxo-5-yl)ureido]-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 406);
(±)-4α-(3-Cyclopentylureido)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 407);
(±)-4α-[3-(4-Acetylphenylureido)]-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl- 6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 408);
(±)-4α-[3-(3-Chloro-4-methoxyphenylureido)]-5,7-difluoro-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy- 2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 409);
(±)-4α-[3-(4-Chlorophenylureido)]-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl- 6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 410);
(±)-4α-Acetamido-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 411);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-4α- (phenoxycarbonylamino)quinoline (Compound 412); (±)-4α-(Ethoxycarbonylamino)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6- (3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 413);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-4α-(methoxycarbonylamino)- 6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 414);
(±)-4α-(Cyclohexylmethylamino)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl- 6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 415);
(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-4α-(furan-2-ylmethylamino)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β- hydroxy-2,2-dimethylquinoline (Compound 416);
(±)-4α-bis(furan-2-ylmethylamino)-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylquinoline (Compound 417);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-4α-(isopropoxycarbonylamino)-2,2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 418);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-4α-(methylamino)-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 419);
(±)-4α-(Dimethylamino)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 420);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-4α-(pyridine-2-ylmethylamino)-2,2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 421);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-4α-(pyridine-3-ylmethylamino)-2,2- dimethyl-6-(3-methyllndol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 422);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-4α-(pyridine-4-ylmethylamino)-2,2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 423);
(±)-4α-(Chlorobenzylamino)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 424);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-4α-(4-methylbenzylamino)-6- (3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 425);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-4α-(methylamino)-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 426);
(±)-4α-[Benzyl(ethoxycarbonyl)amino)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 427);
(±)-4α-Dibenzylamino-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 428); (±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-4α- [(naphthalen-l-ylmethyl)amino]quinoline (Compound 429);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-4α- [(naphthalen-2-ylmethyl)amino]quinoline (Compound 430);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-4α- [(thiazol-2-ylmethyl)amino]quinoline (Compound 431);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-4α-[(4- methylthiazol-5-ylmethyl)amino]quinoline (Compound 432); (±)-4α-[(2,4-Dimethylthiazol-5-ylmethyl)amino]-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β- hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-quinoline (Compound 433); (±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-4α-[(5- methylisoxazol-3-ylmethyl)amino]quinoline (Compound 434);
(±)-4α-Benzylmethylamino-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 435);
(±)-4α-Ethylamino-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 436);
(±)-4α-But-2-enylamino-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 437);
(±)-4α-Butylamino-5 ,7-difluoro- 1 ,2,3 ,4-tetrahydro-3 β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethy l-6-(3 - methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 438);
(±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-4α-isobutylamino-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 439);
(±)-4α-Diethylamino-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 440).
[0269] Certain compounds of the present inventions may exist as stereoisomers including optical isomers. The present disclosure is intended to include all stereoisomers and both the racemic mixtures of such stereoisomers as well as the individual enantiomers that may be separated according to methods that are known in the art or that may be excluded by synthesis schemes known in the art designed to yield predominantly one enantomer relative to another. Certain Synthesis Methods
[0270] Certain synthesis schemes are now provided. The synthesis schemes are provide only to illustrate possible ways to make certain compounds of the invention and do not limit the invention in any way. One of skill in the art will recognize that compounds of the present invention may be synthesized through any of a variety of schemes using a variety of different starting materials.
[0271] In certain embodiments, synthesis of 6-aryl- and 6-heteroaryl-3- substituted-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline compounds (e.g. Structures 7, (+)-7, and (-)-7) is accomplished using Scheme I.
Scheme I
Figure imgf000065_0001
acylate
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000066_0002
[0272] The process of Scheme I begins with Skraup quinoline synthesis of an aniline (Structure 1), with a ketone, for example, acetone in the presence of iodine heated in a sealed tube at elevated temperatures to afford a dihydroquinoline (Structure 2). See Pooley, C. L. F., et.al, J. Med. Chem. 41 :3461 (1998). The olefin of the dihydroquinoline can be functionalized in a number of ways. The dihydroquinoline can be hydrated by, for example, treatment with a hydroborating agent, for example diborane, and subsequently treated with an oxidant, such as hydrogen peroxide, in the presence of a base, for example, sodium hydroxide to afford a compound of Structure 3. Alternatively, the dihydroquinoline can be oxidized by treatment with an oxidant, for example, osmium tetraoxide, to afford a 3,4-dihydroxy-l,2,3,4- tetrahydroquinoline (Structure 3, R9 = OH). Structure 3 can be halogenated at the 6-position by treatment with a brominating agent, for example, N-bromosuccinimide, to afford a compound of Structure 4. Treatment of Structure 4 with an organometallic reagent, for example, an aryl boronic acid, in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, for example, [l, r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), in the presence of a base, for example, aqueous sodium carbonate, affords a compound of Structure 6.
[0273] A compound of Structure 4 can be metallated to a compound of Structure 5 by treatment with a boronating agent, for example, 4,4,5, 5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolane, in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, for example, [1,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), in the presence of a base, for example, triethylamine, to afford a compound of Structure 5. Treatment of Structure 4 with a halide, for example, an aryl bromide, in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, for example, [l,l '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), in the presence of a base, for example, aqueous sodium carbonate, affords a compound of Structure 6. Treatment of Structure 6 with an acylating agent, for example, an isocyanate, affords a compound of Structure 7. Alternatively, treatment of Structure 6 with an activating agent, for example, carbonyldiimidazole, affords a compound of Structure 9, which in turn, may be treated with an amine, for example, methylamine, to afford a compound of Structure 7.
[0274] Tetrahydroquinoline compounds of Structure 7 (or any chiral synthetic precursor of Structure 7) can be separated into their corresponding enantiomers, (+)-7 and (-)- 7 by chiral HPLC, with, for example, a preparative Chiracel OJ column eluted with hexanes:isopropanol. Alternatively, the enantiomers (+)-7 and (-)-7 could be prepared in enantiomerically enriched form via an enantiospecific synthesis of a synthetic precursor of Structure 7, for example, by asymmetric hydroboration of Structure 2 to afford a compound of Structure 3 in enantiomerically enriched form.
[0275] Alternatively, a compound of Structure 6 can be treated with an acylating agent, for example, trimethylacetyl chloride, to afford a compound of Structure 10.
Figure imgf000067_0001
1. bromination
2. deprotection
Figure imgf000067_0003
Figure imgf000067_0002
Ar-B(OH)2
Aryl coupling
Ar = aryl or heteroaryl
Figure imgf000067_0004
[0276] In certain embodiments, synthesis of 6-aryl-lH-quinolin-4-one and 6-aryl- lH-quinolin-4-one oxime compounds (e. g. Structures 17 and 18) is accomplished using Scheme II. The process of Scheme II begins with the treatment of a an aniline, for example, 5,7-difluoroaniline, and a propargyl alkylating agent, for example, 3-acetoxy-3-methyl-l- butyne, in the presence of a catalyst, for example, CuCl, to afford a compound of Structure 12. The quinoline nitrogen in Structure 12 is then protected with, for example, t-Boc anhydride to afford a compound of Structure 13. The dihydroquinoline can be hydrated by, for example, treatment with a hydroborating agent, for example diborane, and subsequently treated with an oxidant, such as hydrogen peroxide, in the presence of a base, for example, sodium hydroxide to afford a 4-hydroxy-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline (Structure 14, R6 = H). Alternatively, the dihydroquinoline can be oxidized by treatment with an oxidant, for example, osmium tetraoxide, to afford a 3,4-dihydroxy-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline (Structure 14, R6 = OH). Structure 14 can be oxidized by treatment with an oxidizing agent, for example, IBX, to afford a compound of Structure 15. Structure 15 can be halogenated at the 6-position by treatment with a brominating agent, for example, N-bromosuccinimide, followed by removal of the protecting group with, for example, trifluoroacetic acid, to afford a compound of Structure 16. Treatment of Structure 16 with an organometallic reagent, for example, an aryl boronic acid, in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, for example, [l,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), in the presence of a base, for example, aqueous sodium carbonate, to afford a compound of Structure 17. A compound of Structure 17 can be treated with an oxime forming reagent, for example, an alkoxyamine hydrochloride, to afford a compound of Structure 18.
Figure imgf000068_0001
1 H2NOR*
2 Deprotect
Figure imgf000068_0002
[0277] In certain embodiments, the synthesis of compounds of Structure 18 is alternatively accomplished using Scheme III, using similar transformations to those described in Scheme II. Scheme IV
Figure imgf000069_0001
[0278] In certain embodiments, the synthesis of compounds of Structure 25, 26, 27, 28 and 29 is accomplished using Scheme IV. The process of Scheme IV begins with treatment of Structure 13 with an epoxidation reagent, for example, mCPBA, buffered with a base, for example, sodium hydrogen carbonate, to afford a compound of Structure 22. Treatment of Structure 22 with an amine source, for example, benzylamine, followed by concommitant deprotection, or deprotection in a separate transformation, affords a compound of Structure 23. Structure 23 can be halogenated at the 6-position by treatment with a brominating agent, for example, N-bromosuccinimide, to afford a compound of Structure 24. Treatment of Structure 24 with an organometallic reagent, for example, an aryl boronic acid, in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, for example, [1,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), in the presence of a base, for example, aqueous sodium carbonate, affords a compound of Structure 25. The benzyl group of Structure 25 can be removed by treatment with, for example, Pd(OH)2 in a hydrogen atmosphere, to afford a compound of Structure 26. The amine group of Structure 26 can be treated in a variety of ways. Structure 26 may be treated with an acylating agent, for example, methyl chloroformate, to afford a compound of Structure 27. Alternatively, Structure 26 may be treated with an acylating agent, for example, phenyl isocyanate, to afford a compound of Structure 28. Alternatively, a compound of Structure 26 can be treated with an aldehyde or aldehyde equivalent, for example, 2-furaldehyde, in the presence of a reducing agent, for example sodium cyanoborohydride, to afford a compound of Structure 29.
Scheme V
Figure imgf000070_0001
[0279] In certain embodiments, the synthesis of compounds of Structure 37 is accomplished using Scheme V. The process of Scheme V begins with treatment of Structure 30 with a cyanating agent, for example zinc cyanide, in the presence of a catalyst, for example, a combination of Pd2(dba)3 and diphenylphosphino ferrocene (dppf), to afford a compound of Structure 31. The dihydroquinoline can be hydrated by, for example, treatment with a hydroborating agent, for example diborane, and subsequently treated with an oxidant, such as hydrogen peroxide, in the presence of a base, for example, sodium hydroxide to afford a compound of Structure 32. The nitrile of Structure 32 can be reduced to the aldehyde by treatment with, for example, diisobutylaluminum hydride, to afford a compound of Structure 33. Conversion of the aldehyde of Structure 33 to an acetylene can be accomplished by treatment of Structure 33 with dimethyl l-diazo-2-oxopropylphosphonate (Structure 34) to afford a compound of Structure 35. Structure 35 can be halogenated at the 6-position by treatment with a brominating agent, for example, N-bromosuccinimide, to afford a compound of Structure 36. Treatment of Structure 36 with an organometallic reagent, for example, an aryl boronic acid, in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, for example, [l,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), in the presence of a base, for example, aqueous sodium carbonate, affords a compound of Structure 37. Arylation of the acetylene of Structure 37 can be accomplished by treatment with an aryl halide, for example, iodobenzene, in the presence of copper (I) catalyst, for example, copper iodide, and a palladium catalyst, for example, Pd(PPlIs)4, to afford a compound of Structure 38.
Figure imgf000071_0001
[0280] In certain embodiments, the synthesis of compounds of Structure 38 is alternatively accomplished using Scheme VI, using similar transformations to those described in Scheme V.
[0281] Compounds of Structure 10, 17, 18, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 38 (or any chiral synthetic precursor) can be separated into their corresponding enantiomers, by chiral HPLC, with, for example, a preparative Chiracel OJ column eluted with hexanes:isopropanol.
[0282] In certain embodiments, the invention provides a salt corresponding to any of the compounds provided herein. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a salt corresponding to a selective glucocorticoid receptor modulator, a selective androgen receptor modulator and/or a selective glucocoroticoid/androgen receptor modulator. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a salt corresponding to a selective glucocorticoid receptor binding agent, a selective androgen receptor binding agent and/or a selective glucocoroticoid/androgen receptor binding agent. In certain embodiments, a salt is obtained by reacting a compound with an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p- toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like. In certain embodiments, a salt is obtained by reacting a compound with a base to form a salt such as an ammonium salt, an alkali metal salt, such as a sodium or a potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt, such as a calcium or a magnesium salt, a salt of organic bases such as dicyclohexylamine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine, and the like.
[0283] In certain embodiments, one or more carbon atoms of a compound of the present invention is replaced with silicon. See e.g., WO 03/037905A1 ; Tacke and Zilch, Endeavour, New Series, 10, 191-197 (1986); Bains and Tacke, Curr. Opin. Drug Discov Devel. Jul:6(4):526-43(2003). In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention comprising one or more silicon atoms possess certain desired properties, including, but not limited to, greater stability and/or longer half-life in a patient, when compared to the same compound in which none of the carbon atoms have been replaced with a silicon atom. Certain Assays
[0284] In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention are capable of modulating activity of glucocorticoid and/or androgen receptors in a "co-transfection" assay (also called a "cis-trans" assay), which has been discussed previously. See e.g., Evans et al., Science, 240:889-95 (1988); U.S. Patent Nos. 4,981,784 and 5,071 ,773; Pathirana et al., "Nonsteroidal Human Progesterone Receptor Modulators from the Marie Alga Cymopolia Barbata," MoI. Pharm. 47:630-35 (1995)). Modulating activity in a co- transfection assay has been shown to correlate with in vivo modulating activity. Thus, in certain embodiments, such assays are predictive of in vivo activity. See, e.g, Berger et al., J. Steroid Biochem. Molec. Biol. A\ :113 (1992).
[0285] In certain co-transfection assays, two different co-transfection plasmids are prepared. In the first co-transfection plasmid, cloned cDNA encoding an intracellular receptor {e.g., glucocorticoid or mineralocoticoid receptor) is operatively linked to a constitutive promoter (e.g., the SV 40 promoter). In the second co-transfection plasmid, cDNA encoding a reporter protein, such as firefly luciferase (LUC), is operatively linked to a promoter that is activated by a receptor-dependant activation factor. Both co-transfection plasmids are co-transfected into the same cells. Expression of the first co-transfection plasmid results in production of the intracellular receptor protein. Activation of that intracellular receptor protein (e.g., by binding of an agonist) results in production of a receptor-dependant activation factor for the promoter of the second co-transfection plasmid. That receptor-dependant activation factor in turn results in expression of the reporter protein encoded on the second co-transfection plasmid. Thus, reporter protein expression is linked to activation of the receptor. Typically, that reporter activity can be conveniently measured (e.g., as increased luciferase production).
[0286] Certain co-transfection assays can be used to identify agonists, partial agonists, and/or antagonists of intracellular receptors. In certain embodiments, to identify agonists, co-transfected cells are exposed to a test compound. If the test compound is an agonist or partial agonist, reporter activity is expected to be higher compared to co- transfected cells in the absence of the test compound. In certain embodiments, to identify antagonists, the cells are exposed to a known agonist (e.g., the natural ligand for the receptor) in the presence and absence of a test compound. If the test compound is an antagonist, reporter activity is expected to be lower than that of cells exposed only to the known agonist. [0287] In certain embodiments, compounds of the invention are used to detect the presence, quantity and/or state of receptors in a sample. In certain of such embodiments, samples are obtained from a patient. In certain embodiments, compounds are radio- or isotopically-labeled. For example, compounds of the present invention that selectively bind glucocorticoid and or androgen receptors may be used to determine the presence or amount of such receptors in a sample, such as cell homogenates and lysates. Certain Pharmaceutical Agents
[0288] In certain embodiments, at least one selective glucocoroticoid receptor modulator, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide, and/or prodrug thereof, either alone or combined with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, forms a pharmaceutical agent. In certain embodiments, at least one selective androgen receptor modulator, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide, and/or prodrug thereof, either alone or combined with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, forms a pharmaceutical agent. In certain embodiments, at least one selective glucocoroticoid/androgen receptor modulator, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide, and/or prodrug thereof, either alone or combined with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, forms a pharmaceutical agent. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical agent comprises at least one compound of Formula I, II, or III, as defined and described herein. Techniques for formulation and administration of compounds of the present invention may be found for example, in "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences," Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 18th edition, 1990, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0289] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention, such as a compound of Formula I, II, or III, is prepared using known techniques, including, but not limited to mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee- making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or tabletting processes.
[0290] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is a liquid (e.g., a suspension, elixir and/or solution). In certain of such embodiments, a liquid pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is prepared using ingredients known in the art, including, but not limited to, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, and coloring agents.
[0291] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is a solid (e.g., a powder, tablet, and/or capsule). In certain of such embodiments, a solid pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is prepared using ingredients known in the art, including, but not limited to, starches, sugars, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, and disintegrating agents.
[0292] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is formulated as a depot preparation. Certain of such depot preparations are typically longer acting than non-depot preparations. In certain embodiments, such preparations are administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. In certain embodiments, depot preparations are prepared using suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
[0293] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention comprises a delivery system. Examples of delivery systems include, but are not limited to, liposomes and emulsions. Certain delivery systems are useful for preparing certain pharmaceutical agents including those comprising hydrophobic compounds. In certain embodiments, certain organic solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide are used.
[0294] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention comprises one or more tissue-specific delivery molecules designed to deliver the pharmaceutical agent to specific tissues or cell types. For example, in certain embodiments, pharmaceutical agents include liposomes coated with a tissue-specific antibody.
[0295] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention comprises a co-solvent system. Certain of such co- solvent systems comprise, for example, benzyl alcohol, a nonpolar surfactant, a water- miscible organic polymer, and an aqueous phase. In certain embodiments, such co-solvent systems are used for hydrophobic compounds. A non-limiting example of such a co-solvent system is the VPD co-solvent system, which is a solution of absolute ethanol comprising 3% w/v benzyl alcohol, 8% w/v of the nonpolar surfactant Polysorbate 80™ , and 65% w/v polyethylene glycol 300. The proportions of such co-solvent systems may be varied considerably without significantly altering their solubility and toxicity characteristics. Furthermore, the identity of co-solvent components may be varied: for example, other surfactants may be used instead of Polysorbate 80™; the fraction size of polyethylene glycol may be varied; other biocompatible polymers may replace polyethylene glycol, e.g., polyvinyl pyrrolidone; and other sugars or polysaccharides may substitute for dextrose.
[0296] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention comprises a sustained-release system. A non-limiting example of such a sustained-release system is a semi-permeable matrix of solid hydrophobic polymers. In certain embodiments, sustained-release systems may, depending on their chemical nature, release compounds over a period of hours, days, weeks or months.
[0297] Certain compounds used in pharmaceutical agent of the present invention may be provided as pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically compatible counterions. Pharmaceutically compatible salts may be formed with many acids, including but not limited to hydrochloric, sulfuric, acetic, lactic, tartaric, malic, succinic, etc.
[0298] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention comprises an active ingredient in a therapeutically effective amount. In certain embodiments, the therapeutically effective amount is sufficient to prevent, alleviate or ameliorate symptoms of a disease or to prolong the survival of the subject being treated. Determination of a therapeutically effective amount is well within the capability of those skilled in the art.
[0299] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is formulated as a prodrug. In certain embodiments, prodrugs are useful because they are easier to administer than the corresponding active form. For example, in certain instances, a prodrug may be more bioavailable {e.g., through oral administration) than is the corresponding active form. In certain instances, a prodrug may have improved solubility compared to the corresponding active form. In certain embodiments, a prodrug is an ester. In certain embodiments, such prodrugs are less water soluble than the corresponding active form. In certain instances, such prodrugs possess superior transmittal across cell membranes, where water solubility is detrimental to mobility. In certain embodiments, the ester in such prodrugs is metabolically hydrolyzed to carboxylic acid. In certain instances the carboxylic acid containing compound is the corresponding active form. In certain embodiments, a prodrug comprises a short peptide (polyaminoacid) bound to an acid group. In certain of such embodiments, the peptide is metabolized to form the corresponding active form.
[0300] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is useful for treating a conditions or disorder in a mammalian, and particularly in a human patient. Suitable administration routes include, but are not limited to, oral, rectal, transmucosal, intestinal, enteral, topical, suppository, through inhalation, intrathecal, intraventricular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, intraocular and parenteral (e.g., intravenous, intramuscular, intramedullary, and subcutaneous). In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical intrathecals are administered to achieve local rather than systemic exposures. For example, pharmaceutical agents may be injected directly in the area of desired effect (e.g., in the renal or cardiac area).
[0301] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprising one or more compounds of the present invention is administered in the form of a dosage unit (e.g., tablet, capsule, bolus, etc.). In certain embodiments, such dosage units comprise a selective glucocorticoid and/or minerlaocorticoid receptor modulator in a dose from about 1 μg/kg of body weight to about 50 mg/kg of body weight. In certain embodiments, such dosage units comprise a selective glucocorticoid and/or minerlaocorticoid receptor modulator in a dose from about 2 μg/kg of body weight to about 25 mg/kg of body weight. In certain embodiments, such dosage units comprise a selective glucocorticoid and/or minerlaocorticoid receptor modulator in a dose from about 10 μg/kg of body weight to about 5 mg/kg of body weight. In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical agents are administered as needed, once per day, twice per day, three times per day, or four or more times per day. It is recognized by those skilled in the art that the particular dose, frequency, and duration of administration depends on a number of factors, including, without limitation, the biological activity desired, the condition of the patient, and tolerance for the pharmaceutical agent.
[0302] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprising a compound of the present invention is prepared for oral administration. In certain of such embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent is formulated by combining one or more compounds of the present invention with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Certain of such carriers enable compounds of the invention to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient. In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical agents for oral use are obtained by mixing one or more compounds of the present invention and one or more solid excipient. Suitable excipients include, but are not limited to, fillers, such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP). In certain embodiments, such a mixture is optionally ground and auxiliaries are optionally added. In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical agents are formed to obtain tablets or dragee cores. In certain embodiments, disintegrating agents (e.g., cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate) are added.
[0303] In certain embodiments, dragee cores are provided with coatings. In certain of such embodiments, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to tablets or dragee coatings.
[0304J In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical agents for oral administration are push-fit capsules made of gelatin. Certain of such push-fit capsules comprise one or more compounds of the present invention in admixture with one or more filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical agents for oral administration are soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. In certain soft capsules, one or more compounds of the present invention are be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In addition, stabilizers may be added.
[0305] In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical agents are prepared for buccal administration. Certain of such pharmaceutical agents are tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
[0306] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent is prepared for administration by injection (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, etc.). In certain of such embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent comprises a carrier and is formulated in aqueous solution, such as water or physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks' s solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. In certain embodiments, other ingredients are included (e.g., ingredients that aid in solubility or serve as preservatives). In certain embodiments, injectable suspensions are prepared using appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents and the like. Certain pharmaceutical agents for injection are presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers. Certain pharmaceutical agents for injection are suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Certain solvents suitable for use in pharmaceutical agents for injection include, but are not limited to, lipophilic solvents and fatty oils, such as sesame oil, synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, and liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances that increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, such suspensions may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents that increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
[0307] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent is prepared for transmucosal administration. In certain of such embodiments penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art.
[0308] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent is prepared for administration by inhalation. Certain of such pharmaceutical agents for inhalation are prepared in the form of an aerosol spray in a pressurized pack or a nebulizer. Certain of such pharmaceutical agents comprise a propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In certain embodiments using a pressurized aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined with a valve that delivers a metered amount. In certain embodiments, capsules and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated. Certain of such formulations comprise a powder mixture of a compound of the invention and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
[0309] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent is prepared for rectal administration, such as a suppositories or retention enema. Certain of such pharmaceutical agents comprise known ingredients, such as cocoa butter and/or other glycerides.
[0310] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent is prepared for topical administration. Certain of such pharmaceutical agents comprise bland moisturizing bases, such as ointments or creams. Exemplary suitable ointment bases include, but are not limited to, petrolatum, petrolatum plus volatile silicones, lanolin and water in oil emulsions such as Eucerin™, available from Beiersdorf (Cincinnati, Ohio). Exemplary suitable cream bases include, but are not limited to, Nivea™ Cream, available from Beiersdorf (Cincinnati, Ohio), cold cream (USP), Purpose Cream™, available from Johnson & Johnson (New Brunswick, New Jersey), hydrophilic ointment (USP) and Lubriderm™, available from Pfizer (Morris Plains, New Jersey).
[0311] In certain embodiments, the formulation, route of administration and dosage for a pharmaceutical agent of the present invention can be chosen in view of a particular patient's condition. (See e.g., Fingl et al. 1975, in "The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics", Ch. 1 p. 1). In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent is administered as a single dose. In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent is administered as a series of two or more doses administered over one or more days.
[0312] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent of the present invention is administered to a patient between about 0.1% and 500%, 5% and 200%, 10% and 100%, 15% and 85%, 25% and 75%, or 40% and 60% of an established human dosage. Where no human dosage is established, a suitable human dosage may be inferred from ED50 or ID50 values, or other appropriate values derived from in vitro or in vivo studies.
[0313] In certain embodiments, a daily dosage regimen for a patient comprises an oral dose of between 0.1 mg and 2000 mg, 5 mg and 1500 mg, 10 mg and 1000 mg, 20 mg and 500 mg, 30 mg and 200 mg, or 40 mg and 100 mg of a compound of the present invention. In certain embodiments, a daily dosage regimen is administered as a single daily dose. In certain embodiments, a daily dosage regimen is administered as two, three, four, or more than four doses.
[0314] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent of the present invention is administered by continuous intravenous infusion. In certain of such embodiments, from 0.1 mg to 500 mg of a composition of the present invention is administered per day.
[0315] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent of the invention is administered for a period of continuous therapy. For example, a pharmaceutical agent of the present invention may be administered over a period of days, weeks, months, or years.
[0316] Dosage amount, interval between doses, and duration of treatment may be adjusted to achieve a desired effect. In certain embodiments, dosage amount and interval between doses are adjusted to maintain a desired concentration on compound in a patient. For example, in certain embodiments, dosage amount and interval between doses are adjusted to provide plasma concentration of a compound of the present invention at an amount sufficient to achieve a desired effect. In certain of such embodiments the plasma concentration is maintained above the minimal effective concentration (MEC). In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical agents of the present invention are administered with a dosage regimen designed to maintain a concentration above the MEC for 10-90% of the time, between 30-90% of the time, or between 50-90% of the time.
[0317] In certain embodiments in which a pharmaceutical agent is administered locally, the dosage regimen is adjusted to achieve a desired local concentration of a compound of the present invention.
[0318] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent may be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient. The pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration. The pack or dispenser may also be accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration. Such notice, for example, may be the labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or the approved product insert. Compositions comprising a compound of the invention formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier may also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
[0319] In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical agent is in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use. Certain Combination Therapies
[0320] In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention are co-administered with one or more other pharmaceutical agents. In certain embodiments, such one or more other pharmaceutical agents are designed to treat the same disease or condition as the one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention. In certain embodiments, such one or more other pharmaceutical agents are designed to treat a different disease or condition as the one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention. In certain embodiments, such one or more other pharmaceutical agents are designed to treat an undesired effect of one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention is co-administered with another pharmaceutical agent to treat an undesired effect of that other pharmaceutical agent. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are administered at the same time. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are administered at the different times. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are prepared together in a single formulation. In certain embodiments, one or more pharmaceutical agents of the present invention and one or more other pharmaceutical agents are prepared separately.
[0321] Examples of pharmaceutical agents that may be co-administered with a pharmaceutical agent of the present invention include, but are not limited to, analgesics (e.g., acetaminophen); anti-inflammatory agents, including, but not limited to non-steroidal anti- inflammatory drugs (e.g., ibuprofen, COX-I inhibitors, and COX-2, inhibitors); salicylates; antibiotics; antivirals; antifungal agents; antidiabetic agents (e.g., biguanides, glucosidase inhibitors, insulins, sulfonylureas, and thiazolidenediones); adrenergic modifiers; diuretics; hormones (e.g., anabolic steroids, androgen, estrogen, calcitonin, progestin, somatostan, and thyroid hormones); immunomodulators; muscle relaxants; antihistamines; osteoporosis agents (e.g., biphosphonates, calcitonin, and estrogens); prostaglandins, antineoplastic agents; psychotherapeutic agents; sedatives; poison oak or poison sumac products; antibodies; and vaccines. Certain Indications
[0322] In certain embodiments, the invention provides methods of treating a patient comprising administering one or more compounds of the present invention. In certain embodiments, such patient suffers from a glucocorticoid receptor mediated condition. In certain embodiments, such patient suffers from an androgen receptor mediated condition. In certain embodiments, such patient suffers from a glucocorticoid/minerlaocorticoid receptor mediated condition. In certain embodiments, a patient is treated prophylactically to reduce or prevent the occurrence of a condition.
[0323] In certain embodiments, one or more compounds of the present invention is used to treat inflammation, including, but not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, asthma (acute or chronic), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, lupus, osteoarthritis, rhinosinusitis, allergic rhinitis, inflammatory bowel disease, polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, giant cell arteritis, urticaria, angiodema, tendonitis, bursitis, autoimmune chronic hepatitis, and cirrhosis; transplant rejection; psoriasis; dermatitis; an autoimmune disorder; malignancy, including, but not limited to, leukemia, myeomas, and lymphomas; adrenal insufficiency; congenital adrenal hyperplasia; rheumatic fever; granulomatous disease; immune proliferation/apoptosis; conditions of the HPA axis; hypercortisolemia; cytokine imbalance, including, but not limited to Th/1/Th2 cytokine imbalance; kidney disease; liver disease; stroke; spinal cord injury; hypercalcemia; hyperglycemia; cerebral edema; thrombocytopenia; Little's syndrome; Addison's disease; cystic fibrosis; myasthenia gravis; autoimmune hemolytic anemia; uveitis; pemphigus vulgaris; multiple sclerosis; nasal polyps; sepsis; infections, including, but not limited to, bacterial, viral, rickettsial, and parasitic; type II diabetes; obesity; metabolic syndrome; schizophrenia; mood disorders, including, but not limited to depression; Cushing's syndrome; anxiety; sleep disorders; poor memory; glaucoma; wasting; heart disease; fibrosis; hypertension; hyperaldosteronism; and sodium and/or potassium imbalance. EXAMPLES
[0324] The following examples, including experiments and results achieved, are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the present invention.
EXAMPLE 1
Figure imgf000082_0001
|0325] f±)-5.7-Difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-vn-2.2.4α-trimethyl-3β- (phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 101).
Figure imgf000082_0002
[0326] 5,7-Difiuoro-l,2-dihydro-2,2,4-trimethylquinoline was prepared from 3,5- difluoroaniline using General Method 1.
[0327] General Method 1 : Skraup cyclization of an aniline to a l,2-dihydro-2,2,4- trimethylquinoline. A solution of an aniline (1.0 equiv), iodine (0.2-0.4 equiv), NO- bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide (2 equiv) in acetone (0.1-0.2 M) is heated in a sealed tube (110- 130 0C) for 16-24 h . After heating, the solution is then processed by either a non-aqueous workup or by an aqueous work-up. In the non-aqueous workup, the solution is evaporated under reduced pressure and chromatographed using silica gel and EtOAc:hexanes to afford the desired product as an oil. In the aqueous workup, the solution is mixed with an aqueous solution of sodium thiosulfate and a first organic layer of a 1 :1 mixture of EtOAc:hexanes. The first organic layer is collected. The aqueous layer is then extracted a second time with a second layer of EtOAc:hexanes (1 : 1). The first and second organic layers are combined and that combined organic solution is washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (using silica gel) of the product of that process affords the desired compound.
Figure imgf000083_0001
[0328] (±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline is prepared from 5,7-difluoro-l,2-dihydro-2,2,4-trimethylquinoline using General Method 2.
[0329] General Method 2: Hydroboration reaction. This compound was prepared by the hydroboration of a 4-alkyl-l,2-dihydroquinoline to produce a 4α-alkyl- 1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-3β-hydroxyquinoline (trans-ϊsomer), as follows. To a rapidly stirring solution of 5.0 g (22.6 mmol) of a l,2-dihydro-2,2,4-tetramethylquinoline in 100 mL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (0.23 M) at 0 0C under nitrogen was added dropwise, over 20 minutes, 27.0 mL of a 1.5 M solution of borane in tetrahydrofuran (1.8 equiv). After addition of the borane was complete, the mixture was stirred at for an additional 20 minutes at 0 0C and then at room temperature for 5 hours to produce an intermediate organoborane. That intermediate organoborane was oxidized by adding, successively, 25 mL of a 2.0 N aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (2.2 equiv) and 20 mL of 30 % hydrogen peroxide (8.7 equiv) at 0 0C. That mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and then the mixture was diluted with 80 mL of water, resulting in a first organic layer and an aqueous layer. The first organic layer was collected and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer from that extraction was combined with the first organic layer and that combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate in vacuo gave a brown oil which was chromatographed on silica gel. Elution with hexanes-ethyl acetate (4:1) provided 3.47 g (65%) of (±)-5-chloro- 1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline, as a white solid.
Figure imgf000083_0002
[0330] (±)-6-Bromo-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α- tetramethylquinoline is prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α- tetramethylquinoline using General Method 3.
[0331] General Method 3: Aromatic bromination of a 1,2,3,4- tetrahydroquinoline. To a solution of a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline (1 equiv) in chloroform (0.2 M) at -10 0C is added N-bromosuccinimide (1.03 equiv) in portions over 15 minutes. After 1.5 hours, the mixture is washed with water, resulting in an aqueous layer and a first organic layer. The first organic layer is collected and the aqueous layer is extracted with a second organic layer of dichloromethane. The first and second organic layers are combined and that combined organic layer is washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (silica gel) affords the desired 6-bromo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline.
Figure imgf000084_0001
[0332] (±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline was prepared from (±)-6-bromo-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β- hydroxy-2,2,4α-tetramethylquinoline and 7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)indole using General Method 4.
[0333] General Method 4: Palladium-catalyzed Suzuki cross-coupling of an aryl halide and an aryl boronic acid or aryl pinacol boronate. In a Schlenck reaction flask, a mixture of an aryl bromide (1 equiv); an aryl boronic acid or aryl pinacol boronate (1.0-1.3 equiv); and [l,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) complex with dichloromethane (3-10 mol %) is placed under vacuum, and back-filled with nitrogen. Dioxane (0.1-0.2 M) and 2M sodium carbonate (2 equiv) are introduced sequentially. The mixture is heated (95-100 0C) for 16-24 h. The mixture is partitioned between saturated ammonium chloride and EtOAc, resulting in a first organic layer and an aqueous layer. The first organic layer is collected and the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer from that extraction is combined with the first collected organic layer and that combined organic layer is washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexanes or other specified solvent), preparative thin-layer chromatography (prep TLC, EtOAc/hexanes or other specified solvents), preparative HPLC and/or recrystallization affords the desired compound.
Figure imgf000084_0002
[03341 (±)-5,7-Difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-vn-2.2.4α-trimethyl-3β- (phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 101). This compound was prepared in 38% yield from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline and phenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). IH NMR (500MHz, CDC13) δ 8.06 (br s, IH), 7.66 (dd, J=7.2, 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.42 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.2 Hz, IH), 7.09 (t, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 6.73 (br s, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.24 (dd, J=I 0.8, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.90 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 3.99 (br s, IH), 3.08 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 1.46 (dd, J=6.8, 1.3 Hz, 3H), 1.33 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
[0335] General Method 5: Formation of carbamate 7 from an alcohol and an isocyanate.
[0336] To a solution of an alcohol (620 mg, 1.65 mmol) in 12 mL of dry toluene was added DMAP (0.5 mmol, 0.3 equiv, 60 mg) followed by an isocyanate (2.47 mmol, 1.5 equiv, 268 μL). The reaction was heated to reflux for 16 h, cooled to room temperature and poured into 100 mL of ethyl acetate:water (1 :1). The aqueous layer was extracted with an additional 50 mL of ethyl acetate, the organic layers were combined and washed with brine (1 X 100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered. The residue obtained after evaporation was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/ethyl acetate 4:1) to give a carbamate as a white powder.
Figure imgf000085_0001
fO3371 (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5J-difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-2.2.4α- trimethyl-3β-(phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 102).
Figure imgf000085_0002
[0338] (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difiuoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline is prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6- (indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline in 54% yield using General Method 6.
[0339] General Method 6: Chlorination of an indole at the 3 -position. To a solution of an indole (1 equiv) in chloroform (10 mL/mmol) at 0 0C is added N- chlorosuccinimide (1.05 equiv) in two portions over 15 minutes. After 1.5 hours, the mixture is washed with water, resulting in an aqueous layer and a first organic layer. The first organic layer is collected and the aqueous layer is extracted with a second organic layer of dichloromethane. The first and second organic layers are combined and that combined organic layer is washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (silica gel, 2: 1 hexanesxthyl acetate) affords the desired 3-chloroindole. r03401 (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5J-difluoro-L23.4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α- trimethyl-3β-(phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 102). This compound was prepared from (±)-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α- trimethyl quinoline and phenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). IH ΝMR (500MHz, CDC13) δ 7.97 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.45-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.31 (m, 3H), 7.26 (m, IH), 7.18 (d, J=2.2 Hz, IH), 7.09 (t, J=7.4 Hz, I H), 6.72 (br s, IH), 6.24 (d, J=I LO Hz, IH), 4.90 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 4.02 (br s, IH), 3.07 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, I H), 1.46 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 3
Figure imgf000086_0001
(03411 (±)-3B-(Benzylcarbamoyloxy)-3-(chloroindol-7-yl)-5.7-difluoro-l,2.3,4- tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 103). This compound was prepared from (±)-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α-trimethyl quinoline and benzyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H ΝMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.96 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.36-7.24 (m, 7H), 7.18 (d, J=2.7 Hz, IH), 6.21 (dd, J=I LO, 1.1 Hz, IH), 5.09 (t, J=5.8 Hz, IH), 4.83 (d, J=6.8 Hz, I H), 4.42 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.99 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 1.43 (dd, J=6.8, 1.1 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000087_0001
[03421 (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-SJ-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β- (isopropylcarbamoyloxy)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 104). This compound was prepared from (±)-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difIuoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α- trimethyl quinoline and isopropyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). IH NMR (500MHz, CDC13) δ 7.96 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.27-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=2.7 Hz, IH), 6.21 (d, J=I 1.0 Hz, IH), 4.77 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 4.60 (m, IH), 3.98 (s, IH), 3.85 (m, IH), 2.97 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 1.41 (dd, J=6.8, 1.2 Hz, 3H), 1.28 (s, 3H) 1.19 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 6H), 1.17 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000087_0002
[0343] (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-3β-(cvclohexylcarbamoyloxy)-5J-difluoro- L2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trirnethylquinoline (Compound 105). This compound was prepared from (±)-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α-trimethyl quinoline and cyclohexyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). IH NMR (500MHz, CDC13) δ 7.96 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.28-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=2.7 Hz, IH), 6.21 (d, J=I LO Hz, IH), 4.77 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 4.66 (m, IH), 3.98 (br s, IH), 3.51 (m, IH), 2.97 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.41 (dd, J=6.8, 1.2 Hz, 3H), 1.38-1.30 (m, 2H), 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 3H), 1.20-1.12 (m, 2H). EXAMPLE 6
Figure imgf000088_0001
[03441 (±)-5J-Difluoro-l,23,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2.2,4α-trimethyl-3β- (methyl-phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 106). (±)-6-Bromo-5,7-difluoro- 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β-(phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline. To a solution of (±)-6- bromo-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α-tetramethylquinoline (EXAMPLE 1) (100 mg, 1 equiv) in 4 mL toluene was added phenyl isocyanate (1.05 equiv, 42 mg) and DMAP (0.1 equiv, 4 mg). The reaction was heated to 100 0C for 4 hr, cooled to room temperature and poured into 10 mL of water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with 10 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give (±)-6-bromo-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β-(phenylcarbamoyloxy) quinoline after flash chromatography.
[0345] (±)-6-Bromo-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β-(methyl- phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline. To a solution of (±)-6-bromo-5,7-difluoro- 1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β-(phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (100 mg, 0,24 mmol) in 1 mL of dimethylformamide at 0 0C was added sodium hydride (60 % wt, 1.2 equiv). The reaction was stirred for 0.5 h, followed by the addition of iodomethane (1.1 equiv, 35 mg). Upon completion of addition, the reaction was allowed to warm to rt over 2 h, poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). Flash chromatography gave the (±)- 6-bromo-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β-(methyl- phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline. fO3461 (±)-5.7-Difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2.2,4α-trimethyl-3β- (methyl-phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 106). This compound was prepared from 6-bromo-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β-(methyl- phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline and 7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole according to General Method 12 (EXAMPLE 52). IH NMR (500MHz, CDC13) δ 8.06 (br s, IH), 7.65 (m, IH), 7.38-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.16 (m, 6H), 6.58 (dd, J=3.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.17 (d, J=10.7 Hz, IH), 4.81 (d, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 3.91 (br s, IH), 3.34 (s, 3H), 2.87 (m, IH), 1.41 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (s, 6H). EXAMPLE 7
Figure imgf000089_0001
103471 (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5J-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α- trimethyl-3β-(methyl-phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 107). To a solution of Compound 106 (EXAMPLE 6) (380 mg, 1.1 1 mmol) in chloroform (10 mL) at 0 0C is added N-chlorosuccinimide (1.05 equiv, 157 mg) in two portions over 15 minutes. After 1.5 hours, the mixture is washed with water, resulting in an aqueous layer and a first organic layer. The first organic layer is collected and the aqueous layer is extracted with a second organic layer of dichloromethane. The first and second organic layers are combined and that combined organic layer is washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (silica gel, 2:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) affords Compound 107 (225 mg, 54%) as a white powder. 1H ΝMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.96 (br s, IH), 7.65 (dd, J=7.3, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.38-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 5H), 7.17 (d, J=2.7 Hz, IH), 6.18 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 4.81 (d, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 3.35 (s, 3H), 2.87 (m, IH), 1.41 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 8
Figure imgf000089_0002
[0348] (±)-3β-(Cvclohexylcarbamoyloxy)-5.7-difluoro-l,2.3.4-tetrahvdro-2,2,4α- trimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 108).
Figure imgf000089_0003
[0349] (±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α-trimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline is prepared from (±)-6-bromo-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β- hydroxy-2,2,4α-tetramethylquinoline and 3-methyl-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole using General Method 4 (EXAMPLE 1).
Figure imgf000090_0001
[03501 ^-Sβ-rCvclohexylcarbamoyloxy'i-SJ-difluoro-l^J^-tetrahvdro-Σ^Jα- trimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yDquinoline (Compound 108). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α-trimethyl-6-(3-methyIindol-7- yl)quinoline and cyclohexyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.79 (br s, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.21-7.17 (m, 2H), 6.98 (m, IH), 6.21 (dd, J=10.8, 1.3 Hz, IH), 4.77 (d, J=6.7 Hz, IH), 4.67 (d, J=8.2 Hz, IH), 3.93 (br s, IH), 3.51 (m, IH), 2.97 (m, IH), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.02-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.62 (m, IH), 1.41 (dd, J=6.4, 1.4 Hz, 3H), 1.37-1.1 1 (m, 5H), 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 9
Figure imgf000090_0002
[0351 J (±)-3β-(3-Cvanophenylcarbamoyloxy)-5J-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6- (indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 109). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and 3-cyanophenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.06 (s, IH), 7.85 (s, IH), 7.70 (m, IH), 7.58 (m, IH), 7.42 (t, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 7.37 (dd, J=7.8, 1.1 Hz, IH), 7.23-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.86 (br s, IH), 6.60 (m, IH), 6.26 (d, J=10.7 Hz, IH), 4.91 (d, J=5.6 Hz, IH), 4.02 (br s, IH), 3.09 (m, IH), 1.47 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 10
Figure imgf000091_0001
[0352) (±)-3β-(4-Cvanophenylcarbamoyloxy)-5J-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6- (indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 110). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and 4-cyanophenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.04 (br s, IH), 7.67 (m, IH), 7.62 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.23- 7.17 (m, 3H), 6.92 (br s, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.1, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.26 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 4.92 (d, J=6.3 Hz, IH), 3.09 (m, IH), 1.47 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 11
Figure imgf000091_0002
fO3531 (±)-5,7-Difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2.2.4α-trimethyl-3β-[4- nitro-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenylcarbamoyloxy1quinoline (Compound 1 11). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline and 4-nitro-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.55 (d, J=9.4 Hz, IH), 8.53 (d, J=2.5 Hz, IH), 8.44 (dd, J=9.4, 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.05 (br s, IH), 7.68 (dd, J=7.0, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.31 (s, I H), 7.23-7.17 (m, 3H), 6.61 (dd, J=3.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.26 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 4.94 (d, J=7.1 Hz, IH), 3.12 (m, IH), 1.48 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 12
Figure imgf000091_0003
103541 (±)-3β-(4-Chlorophenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-6- (indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline ("Compound 112). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and 4-chlorophenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.05 (br s, IH), 7.67 (m, IH), 7.40-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 6.71 (br s, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.25 (d, J=10.7 Hz, IH), 4.89 (d, J=6.3 Hz, IH), 3.08 (qn, J=6.3 Hz, IH), 1.46 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 13
Figure imgf000092_0001
[0355] (±)-3β-("2.4-Dimethylphenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2.3,4- tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 113). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline and 2,5-dimethylphenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.06 (br s, IH), 7.66 (dd, J=7.2, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.63 (m, IH), 7.21 (dd, J=3.1, 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.2 Hz, IH), 7.04-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.60 (dd, J=3.1, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.40 (br s, IH), 6.23 (d, J=10.7 Hz, IH), 4.89 (d, J=7.1 Hz, IH), 3.98 (br s, IH), 3.07 (m, IH), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 1.46 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 3H), 1.33 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 14
Figure imgf000092_0002
[0356] (±)-3β-r3-Chloro-4-methoxyphenylcarbamoyloxy)-5.7-difluoro-1.2.3.4- tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yD-2,2.4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 114). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline and 3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.05 (br s, IH), 7.67 (m, IH), 7.53 (m, IH), 7.25 (m, IH), 7.22-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.88 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.60 (m, IH), 6.25 (m, IH), 4.88 (d, J=6.6 Hz, IH), 4.00 (br s, IH), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.07 (m, IH), 1.46 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 15
Figure imgf000093_0001
[03571 (±)-3β-[2-Chloro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylcarbamoyloxy]-5J-difluoro- 1.2,3,4-tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-yD-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 1 15). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and 2-chloro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.06 (br s, IH), 7.72-7.61 (m, 3H), 7.55 (dd, J=8.6, 1.7 Hz, IH), 7.38 (s, IH), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.19 (t, J=7.2 Hz, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.2 Hz, IH), 6.26 (m, IH), 4.93 (d, J=6.6 Hz, IH), 4.05 (br s, IH), 3.12 (m, IH), 1.48 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.27 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 16
Figure imgf000093_0002
[0358] (±)-5,7-Difluoro-3β-r2-fluoro-6-(trifluoromethyl)phenylcarbamoyloxyl- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 1 16). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and 2-fluoro-6-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.06 (br s, IH), 8.00 (br s, IH), 7.67 (dd, J=7.1, 1.3 Hz, IH), 7.34 (dd, J=8.3, 2.9 Hz, IH), 7.28 (m, IH), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.19 (t, J=7.1 Hz, IH), 6.84 (m, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.24 (d, J=10.7 Hz, IH), 4.88 (d, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 3.08 (m, IH), 1.46 (dd, J=6.7, 1.3 Hz, 3H), 1.32 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 17
Figure imgf000094_0001
[0359] (±)-5J-Difluoro-3β-[4-fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenylcarbamoyloxy]- l,2,3.4-tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 117). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and 4-fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.06 (br s, IH), 8.00 (br s, I H), 7.67 (dd, J=7.2, 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.34 (dd, J=8.3, 2.9 Hz, IH), 7.28 (m, IH), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.19 (t, J=7.2 Hz, I H), 6.84 (m, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.24 (d, J=10.7 Hz, IH), 4.88 (d, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 3.08 (m, IH), 1.46 (dd, J=6.7, 1.3 Hz, 3H), 1.32 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 18
Figure imgf000094_0002
[0360] (-fc:)-3β-(2-Chloro-4.6-dimethvbhenylcarbamoyloxy)-5.7-difluoro-1.2.3.4- tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 1 18). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline and 2-chloro-4,6-dimethylphenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.07 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.22-7.16 (m, 3H), 7.10 (m, IH), 6.96 (br s, IH), 6.59 (dd, J=3.0, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.31 (br s, IH), 6.22 (d, J=10.0 Hz, IH), 4.87 (d, J=7.1 Hz, IH), 3.07 (m, IH), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.45 (m, 3H), 1.33 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 19
Figure imgf000095_0001
[0361] (±)-3β-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenylcarbamoyloxy1-5,7-difluoro- l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-6-πndol-7-vn-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 1 19s). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). IH NMR (500MHz, CDC13) δ 8.05 (br s, IH), 7.92 (br s, 2H), 7.67 (m, IH), 7.58 (s, IH), 7.22-7.16 (m, 3H), 7.05 (s, IH), 6.60 (m, IH), 6.25 (d, J=10.7 Hz, IH), 4.92 (d, J=6.3 Hz, IH), 4.03 (s, IH), 3.09 (m, IH), 1.47 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 20
Figure imgf000095_0002
[0362] (±)-3β-f4-(Dimethylamino)phenylcarbamoyloxy1-5.7-difluoro-l,2,3,4- tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 120). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline and 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.06 (br s, IH), 7.66 (dd, J=7.2, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.2 Hz, IH), 6.77 (m, 2H), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.56 (br s, IH), 6.23 (dd, J=10.9, 1.1 Hz, IH), 4.88 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 3.98 (br s, IH), 3.06 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 2.93 (s, 6H), 1.46 (dd, J=6.8, 1.0 Hz, 3H), 1.33 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 21
Figure imgf000096_0001
fO3631 (±V3β-f3-CvclohexylcarbamoyloxyV5.7-difluoro-l,2,3.4-tetrahvdro-6- (indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 121V This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and piperidine using General Method 7 except dichloromethane was used as the solvent instead of toluene. 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.07 (br s, IH), 7.66 (dd, J=7.1, 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.1 Hz, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.2 Hz, IH), 6.21 (dd, J=10.9, 1.6 Hz, IH), 4.81 (d, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 3.95 (br s, IH), 3.50-3.44 (m, 4H), 2.99 (m, IH), 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.52 (m, 4H), 1.41 (dd, J=6.8, 1.7 Hz, 3H), 1.27 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H).
[0364] General Method 7: Formation of a carbamate (Structure 8) from intermediate acyl imidazole and an amine. To a solution of an alcohol (1 equiv) in 20 mL/mmol of dry toluene was added l,l '-carbonyldiimidazole (2 equiv). The reaction was heated to reflux for 3 h then cooled to room temperature. An amine (5 equiv) was added via syringe and the reaction was heated to reflux for 16h, cooled to room temperature and poured into ethyl acetate:water (1: 1 mixture). The aqueous layer was extracted with an additional ethyl acetate, and organic layers were combined and washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered. The residue obtained after evaporation was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/ethyl acetate 4:1) to give the carbamate. An analytical sample was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (70/30 acetonitrile/water).
EXAMPLE 22
Figure imgf000096_0002
[0365] (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-3β-(3-chloro-4-methoxyphenylcarbamoyloxy)- 5J-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 122). This compound was prepared from (±)-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy- 2,2,4α-trimethyl quinoline and 3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.97 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.53 (m, IH), 7.29-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 6.88 (d, J=8.8 Hz, IH), 6.62 (m, IH), 6.24 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 4.87 (d, J=6.6 Hz, IH), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.06 (m, IH), 1.45 (dd, J=7.0, 1.0 Hz, 3H), 1.33 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000097_0001
[0366] (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-vπ-3β-(3-cyanophenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7- difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 123). This compound was prepared from (±)-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α- trimethyl quinoline and cyanophenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.95 (br s, IH), 7.67 (m, IH), 7.62 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.29-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.18 (dd, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 6.93 (s, IH), 6.25 (d, J=I 1.0 Hz, IH), 4.91 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 4.04 (br s, IH), 3.08 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 1.46 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 24
Figure imgf000097_0002
[03671 (±ySβ-KBenzorUidioxol-S-yncarbarnoyloxyl-SJ-difluoro- 1.2.3.4- tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 124). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline and 5-isocyanato-benzo[l,3]dioxole using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.07 (br s, IH), 7.67 (d, 3=7 Λ Hz, IH), 7.22-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.76-6.59 (m, 4H), 6.23 (d, J=IOJ Hz, IH), 5.94 (s, 2H), 4.87 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 3.99 (br s, IH), 3.06 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 1.45 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.32 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 25
Figure imgf000098_0001
[0368] (±)-3β-(4-Ethoxycarbonylphenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4- tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trirnethylquinoline (Compound 125"). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline and 4-(ethoxycarbonyl)phenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.05 (br s, IH), 8.02 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.67 (dd, J=7.0, 1.7 Hz, IH), 7.49 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.20 (m, I H), 7.18 (t, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 6.89 (br s, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.25 (dd, J=10.9, 1.3 Hz, IH), 4.91 (d, J=6.6 Hz, IH), 4.36 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (br s, IH), 3.09 (m, IH), 1.47 (dd, J=7.0, 0.9 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 26
Figure imgf000098_0002
[0369] (±)-3β-[3,5-Bis(methoxycarbonvπphenylcarbamoyloxy]-5,7-difluoro- l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-vπ-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 126). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and 5-isocyanato-isophthalic acid dimethyl ester using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.41 (t, J=I .5 Hz, I H), 8.30 (br s, 2H), 8.07 (br s, IH), 7.67 (m, IH), 7.22 (dd, J=3.1, 2.5 Hz, I H), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.1 Hz, IH), 6.93 (br s, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.1, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.25 (dd, J=10.7, 1.0 Hz, IH), 4.93 (d, J=6.7 Hz, IH), 4.00 (br s, IH), 3.95 (s, 6H), 3.10 (qn, J=6.7 Hz, IH), 1.47 (dd, J=6.7, 0.9 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 27
Figure imgf000099_0001
103701 (±l-Sβ-O-AcetylphenylcarbamoyloxyVSJ-difluoro-l^J^-tetrahvdro-ό- (indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 127). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and 3-acetylphenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.07 (br s, IH), 7.98 (t, J=I .5 Hz, IH), 7.72-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.43 (t, J=7.9 Hz, IH), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.1 Hz, IH), 6.86 (br s, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.2 Hz, IH), 6.25 (dd, J=10.7, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.91 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 4.00 (br s, IH), 3.09 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 2.61 (s, 3H), 1.47 (dd, J=6.8, 1.1 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 28
Figure imgf000099_0002
rO3711| (±)-3β-f(2.6-Dichloropyrid-4-yl)carbamoyloxyl-5.7-difluoro-1.2.3,4- tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 128). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline and 2,6-dichloro-4-isocyanato-pyridine using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.03 (br s, IH), 7.67 (m, IH), 7.38 (s, 2H), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.20-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.03 (s, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.2 Hz, IH), 6.25 (dd, J=10.7, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.91 (d, J=6.7 Hz, IH), 4.00 (br s, IH), 3.08 (qn, J=6.7 Hz, IH), 1.46 (dd, J=6.7, 0.9 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 29
Figure imgf000100_0001
[0372] (±)-3β-(Benzo[lΛ51thiadiazol-yl)phenylcarbamoyloxy)-5,7-difluoro- l,23,4-tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2.2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 129). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and 4-isocyanato-benzo[l,2,5]thiadiazole using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.20 (m, IH), 8.08 (s, IH), 8.07 (s, IH), 7.67 (dd, J=8.8, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.67 (m, IH), 7.62 (dd, J=8.8, 7.4 Hz, IH), 7.21 (m, IH), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.27 (dd, J=I 1.0, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.98 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 4.02 (br s, IH), 3.15 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 1.49 (dd, J=6.8, 1.2 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 30
Figure imgf000100_0002
[0373] (±)-5.7-Difluoro- 1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2.2.4α-trimethyl-3 β- (pyrazol-3-yl)phenylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 130). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline and 3-aminopyrazole using General Method 7 (EXAMPLE 21). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.10 (s, IH), 7.90 (m, IH), 7.67 (dd, J=IA , 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.22 (dd, J=3.1, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.1 Hz, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.1 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.26 (dd, J=10.7, 1.5 Hz, IH), 5.90 (d, J=2.9 Hz, IH), 5.08 (d, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 4.07 (s, 2H), 3.22 (qn, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 1.47 (dd, J=7.0, 1.5 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 31
Figure imgf000101_0001
[0374] (±)-3β-Cyclopropylcarbamoyloxy-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6- (indol-7-yO-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 131V This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and cyclopropylamine using General Method 7 (EXAMPLE 21). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.06 (s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.19 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=6.9 Hz, IH), 6.59 (dd, J=3.2, 2.2 Hz, IH), 6.21 (dd, J=10.7, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.98 (s, IH), 4.79 (d, J=7.1 Hz, IH), 3.96 (br s, IH), 2.98 (m, IH), 2.63 (m, IH), 1.41 (dd, J=6.8, 1.5 Hz, 3H), 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 3H), 0.75 (m, 2H), 0.54 (m, 2H).
EXAMPLE 32
Figure imgf000101_0002
[0375] (±)-5,7-Difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3β-imidazolyl-6-(indol-7-vn-2.2.4α- trimethylquinoline (Compound 132). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indoI-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline using General Method 7 (EXAMPLE 21) except no amine is added and the acyl imidazole is isolated. 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.18 (dd, J=0.9, 1.2 Hz, IH), 8.06 (s, IH), 7.68 (m, IH), 7.47 (dd, J=I.2, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.22 (dd, J=3.2, 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.19 (t, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 7.12 (dd, J=0.9, 1.6 Hz, IH), 6.61 (dd, J=3.2, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.28 (dd, J=10.6, 1.6 Hz, IH), 5.08 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 4.03 (s, IH), 3.20 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 1.49 (dd, J=6.8, 1.2 Hz, 3H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 33
Figure imgf000102_0001
[03761 (±)-5,7-Difluoro-1.2.3,4-tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-vn-2,2.4α-trimethyl-3β-r3- (5-methyl[l,2,41oxadiazol-3-yl)phenylcarbamoyloxy]quinoline (Compound 133). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and 3-(5-methyl[l,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl)phenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.08 (br s, IH), 8.07 (t, J=1.6 Hz, IH), 7.78 (ddd, J=7.8, 1.6, 1.1 Hz, IH), 7.67 (dd, J=7.2, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.65 (m, IH), 7.44 (t, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.2 Hz, I H), 6.84 (br s, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.25 (dd, J=10.8, 0.9 Hz, IH), 4.92 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 4.01 (br s, IH), 3.09 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 2.65 (s, 3H), 1.47 (dd, J=6.8, 1.1 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 34
Figure imgf000102_0002
[03771 (±)-3B-(4-Acetylphenylcarbamoyloxy)-5.7-difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-6- (indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 134). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and 4-acetylphenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.06 (s, IH), 7.95 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.67 (m, IH), 7.51 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.22- 7.16 (m, 3H), 6.96 (m, IH), 6.60 (m, IH), 6.26 (d, J=10.7 Hz, IH), 4.92 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 4.00 (br s, IH), 3.09 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 2.58 (s, 3H), 1.47 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 35
Figure imgf000103_0001
[0378] (±V3β-[(6-Chloropyrid-3-vncarbamoyloxyl-5.7-difluoro-1.2.3.4- tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-vD-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 135). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline and 2-chloro-5-isocyanato-pyridine using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.31 (m, IH), 8.10-7.98 (m, 2H), 7.67 (m, IH), 7.31 (d, J=8.5 Hz, IH), 7.22 (dd, J=3.2, 2.4 Hz, I H), 7.19 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.2 Hz, IH), 6.84 (br s, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.2 Hz, IH), 6.25 (dd, J=10.9, 1.3 Hz, IH), 4.90 (d, J=6.3 Hz, IH), 3.99 (br s, IH), 3.09 (m, IH), 1.47 (dd, J=6.9, 1.0 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 36
Figure imgf000103_0002
103791 (±)-3β-r(3.5-Dimethylisoxazol-4-vncarbamoyloxyl-5.7-difluoro-1.2,3.4- tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 136). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difiuoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline and 3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.05 (s, IH), 7.67 (m, IH), 7.22 (dd, J=3.2, 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.21-7.17 (m, 2H), 6.61 (dd, J=3.2, 2.2 Hz, IH), 6.24 (m, IH), 5.85 (br s, IH), 4.87 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 3.98 (br s, IH), 3.06 (m, IH), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 1.45 (m, 3H), 1.33 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 37
Figure imgf000104_0001
[0380] f-fc't-Sβ-fCvclohexylcarbamoyloxyVy-fluoro-l^JΛ-tetrahvdro-e-dndol-?- yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline (Compound 137).
[0381] (±)-6-Bromo-7-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline. This compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described for (±)-6-bromo-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (EXAMPLE 1) using General Methods 1-3 (EXAMPLE 1) except 3-fluoro-2-methylaniline was used as the aniline starting material.
[0382] (±)-7-Fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline. This compound was prepared in a manner similar to that for (±)-5,7- difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (EXAMPLE 1) using General Method 4 (EXAMPLE 1) except (±)-6-bromo-7-f!uoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline was used as the starting material.
[0383] (±)-3β-(Cyclohexylcarbamoyloxy')-7-fluoro-l,2,3.4-tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7- yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline (Compound 137). This compound was prepared from (±)- 7-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and cyclohexyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.22 (s, IH), 7.63 (m, IH), 7.22 (dd, J=3.2, 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.20-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.59 (dd, J=3.2, 2.2 Hz, IH), 4.73 (d, J=10.0 Hz, IH), 4.67 (d, J=8.1 Hz, IH), 3.72 (br s, IH), 3.53 (m, IH), 2.90 (m, IH), 2.10 (d, J=I .5 Hz, 3H), 1.98 (m, 2H), 1.73 (m, 2H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.35 (m, 2H), 1.31 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (s, 3H), 1.18 (m, 2H), 1.16 (s, 3H)
EXAMPLE 38
Figure imgf000104_0002
103841 (±)-5.7-Difluoro-1.2.3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2.4α-trimethyl-3β- (methylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 138). This compound was prepared from (±)- 5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and cyclopropylamine using General Method 7 (EXAMPLE 21). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.05 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.21 (dd, J=3.1, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.19 (m, I H), 7.18 (t, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.1, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.22 (dd, J=I 0.9, 1.3 Hz, IH), 4.79 (d, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 4.72 (d, J=5.0 Hz, IH), 3.94 (br s, IH), 2.98 (qn, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 2.85 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (dd, J=7.0, 1.6 Hz, 3H), 1.29 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000105_0001
[0385] (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-vn-5,7-difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-2.2.4α- trimethyl-3β-(methylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline (Compound 139). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β- (methylcarbamoyloxy)quinoline according to General Method 6 (EXAMPLE 2). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.96 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.28-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 6.21 (dd, J=10.9, 1.3 Hz, IH), 4.78 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 4.71 (d, J=5.0 Hz, IH), 2.97 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 2.85 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 3H), 1.41 (dd, J=6.8, 1.5 Hz, 3H), 1.29 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 40
Figure imgf000105_0002
[0386] (±)-3β-(CvclopentylcarbamoyloxyV7-fluoro-l,2Λ4-tetrahvdro-2,2,4α,8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 140).
[0387] (±)-7-Fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)quinoline. This compound was prepared from (±)-6-bromo-7-fluoro- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline (EXAMPLE 37) and 3-methyl- 7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole using General Method 4 (EXAMPLE
1). yO388] ("±N)-3β-(CvclθDentylcarbamoyloxy)-7-fluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-2,2,4α,8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-vπquinoline (Compound 140). This compound was prepared from (±)-7-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7- yl)quinoline and cyclopentyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.99 (br s, IH), 7.61 (m, IH), 7.21-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.97 (d, J=2.3 Hz, IH), 4.78-4.66 (m, 2H), 4.01 (m, IH), 3.70 (br s, IH), 2.97 (m, IH), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.55 (m, 4H), 1.42 (m, 2H), 1.30 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H), 1.15 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 41
Figure imgf000106_0001
[0389] (±)-6-(3 -Chloroindol-7-yl)-3 β-(cyclopentylcarbamoyloxy)-5 J-difluoro- L2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 141). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α-trimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7- yl)quinoline (EXAMPLE 8) and cyclopentyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.96 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.28-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.21 (d, J=I LO Hz, IH), 4.78-4.70 (m, 2H), 4.03-3.97 (m, 2H), 2.97 (m, IH), 2.10-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.60 (m, 4H), 1.41 (dd, J=6.8, 1.2 Hz, 3H), 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000106_0002
[0390] (±)-3β-(Cyclohexylcarbamoyloxy)-6-(3.5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-5-fluoro- L2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α.8-tetramethylquinoline (Compound 142). [0391] (±)-6-Bromo-5-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline. This compound was prepared in a manner similar to that of (±)-6- bromo-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (EXAMPLE 1) using General Methods 1-3 (EXAMPLE 1) except 5-fiuoro-2-methylaniline was used as the starting material.
[0392] (±)-6-(3,5-Dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-5-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β- hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline. This compound was prepared from (±)-6-bromo-5,7- difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α-tetramethylquinoline and 3,5-dimethyl-4- (4,4,5, 5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)isoxazole using General Method 4 (EXAMPLE
1).
[0393] (±)-3β-(Cvclohexylcarbamoyloxy)-6-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-vπ-5-fluoro- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline (Compound 142). This compound was prepared from (±)-6-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-5-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and cyclohexyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 6.71 (d, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 4.77 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 4.66 (m, IH), 3.63 (br s, IH), 3.51 (m, IH), 2.97 (qn, J=6.8 Hz), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 1.98 (m, 2H), 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.41 (dd, J=6.8, 1.5 Hz, 3H), 1.38-1.30 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 3H), 1.20-1.12 (m, 2H), 1.13 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 43
Figure imgf000107_0001
[0394] (±)-3β-(4-Acetylphenylcarbamoyloxy)-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5J-difluoro- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 143). This compound was prepared from (±)-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro- 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3 β-hydroxy-2,2,4α- trimethyl quinoline (EXAMPLE 2) and 4-acetylphenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). !H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.96-7.94 (m, 3H), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, J=2.7 Hz, IH), 6.95 (br s, IH), 6.24 (d, J=I 1.0 Hz, IH), 4.91 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 4.03 (br s, IH), 3.1 1 (m, IH), 2.58 (s, 3H), 1.44 (dd, J=6.8, 1.2 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 44
Figure imgf000108_0001
[03951 (±V5-Chloro-3β-(cvclohexylcarbamoyloxy)-8-fluoro- 1,2,3, 4-tetrahvdro- 2,2,4α-trimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yQquinoline (Compound 144V
[0396] (±)-6-Bromo-5-chloro-8-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline. This compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described for (±)-6-bromo-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (EXAMPLE 1) using General Methods 1-3 (EXAMPLE 1) except 2-fluoro-5-chloroaniline was used as the aniline starting material.
[0397] (±)-5-Chloro-8-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline. This compound was prepared from (±)-6-bromo-5-chloro-8- fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 7-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole using General Method 12 (EXAMPLE 52).
[0398] (±)-5-Chloro-3β-(cyclohexylcarbamoyloxy)-8-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 2,2,4α-trimethyl-6-(3-rnethylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 144). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-chloro-8-fluoro-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3 β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and cyclohexyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.76 (s, IH), 7.60 (d, J=7.8, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 7.06-7.14 (m, IH), 6.94-7.00 (m, 2H), 4.96 (s, IH), 4.65 (d, J=2.2 Hz, IH), 4.06 (s, IH), 3.51 (s, IH), 3.22 (s, IH), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.92-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.64 (m, 5H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.31-1.39 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.08-1.20 (m, 2H).
EXAMPLE 45
Figure imgf000108_0002
[0399] (±)-5-Chloro-3β-(cvclopentylcarbamoyloxyV8-fluoro-K2,3,4-tetrahydro- 2,2,4α-trimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 145V This compound was prepared from (±)-5-chloro-8-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and cyclopentyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.76 (s, IH), 7.60 (d, J=7.7 Hz, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 7.06- 7.15 (m, IH), 6.94-7.02 (m, 2H), 4.96 (s, IH), 4.71 (d, J=5.8 Hz, IH), 4.06 (s, IH), 4.01 (s, IH), 3.23 (s, IH), 2.37 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 3H), 1.93-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.72 (m, 7H), 1.35- 1.45 (s, 5H), 1.24-1.28 (m, 3H).
Figure imgf000109_0001
[04001 (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl')-3B-(cvclohexylcarbamoyloxy')-7.8-difluoro- L2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 146).
[0401] (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-7,8-difluoro-3β-hydroxy-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline. This compound is prepared in a manner similar to (±)-6-(3- chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline using General Methods 1-6 (EXAMPLES 1 and 2) excepte 2,3-difluoroaniline was used as the starting material.
[0402] (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-vn-3β-(cyclohexylcarbamoyloxyV7.8-difluoro- L2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 146). This compound was prepared from (±)-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-7,8-difluoro-3β-hydroxy-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline and cyclohexyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.10 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.29-7.21 (m, 3H), 7.05 (d, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 4.75 (d, J=I LO Hz, IH), 4.66 (m, IH), 4.13 (br s, IH), 3.51 (m, IH), 2.97 (m, IH), 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.33 (m, 5H), 1.30 (s, 3H), 1.20-1.12 (m, 2H), 1.18 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 47
Figure imgf000110_0001
[0403] (±yό-β-ChloroindoI^-yO-Sα-^^dimethylamino^phenylcarbamoyloxy]- 7,8-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4β-trimethylquinoline (Compound 147). This compound was prepared from (±)-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-7,8-difluoro-3β-hydroxy-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (EXAMPLE 46) and 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.12 (br s, IH), 7.66 (dd, J=7.2, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.30-7.19 (m, 4H), 7.06 (d, J=6.9 Hz, I H), 6.77 (m, 2H), 6.53 (br s, I H), 4.85 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 4.15 (br s, IH), 3.06 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 2.93 (s, 6H), 1.39 (dd, J=6.8, 1.0 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 48
Figure imgf000110_0002
104041 (±)-3β-(2.2-Dimethylpropionyloxy)-5.7-difluoro-1.2.3,4-tetrahvdro-6- (indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 148). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and pivaloyl chloride in 60% yield using General Method 8. 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.05 (br s, IH), 7.67 (m, IH), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.21-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.22 (dd, J=10.8, 1.8 Hz, IH), 4.90 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 3.96 (s, IH), 2.97 (m, IH), 1.34 (dd, J=6.7, 1.9 Hz, 3H), 1.27 (s, 9H), 1.21 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H).
[0405] General Method 8: Formation of an ester from an alcohol. To a solution of an alcohol (I equiv) in 1 mL of dry pyridine at 0 0C was added an acid chloride or acid anhydride (1.5 equiv). The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred an additional 16 h and poured into 10 mL of ethyl acetate:water (1 : 1). The aqueous layer was extracted with an additional 10 mL of ethyl acetate, the organic layers were combined and washed with aqueous CuSO4 (2 X 10 mL), brine (1 X 20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered. The residue obtained after evaporation was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/ethyl acetate 4: 1) to give the corresponding ester.
EXAMPLE 49
Figure imgf000111_0001
104061 (±)-5,7-Difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-vn-2.2.4α-trimethyl-3β- (propionyl oxy)quinoline (Compound 149). (±)-6-Bromo-5,7-difIuoro-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β-(propionyl oxy)quinoline. A solution of (±)-6-bromo-5,7-difluoro- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α-tetramethylquinoline (30 mg, 1 equiv), propionic anhydride (2 equiv), DMAP (0.1 equiv) and pyridine (1.5 equiv) in dichloromethane was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Flash chromatotraphy afforded (±)-6-bromo-5,7-difluoro- 1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β-(propionyloxy)quinoline.
104071 (±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β- (propionyl oxy)quinoline (Compound 149). This compound was prepared from (±)-6- bromo-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,2,4α-trimethyl-3β-(propionyloxy)quinoline and 3- chloro-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole according to General Method 12 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.05 (br s, IH), 7.67 (dd, J=7.0, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.19 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 6.60 (dd, J=3.2, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.23 (dd, J=10.8, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.94 (d, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 3.95 (br s, IH), 2.98 (dq, J=7.6, 6.8 Hz, IH), 2.43 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.37 (dd, J=6.8, 1.5 Hz, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H), 1.21 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000112_0001
104081 (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5J-difluoro-l,23,4-tetrahvdro-2,2,4α- trimethyl-3β-(propionyloxy)quinoline (Compound 150). This compound was prepared from Compound 149 (EXAMPLE 49) using General Method 6 (EXAMPLE 2). IH NMR (500MHz, CDC13) δ 7.97 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.28-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=2.7 Hz, IH), 6.22 (dd, J= 10.7, 1.7 Hz, IH), 4.93 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 3.99 (br s, IH), 2.98 (qn, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 2.42 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.37 (dd, J=6.8, 1.6 Hz, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H), 1.20 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 51
Figure imgf000112_0002
[0409] (±)-3β-[2-(Dimethylamino)ethoxycarbonyloxy]-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4- tetrahydro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2i4α-trimethylquinoline (Compound 151). To a solution of (±)- 5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline (30 mg, 0.088 mmol) in 2 mL of dry toluene was added 1,1 '- carbonyldiimidazole (28 mg, 0.175 mmol, 2 equiv). The reaction was heated to reflux for 3 h then cooled to room temperature. N,N-dimethylethanolamine (90 μL, 0.88 mmol, 10 equiv) was added via syringe and the reaction was heated to reflux for 16h, cooled to room temperature and poured into 20 mL of ethyl acetate:water (1 : 1). The aqueous layer was extracted with an additional 10 mL of ethyl acetate, the organic layers were combined and washed with brine (1 X 20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered. The residue obtained after evaporation was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes/ethyl acetate 4: 1) to give Compound 151 (15 mg, 38%) as a white powder. An analytical sample was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (60/40 acetonitrile/water). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.21 (s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.21 (dd, J=3.2, 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.18 (m, I H), 7.17 (t, J=7.2 Hz, IH), 6.59 (dd, J=3.2, 2.0 Hz, I H), 6.23 (dd, J=10.7, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.72 (d, J=6.1 Hz, IH), 4.48 (dt, J=12.3, 5.3 Hz, IH), 4.42 (dt, J=12.3, 5.3 Hz, IH), 3.94 (s, IH), 3.11 (m, IH), 3.07 (t, J=5.3 Hz, 2H), 2.62 (s, 6H), 1.44 (dd, J=7.0, 1.1 Hz, 3H), 1.31 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 52
Figure imgf000113_0001
[04101 (E)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5J-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2.2-dimethyl-lH- quinolin-4-one O-t-butyl oxime (Compound 201a); and (Z)-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7- difluoro-2,3-dihvdro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-t-butyl oxime (Compound 201b).
Figure imgf000113_0002
[0411] 5,7-Difluoro-l,2-dihydro-2,2-dimethylquinoline was prepared from 3,5- difluoroaniline using General Method 9.
[0412] General Method 9. Copper-catalyzed cyclization of an aniline and a propargyl acetated to form a 1,2-dihydroquinoline. A mixture of an aniline (1 equiv), 3- acetoxy-3-methylbut-l-yne (1.2 equiv), CuCI (0.1 equiv) in THF (0.5-1 M) was heated at reflux for 1-3 days. The mixture was poured into saturated ammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate. The separated aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were washed with saturated ammonium chloride, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Flash chromatography (20 % hexanes/EtOAc) afforded the 1,2- dihydro-2,2-dimethylquinoline.
Figure imgf000114_0001
[0413] 5,7-Difluoro-2,2-dimethyl-2H-quinoline-l-carboxylic acid /-butyl ester was prepared in 66% yield from 5,7-difluoro-l,2-dihydro-2,2-dimethylquinoline using General Method 10.
[0414] General Method 10. N-Boc-protection of a 1,2-dihydroquinoline. A solution of the 1,2-dihydroquinoline (1 equiv) in ether (0.1 M) was cooled to -78 0C. n- butyllithium (2M in cyclohexanes) was added dropwise. After stirring for 10 min, a solution of di-/-butyl dicarbonate (1.3 equiv) in ether was added, and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and was stirred for 2 hours. The mixture was poured into saturated ammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Flash chromatography (0-20% hexanes/EtOAc) afforded the N-Boc-protected l,2-dihydro-2,2-dimethylquinoline.
Figure imgf000114_0002
[0415] 5,7-Difluoro-4-hydroxy-3,4-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-2H-quinoline-l- carboxylic acid /-butyl ester was prepared in 89% yield using General Method 2 (EXAMPLE
1).
Figure imgf000114_0003
[0416] 5,7-Difluoro-3,4-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxo-2H-quinoline-l-carboxylic acid /-butyl ester was prepared in 40% yield using General Method 11. [0417] General Method 1 1. PCC oxidation of an alcohol to a ketone. A mixture of the alcohol (1 equiv) and pyridinium chlorochromate (1.1 equiv) in dichloromethane (0.3 M) was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. Silica gel was added to the reaction mixture, and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The resultant solid was loaded directly on to a silica gel column and subjected to flash chromatography (0-20% hexanes/EtOAc) to afford the ketone.
Figure imgf000115_0001
[0418] 6-Bromo-5,7-difluoro-3,4-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxo-2H-quinoline-l - carboxylic acid t-butyl ester was prepared in 87 % yield using Method 3 (EXAMPLE 1) except DMF was used as the solvent instead of chloroform.
Figure imgf000115_0002
[0419] 6-Bromo-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one is prepared by treating a solution of 6-bromo-5,7-difluoro-3,4-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxo-2H- quinoline-1-carboxylic acid /-butyl ester (3.7 g) in 16 mL dichloromethane with 94 mL of a 2:1 solution of dichloromethane:trifluoroacetic acid at 0 0C. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The aqueous layer was extracted again with dichloromethane. The organic layers were combined and washed first with saturated sodium bicarbonate, then with saturated ammonium chloride, dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure, and the residue purified by flash chromatography (0-25% EtOAc/hexanes).
Figure imgf000116_0001
[0420] 6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH- quinolin-4-one was prepared from 6-bromo-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH- quinolin-4-one and 3-chloro-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole in 70% yield using General Metlrod 12.
[0421] General Method 12: Palladium-catalyzed Suzuki cross-coupling of an aryl halide and an aryl boronic acid or aryl pinacol boronate. In a reaction flask, a mixture of an aryl bromide (1 equiv); an aryl boronic acid or aryl pinacol boronate (1.0-1.3 equiv); and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) (3-5 mol %) is flushed with nitrogen. A 2: 1 solution of toluene:ethanol (0.04 M) and 10% sodium carbonate (0.4 M) are introduced sequentially, and the flask if flushed again with nitrogen. The mixture is heated at reflux 16- 24 hours. The mixture is filtered through celite then partitioned between saturated ammonium chloride and EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexanes) or preparative ΗPLC (eluting with acetonitrile/water) affords the desired compound.
Figure imgf000116_0002
[0422] (E)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5.7-difluoro-2.3-dihvdro-2,2-dimethyl-lΗ- quinolin-4-one O-t-butyl oxime (Compound 201a); and (Z)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7- difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-t-butyl oxime (Compound 201b). These compounds were prepared from 6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2- dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one and t-butylhydroxylamine HCl using General Method 13.
[0423] General Method 13. Formation of an oxime from a ketone and a hydroxylamine HCl or alkoxyamine HCl salt. A solution of a ketone (1 equiv), a hydroxylamine or alkoxyamine HCl salt (5 equiv), NaOAc (5 equiv) in ethanol (0.03-0.1 M) is stirred at 60 0C for 16-24 hours. The solution was washed with water, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers was washed with saturated ammonium chloride, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (0-30% EtOAc/hexanes) or HPLC (acetonitrile/water) afforded the desired compounds.
[0424] Compound 201a: 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.08 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.28-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.18 (d, J=2.5 Hz, IH), 6.19 (dd, J=10.8, 1.1 Hz, IH), 4.10 (br s, IH), 2.77 (s, 2H), 1.30 (s, 6H), 1.29 (s, 9H).
[0425] Compound 201b: 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.10 (br s, IH), 7.65 (m, IH), 7.29-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.12 (d, J=2.5 Hz, IH), 6.15 (d, J=10.7 Hz, IH), 4.27 (br s, IH), 2.48 (s, 2H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 1.29 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 53
Figure imgf000117_0001
[0426] (E)-5.7-Difluoro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,3-dihvdro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4- one oxime (Compound 202). This compound was prepared from 5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro- 2,2-dimethyl-6-(indol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and hydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.1 1 (br s, IH), 7.67 (m, IH), 7.21-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.59 (m, IH), 6.23 (dd, J=10.7, 1.4 Hz, IH), 4.16 (br s, IH), 2.85 (s, 2H), 1.32 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000117_0002
[04271 (E)-5,7-Difluoro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,3-dihvdro-2.2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4- one O-methyl oxime (Compound 203). This compound was prepared from 5,7-difluoro-2,3- dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(indol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and hydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52) and O-methylhydroylamine. 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.14 (s, IH), 7.65 (m, IH), 7.21-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.58 (dd, J=3.2, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.20 (dd, J=10.7, 1.6 Hz, IH), 4.13 (br s, IH), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.79 (s, 2H), 1.31 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 55
Figure imgf000118_0001
[04281 (E)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5J-difluoro-2,3-dihvdro-2,2-dimethyl-lH- quinolin-4-one O-methyl oxime (Compound 204). This compound was prepared from 6-(3- chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one and O- methylhydroylamine. 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.08 (s, IH), 7.65 (m, IH), 7.27-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.17 (d, J=2.5 Hz, IH), 6.21 (dd, J=10.8, 1.7 Hz, IH), 4.16 (br s, IH), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.78 (s, 2H), 1.31 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 56
Figure imgf000118_0002
[0429] (E)-5,7-Difluoro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,3-dihvdro-2.2-dlmethyl-lH-quinolin-4- one O-carboxymethoxy oxime (Compound 205). This compound was prepared from 5,7- difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(indol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and hydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52) and aminooxyacetic acid hydrochloride. 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.16 (s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.20 (dd, J=3.1, 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.18-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.58 (dd, J=3.1, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.21 (dd, J=10.7, 1.6 Hz, IH), 4.69 (s, 2H), 2.89 (s, 2H), 1.35 (s, 6H). EXAMPLE 57
Figure imgf000119_0001
[0430] (E)-5,7-Difluoro-6-findol-7-vn-2,3-dihvdro-2.2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4- one O-allyl oxime (Compound 206*). This compound was prepared from 5,7-difluoro-2,3- dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(indol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and O-allylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.16 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.21-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.58 (dd, J=3.2, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.20 (dd, J=10.7, 1.8 Hz, IH), 6.03 (ddt, J=I 7.3, 10.4, 5.7 Hz, IH), 5.29 (ddt, J=17.3, 1.6, 1.4 Hz, I H), 5.19 (ddt, J=10.4, 1.6, 1.4 Hz, IH), 4.64 (dt, J=5.7, 1.4 Hz, 2H), 4.13 (br s, IH), 2.82 (s, 2H), 1.31 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 58
Figure imgf000119_0002
[04311 (E)-5,7-Difluoro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2.3-dihvdro-2.2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4- one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 207). This compound was prepared from 5,7-difluoro-2,3- dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(indol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and O-ethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.17 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.21-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.58 (dd, J=3.2, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.19 (dd, J=10.7, 1.6 Hz, IH), 4.18 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.15 (br s, IH), 2.80 (s, 2H), 1.31 (s, 6H), 1.28 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).
EXAMPLE 59
Figure imgf000119_0003
[04321 (E)- 5J-Difluoro-6-(indol-7-yl)-23-dihydro-2.2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4- one O-f-butyl oxime (Compound 208). This compound was prepared from 5,7-difIuoro-2,3- dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(indol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and O-/-butylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.16 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.23-7.14 (m, 3H), 6.59 (dd, JN3.0, 2.3 Hz, IH), 6.19 (dd, J=I 0.7, 1.7 Hz, IH), 4.08 (br s, IH), 2.77 (s, 2H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 9H), 1.30 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 60
Figure imgf000120_0001
fO4331 (E)-5,7-Difluoro-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,3-dihvdro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4- one 6>-phenyl oxime (Compound 209). This compound was prepared from 5,7-difluoro-2,3- dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(indol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and O-phenylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.14 (br s, IH), 7.69 (m, IH), 7.28-7.19 (m, 7H), 6.98 (m, IH), 6.61 (dd, J=3.2, 2.1 Hz, I H), 6.25 (dd, J=10.6, 1.7 Hz, IH), 4.23 (br s, IH), 3.02 (s, 2H), 1.38 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 61
Figure imgf000120_0002
104341 (E)-8-Chloro-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5.7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2- dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-allyl oxime (Compound 210). This compound was prepared from 8-chloro-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(indol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and O-allylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.08 (br s, IH), 7.68 (m, IH), 7.35-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=2.6 Hz, IH), 6.02 (ddt, J=17.2, 10.4, 5.8 Hz, IH), 5.30 (ddt, J=17.2, 1.6, 1.4 Hz, IH), 5.21 (ddt, J=10.4, 1.6, 1.4 Hz, IH), 4.80 (br s, IH), 4.65 (dt, J=5.8, 1.4 Hz, 2H), 2.84 (s, 2H), 1.36 (s, 6H). EXAMPLE 62
Figure imgf000121_0001
[0435] (E)-8-Chloro-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2- dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-t-butyl oxime (Compound 21 1). This compound was prepared from 8-chloro-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(indol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4- one and O-allylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.05 (br s, IH), 7.68 (m, IH), 7.32-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, J=2.6 Hz, IH), 4.75 (s, IH), 2.79 (s, 2H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 9H).
EXAMPLE 63
Figure imgf000121_0002
rO436] (E)-8-Chloro-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2.3-dihvdro-2,2- dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-phenyl oxime (Compound 212). This compound was prepared from 8-chloro-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(indol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4- one and O-allylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.03 (br s, IH), 7.71 (m, IH), 7.32-7.27 (m, 6H), 7.20 (d, J=2.5 Hz, IH), 7.00 (m, IH), 4.90 (br s, IH), 3.05 (s, 2H), 1.43 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 64
Figure imgf000121_0003
[0437] (EV(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5.7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hvdroxy-2,2- dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 213a) and (Z)-(±)-6-(3-chloroindol- 7-vπ-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihvdro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 213b).
[0438] (±)-5,7-Difluoro-3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-2H-quinoline-l- carboxylic acid /-butyl ester. This compound was prepared from 5,7-difluoro-2,2-dimethyl- 2H-quinoline-l-carboxylic acid /-butyl ester using Method 14 (EXAMPLE 64).
[0439] General Method 14: Dihydroxylation of an olefin. A mixture of an olefin (1.0 equiv), K3Fe(CN)6 (3 equiv), potassium carbonate (3 equiv), methanesulfonamide (10 equiv), osmium tetroxide (0.1 equiv) and pyridine (2 equiv) in t-butanol:water (1 : 1, 0.1 M) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was treated with excess sodium sulfite, water, and TΗF and stirred for 3 hours. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated ammonium chloride, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (0-50% ethyl acetate:hexanes) afforded the desired diol.
[0440] (±)-6-Bromo-5,7-difluoro-3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-2H- quinoline-1-carboxylic acid /-butyl ester. This compound was prepared from 5,7-difluoro- 3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-2H-quinoline-l-carboxylic acid /-butyl ester using Method 3 (EXAMPLE 1) except DMF was used as the solvent.
[0441] (±)-6-Bromo-5,7-difluoro-3,4-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxo-2H- quinoline-1-carboxylic acid /-butyl ester. This compound was prepared from (±)-6-bromo- 5,7-difluoro-3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-2H-quinoline-l-carboxylic acid /-butyl ester in 47% yield using General Method 15 (EXAMPLE 64).
[0442] General Method 15: Oxidation of an alcohol with 2-iodoxybenzoic acid. A solution of a diol (1 equiv), 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (1.1 equiv) in ethyl acetate (0.05 M) was heated at reflux for 6 hours. The precipitate was filtered, and water was added to the filtrate. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated ammonium chloride, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. Flash chromatography (0-25% ethyl acetate:hexanes) afforded the desired ketone.
[0443] (±)-6-Bromo-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-lH- quinolin-4-one. This compound is prepared by is prepared by treating a solution of (±)-6- bromo-SJ-difluoro-S^-dihydro-S-hydroxy^^-dimethyM-oxo^H-quinoline-l-carboxylic acid /-butyl ester (1.3 g, 1.0 equiv) in 5 mL dichloromethane with 31 mL of a 2:1 solution of dichloromethaneitrifluoroacetic acid at 0 0C. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The aqueous layer was extracted again with dichloromethane. The organic layers were combined and washed first with saturated sodium bicarbonate, then with saturated ammonium chloride, dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure, and the residue purified by flash chromatography (0-25% EtOAc/hexanes).
[0444] (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2- dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one. This compound was prepared from (±)-6-bromo-5,7-difluoro- 2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one and 3-chloro-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole in 70% yield using General Method 12 (EXAMPLE 52).
[0445] (EV(±)-6-G-Chloroindol-7-vn-5.7-difluoro-2.3-dihvdro-3-hvdroxy-2.2- dimethyl-lΗ-quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 213a) and (Z)-(-t-)-6-(3-chloroindol- 7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 213b). These compounds were prepared from (±)-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7- difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one and O-ethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52).
[0446] Compound 213a: 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.84 (br s, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.20-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.97 (m, IH), 6.26 (dd, J= 10.6, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.95 (s, IH), 4.31 (s, IH), 4.25 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.35 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.21 (s, 3H).
[0447] Compound 213b: 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.06 (br s, IH), 7.62 (m, IH), 7.24-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.18 (m, IH), 6.26 (dd, J=10.6, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.95 (s, I H), 4.18 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (s, IH), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.28 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 65
Figure imgf000123_0001
104481 (EV(±)-5.7-Difluoro-2,3-dihvdro-3-hvdroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O-t-butyl oxime (Compound 214a) and (Z)-(±)-5,7- difluoro-2,3-dihvdro-3-hvdroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one Q-/- butyl oxime (Compound 214b). (±)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one. This compound was prepared from (±)-6-bromo-5,7- difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one and 3-methyl-7-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole using General Method 12 (EXAMPLE 52). 104491 (E)-(±)-5.7-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hvdroxy-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yO-lH-quinolin-4-one O-t-butyl oxime (Compound 214a) and (Z)-(±)-5J- difluoro-2.3-dihvdro-3-hvdroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-vπ-lH-quinolin-4-one 0-/- butyl oxime (Compound 214b). These compounds were prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-2,3- dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and O-t- butylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52).
[0450] Compound 214a: 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.89 (br s, IH), 7.60 (dd, J=7.1, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.21 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.1 Hz, IH), 6.93 (q, J= 1.1 Hz, IH), 6.16 (dd, J=I LO, 1.2 Hz, IH), 4.36-4.22 (m, 2H), 2.36 (d, J=Ll Hz, 3H), 1.37 (s, 9H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.15 (s, 3H).
[0451] Compound 214b: 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.84 (s, IH), 7.61 (m, IH), 122-1 Al (m, 2H), 6.98 (s, IH), 6.25 (d, J= 10.6 Hz, IH), 4.93 (s, IH), 4.02 (s, IH), 2.64 (s, IH), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 66
Figure imgf000124_0001
[04521 (E)-(±)-5.7-Difluoro-2,3-dihvdro-3-hvdroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O-methyl oxime (Compound 215a) and (Z)-(±)-5.7- difluoro-2,3-dihvdro-3-hvdroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O- methyl oxime (Compound 215b). These compounds were prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro- 2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and O- methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52).
[0453] Compound 215a: 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.83 (br s, IH), 7.61 (m, IH), 7.22-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.97 (m, IH), 6.18 (dd, J=10.9, 1.0 Hz, IH), 4.31-4.25 (m, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.21 (s, 3H).
[0454] Compound 215b: 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.84 (br s, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.20-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.97 (m, IH), 6.26 (dd, J=I 0.6, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.95 (s, IH), 4.08 (s, IH), 3.97 (s, 3H), 2.35 (d, J=0.6 Hz, 3H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 67
Figure imgf000125_0001
[04551 (E)-(±)-5J-Difluoro-23-dihvdro-3-hydroxy-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 216a) and (Z)-(±)-5,7- difluoro-2,3-dihvdro-3-hvdroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-vπ-lH-quinolin-4-one O- ethyl oxime (Compound 216b). These compounds were prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-2,3- dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and O- ethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52).
[0456] Compound 216a: 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.86 (s, IH), 7.61 (m, IH), 7.23-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.96 (q, J=1.0 Hz, IH), 6.18 (dd, J=10.8, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.29-4.25 (m, 2H), 4.24 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.36 (d, J=I.0 Hz, 3H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.32 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H).
[0457] Compound 216b: 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.84 (s, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.21-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.97 (q, J=LO Hz, IH), 6.25 (dd, J=10.5, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.96 (s, IH), 4.22 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (s, IH), 2.45 (m, IH), 2.35 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.30 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 68
Figure imgf000125_0002
[04581 (Z)-(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5.7-difluoro-2,3-dihvdro-3-hvdroxy-2,2- dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-methyl oxime (Compound 217). This compound was prepared from (±)-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl- lH-quinolin-4-one (EXAMPLE 64) and O-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.84 (br s, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.20-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.97 (m, IH), 6.26 (dd, J=10.6, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.95 (s, IH), 4.08 (s, IH), 3.97 (s, 3H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 69
Figure imgf000126_0001
[0459] (ZV(±)-5J-Difluoro-23-dihvdro-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-3- (phenylcarbamovDoxy-lH-quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 218). This compound was prepared from Compound 216b (EXAMPLE 67) and phenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.88 (br s, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.42 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.21-7.14 (m, 2H), 7.18 (t, J=7.2 Hz, IH), 6.97 (q, J=LO Hz, IH), 6.38 (dd, J=3.2, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.25 (dd, J=10.5, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.22 (s, 2H), 4.08 (s, IH), 2.35 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.29 (t=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 70
Figure imgf000126_0002
[04601 (E)-(±)-7.8-Difluoro-2.3-dihvdro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-3- hydroxy-lH-quinolin-4-one O-methyl oxime (Compound 219a) and (Z)-(±)-7,8-difluoro- 2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-3-hydroxy-lH-quinolin-4-one O-methyl oxime (Compound 219b).
[0461] (±)-6-Bromo-7,8-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-lH- quinolin-4-one. This compound was prepared in a manner similar to (±)-6-bromo-5,7- difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one (EXAMPLE 64) except that 2,3-difluoroaniline was used as the starting material.
[0462] (±)-7,8-Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7- yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one. This compound was prepared from (±)-6-bromo-7,8-difluoro-2,3- dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one and 3-methyl-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole using General Method 12 (EXAMPLE 52). [04631 (E)-(±)-7,8-Difluoro-23-dihvdro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-3- hydroxy-lH-quinolin-4-one O-methyl oxime (Compound 219a) and (Z)-(±)-7,8-difluoro- 2,3-dihvdro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-ylV3-hvdroxy-lH-quinolin-4-one O-methyl oxime (Compound 219b). These compounds were prepared from (±)-7,8-difluoro-2,3- dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and O- methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52).
[0464] Compound 219a: 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.40 (dd, J=7.3, 1.9 Hz, IH), 8.01 (s, IH), 7.60 (t, J=4.8 Hz, IH), 7.18-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.00 (q, J=I .0 Hz, IH), 4.42 (s, IH), 4.21 (d, J=5.6 Hz, IH), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.46 (d, J=4.4 Hz, IH), 2.37 (d, J= 1.4 Hz, 3H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
[0465] Compound 219b: 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.97(s, IH), 7.80 (dd, J=6.8, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.60 (dd, J=6.9, 2.9 Hz, IH), 7.18-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.01 (q, J=LO Hz, I H), 4.81 (dd, J=7.8, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.12 (s, IH), 3.96 (s, 3H), 2.52 (d, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.46 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 71
Figure imgf000127_0001
[04661 (E)-(±)-7,8-Difluoro-2.3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-3- (phenylcarbamoyl)oxy-lH-quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 220a) and (Z)-(±)-7,8- Difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-3-(phenylcarbamoyl)oxy-lH- quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 220b). These compounds were prepared from (±)- 7,8-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and O-ethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52).
[0467] Compound 220a: 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.46 (dd, J=7.8, 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.07 (s, IH), 7.60 (dd, J=8.3, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.18-7.24 (m, 2H), 6.99 (q, J=LO Hz, IH), 4.42 (d, J=2.0 Hz, IH), 4.23 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.54 (d, J=4.4 Hz, IH), 2.37 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.31 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
[0468] Compound 220b: 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.98 (s, IH), 7.80 (dd, J=8.3, 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.60 (dd, J=5.9, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.18-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.00 (q, J=1.7 Hz, IH), 4.83 (dd, J=6.9, 1.4 Hz, IH), 4.21 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 4.12 (s, IH), 2.63 (d, J=7.9 Hz, I H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.46 (s, 3H), 1.30 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 72
Figure imgf000128_0001
104691 (E)-5,7-Difluoro-2.3-dihvdro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH- quinolin-4-one O-/-butyl oxime (Compound 221a) and (Z)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one O-f-butyl oxime (Compound 221b). These compounds were prepared from 5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and O-r-butylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52).
[0470] Compound 221a: 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.87 (br s, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.21-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.97 (q, J=I .0 Hz, IH), 6.18 (dd, J=10.7, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.06 (br s, IH), 2.77 (s, 2H), 2.36 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 1.30 (s, 6H), 1.29 (s, 9H).
[0471] Compound 221b: 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.93 (s, IH), 7.59 (ddd, J=7.5, 1.4, 0.6 Hz, IH), 7.21 (ddd, J=7.5, 2.0, 1.4 Hz, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 6.92 (q, J=Ll Hz, IH), 6.14 (dd, J=I LO, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.22 (br s, IH), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.36 (d, J=Ll Hz, 3H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 1.29 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 73
Figure imgf000128_0002
[04721 (E)-5,7-Difluoro-2.3-dihvdro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-vn-lH- quinolin-4-one O-benzyl oxime (Compound 222). This compound was prepared from 5,7- difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and O- benzylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.85 (br s, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.40-7.28 (m, 5H), 7.20-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.96 (q, J=1.0 Hz, IH), 6.18 (dd, J=10.7, 1.5 Hz, IH), 5.17 (s, 2H), 4.10 (br s, IH), 2.82 (s, 2H), 2.36 (d, J=I .0 Hz, 3H), 1.28 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 74
Figure imgf000129_0001
(04731 (E)-5,7-Difluoro-2.3-dihvdro-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH- quinolin-4-one O-phenyl oxime (Compound 223). This compound was prepared from 5,7- difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and O- phenylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.86 (br s, IH), 7.63 (m, IH), 7.29-7.23 (m, 4H), 7.22-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.00-6.95 (m, 2H), 6.25 (dd, J=10.5, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.21 (br s, IH), 3.02 (s, 2H), 2.37 (d, J=I .0 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 75
Figure imgf000129_0002
[0474| (E)-5.7-Difluoro-2,3-dihvdro-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-l H- quinolin-4-one oxime (Compound 224). This compound was prepared from 5,7-difluoro-2,3- dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and hydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.18 (s, IH), 9.86 (s, IH), 7.53 (m, IH), 7.09 (t, J=7.4 Hz, IH), 7.07 (q, J=Ll Hz, IH), 7.05 (m, IH), 6.35 (dd, J=I 1.3, 1.6 Hz, IH), 5.95 (br s, IH), 2.84 (s, 2H), 2.32 (d, J=Ll Hz, 3H), 1.30 (s, 6H). EXAMPLE 76
Figure imgf000130_0001
[04751 (EV5J-Difluoro-23-dihydro-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH- quinolin-4-one O-isopropyl oxime (Compound 225). This compound was prepared from 5,7- difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH-quinolin-4-one and O- isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.86 (br s, IH), 7.59 (m, IH), 7.19 (m, IH), 7.17 (t, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 6.96 (q, J=Ll Hz, IH), 6.19 (dd, J=10.7, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.39 (sept, J=6.3 Hz, IH), 4.09 (s, IH), 2.79 (s, 2H), 2.35 (d, J=Ll Hz, 3H), 1.31 (s, 6H), 1.25 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 6H).
EXAMPLE 77
Figure imgf000130_0002
[04761 (E)-5J-Difluoro-2,3-dihvdro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH- quinolin-4-one O-(l-ethoxycarbonyl-l-methyl)ethyl oxime (Compound 226). This compound was prepared from 5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)- lH-quinolin-4-one and ethyl 2-aminooxy-2-methylpropionate hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.85 (br s, IH), 7.59 (m, IH), 7.21-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.95 (q, J=0.8 Hz, IH), 6.17 (dd, J=10.8, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.12 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.12 (br s, IH), 2.82 (s, 2H), 2.35 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 3H), 1.52 (s, 6H), 1.31 (s, 6H), 1.19 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). EXAMPLE 78
Figure imgf000131_0001
fO477] (EV5.7-Difluoro-2.3-dihvdro-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-vn-lH- quinolin-4-one O-d-methoxycarbonyl-l-methyDethyl oxime (Compound 227). A mixture of Compound 226 (EXAMPLE 77) (30 mg, 0.64 mmol) and sodium borohydride (37 mg) in 1.3 mL methanol was stirred at room temperature, then heated at reflux. The mixture was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (0-33% ethyl acetate: hexanes) afforded Compound 227. 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.87 (br s, IH), 7.59 (m, IH), 7.21-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.96 (q, J=0.8 Hz, IH), 6.17 (dd, J=10.8, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.12 (br s, IH), 3.65 (s, 3H), 2.82 (s, 2H), 2.35 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 3H), 1.53 (s, 6H), 1.32 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 79
Figure imgf000131_0002
[0478] (E)-5,7-Difluoro-2.3-dihydro-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-l H- quinolin-4-one O-(l-carboxy-l-methyl)ethyl oxime (Compound 228). To a solution of Compound 226 (EXAMPLE 77) (135 mg) in 0.7 mL methanol and 2.9 mL THF was added a solution of LiOH (7.2 mg) in 0.7 mL water. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, and the reaction mixture was treated with 0.29 mL IM HCl, then extracted with ethyl acetate. Flash chromatography (33% ethyl acetate:hexanes) afforded Compound 228. 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.78 (br s, IH), 7.62 (m, IH), 7.22-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.97 (q, J=0.9 Hz, IH), 6.25 (dd, J=IOJ, 1.8 Hz, IH), 2.85 (s, 2H), 2.36 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 3H), 1.55 (s, 6H), 1.35 (s, 6H). EXAMPLE 80
Figure imgf000132_0001
fO4791 (EV5.7-Difluoro-2.3-dihvdro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-vn-lH- quinolin-4-one O-(l-diethylcarbamoyl-l-methyl*)ethyl oxime (Compound 229). To a solution of Compound 228 (EXAMPLE 79) (13 mg, 1 equiv), diethylamine (3.4 microliters, 1.1 equiv) and diisopropylethylamine (5.6 microliters, 1.1 equiv) in 0.3 mL DMF was added O- (7-aza-lH-benzotriazol-l -yl)-N,N,N',N>-tetramethyluiOnium hexafluorophosphate (12 mg, 1.1 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated ammonium chloride, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Flash chromatography (0-33% ethyl acetate: hexanes) afforded Compound 229. 1H ΝMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.87 (br s, IH), 7.58 (m, IH), 7.20-7.13 (m, 2H), 6.94 (q, J=0.8 Hz, IH), 6.19 (dd, J=10.8, 1.7 Hz, IH), 4.15 (br s, IH), 3.61 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.30 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (s, 2H), 2.35 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 3H), 1.54 (s, 6H), 1.31 (s, 6H), 1.1 1 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H).
EXAMPLE 81
Figure imgf000132_0002
r0480] (E)-5,7-Difluoro-2.3-dihvdro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-vn-lH- quinolin-4-one O-(2-hydroxy-lJ-dirnethyl)ethyl oxime (Compound 230). A mixture of Compound 226 (EXAMPLE 77) (53 mg, 1 equiv) lithium triethylborohydride (1.7 mL of 1 M solution in THF) in 4.5 mL THF was stirred at 0 °C and was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The mixture was quenched with water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (0-33% ethyl acetate: hexanes) afforded Compound 230. 1H ΝMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.78 (br s, IH), 7.59 (m, IH), 7.21-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.96 (q, J=I .0 Hz, IH), 6.20 (dd, J=10.6, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.13 (br s, IH), 3.78-3.65 (m, 3H), 2.77 (s, 2H), 2.35 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 1.31 (s, 6H), 1.29 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 82
Figure imgf000133_0001
[0481] (EV5.7-Difluoro-2,3-dihvdro-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-vn-lH- quinolin-4-one Q-[I -methyl- l-(2,2,2-trifluoroethylcarbamoyl)ethyl"| oxime (Compound 231). To a solution of Compound 228 (EXAMPLE 79) (22 mg, 1 equiv), trifluoroethylamine (4.3 microliters, 1.1 equiv) and diisopropylethylamine (9.6 microliters, 1.1 equiv) in 0.5 mL DMF was added O-^-aza-lH-benzotriazol-l-yO-N.N.N'.N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (21 mg, 1.1 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated ammonium chloride, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Flash chromatography (0-33% ethyl acetate:hexanes) afforded Compound 231. 1H ΝMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.79 (br s, IH), 7.61 (m, IH), 7.22-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.96 (q, J=LO Hz, IH), 6.22 (dd, J=10.7, 1.6 Hz, IH), 4.21 (br s, IH), 3.86 (qd, J=9.2, 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (s, 2H), 2.36 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 1.52 (s, 6H), 1.33 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 83
Figure imgf000133_0002
[0482] (E)-5,7-Difluoro-2,3-dihvdro-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-lH- quinolin-4-one O-(Ll-dimethyl-2-oxo)ethyl oxime (Compound 232). This compound was prepared according to General Method 15 (EXAMPLE 64) from Compound 230 (EXAMPLE 81) to afford Compound 232. 1H ΝMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.67 (s, IH), 7.80 (br s, IH), 7.59 (m, IH), 7.21-7.13 (m, 2H), 6.96 (m, IH), 6.18 (dd, J=10.6, 1.4 Hz, IH), 4.15 (s, IH), 2.83 (s, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 6H), 1.32 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 84
Figure imgf000134_0001
[04831 (EV5.7-Difluoro-2,3-dihvdro-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-vn-lH- quinolin-4-one O-3-carboxy-U-dimethylallyl oxime (Compound 233). To a mixture of triethylphosphonoacetate (18 mg, 1.8 equiv) and sodium hydride (60% mineral oil dispersion, 2.8 mg, 1.5 equiv) in 0.5 mL THF was added Compound 232 at 0 °C. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and was stirred overnight. The mixture was quenched with water and ammonium chloride, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (0-33% ethyl acetate :hexanes) afforded Compound 233. 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.87 (br s, IH), 7.59 (m, IH), 7.21-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.15 (d, J=16.0 Hz, IH), 6.96 (q, J=0.8 Hz, IH), 6.19 (dd, J=10.8, 1.4 Hz, IH), 5.88 (d, J=16.0 Hz, IH), 2.79 (s, 2H), 2.34 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 3H), 1.44 (s, 6H), 1.32 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 85
Figure imgf000134_0002
[04841 (E)-5J-Difluoro-2,3-dihvdro-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-ylVlH- quinolin-4-one O-(2-ethoxyimino)-l,l-dimethylethyl oxime (Compound 234). This compound was prepared according to General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52) from Compound 232 (EXAMPLE 83) and O-ethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride to afford Compound 234. 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.85 (br s, IH), 7.61 (m, IH), 7.58 (s, IH), 7.18 (d, J=2.5 Hz, IH), 6.98 (s, IH), 6.19 (dd, J=10.8, 1.1 Hz, IH), 4.10-4.04 (m, 3H), 2.77 (s, 2H), 2.49 (s, 6H), 1.32 (s, 6H), 1.22 (t=7.0 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000135_0001
rO4851 (E)-(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5-fluoro-23-dihydro-3-hvdroxy-2,2,8- trimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-t-butyl oxime ("Compound 235).
[0486] (±)-6-Bromo-5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2,8-trimethyl-lH- quinolin-4-one. This compound was prepared in a manner similar to (±)-6-bromo-5,7- difluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one (EXAMPLE 64) except that 5-fluoro-2-methylaniline was used as the starting material.
[0487] (±)-6-(3-Chloroindoi-7-yl)-5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2,8- trimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one. This compound was prepared from (±)-6-bromo-5-fluoro-2,3- dihydro-3-hydroxy-2,2,8-trimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one and 3-chloro-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole using General Method 12 (EXAMPLE 52). fO4881 (E)-(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5-fluoro-23-dihydro-3-hvdroxy-2.2.8- trimethyl-lΗ-quinolin-4-one O-t-butyl oxime (Compound 235). This compound was prepared from 6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2,8-trimethyl-lH-quinolin-4- one and O-f-butylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.84 (br s, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.20-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 6.97 (m, IH), 4.08 (s, IH), 2.79 (s, 2H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 1.31 (s, 6H), 1.29 (s, 9H).
EXAMPLE 87
Figure imgf000135_0002
fO4891 fZ)-(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5-fluoro-2.3-dihvdro-3-hvdroxy-2,2.8- trimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 236) and (E)-(±)-6-(3-Chloroindol- 7-yl)-5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-hvdroxy-2,2,8-trimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 237). These compounds was prepared from 6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5-fluoro-2,3- dihydro-2,2,8-trimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one (EXAMPLE 86) and O-ethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52).
[0490] Compound 236: MS (ESI): 400 (M + Η).
[0491] Compound 237: 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.84 (br s, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.20-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 6.97 (m, IH), 4.18 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (s, IH), 2.79 (s, 2H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 1.31 (s, 6H), 1.28 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000136_0001
[04921 (E)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl>5.7-difluoro-2.3-dihvdro-2,2-dimethyl-lH- quinolin-4-one O-ethyl oxime (Compound 238). This compound was prepared from 6-(3- chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one and O- ethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.08 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.28-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.18 (d, J=2.5 Hz, IH), 6.19 (dd, J=10.8, 1.1 Hz, IH), 4.29-4.25 (m, 2H), 4.10 (br s, IH), 2.77 (s, 2H), 1.32 (s, 6H), 1.28 (t=7.0 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000136_0002
[04931 (EV6-(3-Chloroindol-7-ylV5.7-difluoro-2.3-dihvdro-2.2-dimethyl-lH- quinolin-4-one O-isopropyl oxime (Compound 239). This compound was prepared from 6- (3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5,7-difluoro-2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-4-one and O- isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using General Method 13 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.08 (br s, IH), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.28-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.18 (d, J=2.5 Hz, IH), 6.19 (dd, J=10.8, 1.1 Hz, IH), 4.4 (m, IH), 4.14 (br s, IH), 2.77 (s, 2H), 1.32 (s, 6H), 1.27 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 6H). EXAMPLE 90
Figure imgf000137_0001
[0494] (±)- 1.2.3 ,4-Tetrahvdro-3 β-hvdroxy-2.2.4α.8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-5-(m-tolylethvnyl)quinoline (Compound 301).
Figure imgf000137_0002
[0495] 5-Chloro-l,2-dihydro-2,2,4,8-tetramethylquinoline was prepared from 5- chloro-2-methylaniline using General Method 1 (EXAMPLE 1).
Figure imgf000137_0003
[0496] 5-Cyano-l,2-dihydro-2,2,4,8-tetramethylquinoline was prepared from 5- chloro-l,2-dihydro-2,2,4,8-tetramethylquinoline using General Method 18.
[0497] General Method 18: Cyanation of an aryl chloride. A representative procedure is described. Pd2(dba)3 (990 mg, 1.08 mmol), dppf (1.2 g, 2.2 mmol), zinc powder (420 mg, 6.5 mmol) and zinc cyanide (1.92 g, 16.2 mmol) were added to a solution of 5- chloro-l,2-dihydro-2,2,4,8-tetramethylquinoline (6.0 g, 27 mmol) in N.N-dimethylacetamide (120 ml). The reaction vessel was evacuated-purged with nitrogen twice and then heated at 150 0C for 48 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature, poured into water (500 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 χ 100 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (300 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate:hexanes gave 5-cyano-l,2-dihydro-2,2,4,8-tetramethylquinoline (2.45 g, 42 %).
Figure imgf000138_0001
[0498] (±)-5-Cyano-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline is made from 5-cyano-l,2-dihydro-2,2,4,8-tetramethylquinoline using General Method 2 (EXAMPLE 1).
Figure imgf000138_0002
[0499] (±)-5-Formyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline was prepared from (±)-5-cyano- 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy- 2,2,4oc,8-tetramethylquinoline using General Method 19.
[0500] General Method 19: Reduction of a nitrile to an aldehyde. A representative procedure is described. IM DIBAL in hexanes (16 ml, 16 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of (±)-5-cyano-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline (1.0 g, 4.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 ml) at 0 0C. The solution was stirred at 0 0C for 0.25 h then quenched with the dropwise addition of a saturated solution of Rochelle's salt (100 ml). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 100 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with a I M hydrochloric acid solution (300 ml), a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (300 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure to give (±)-5-formyl-l, 2,3,4- tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline (770 mg, 76 %).
Figure imgf000138_0003
[0501] (±)-5-Ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline was prepared from (±)-5-formyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline using General Method 20. [0502] General Method 20: Formation of an alkyne from an aldehyde. A representative procedure is described. Dimethyl(l-diazo-2-oxopropyl)phosphonate (1.08 g, 5.63 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of (±)-5-formyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline (1.10 g, 4.7 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.95 g, 14.1 mmol) in methanol at 0 0C. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 15 h. The reaction was poured into water (50 ml), extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 ml), combined organics washed with a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (100 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate:hexanes gave (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline (482 mg, 45 %).
Figure imgf000139_0001
[0503] (±)-6-Bromo-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline was prepared in 69% yield from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β- hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline using General Method 3 (EXAMPLE 1).
Figure imgf000139_0002
[0504] (±)-5-Ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline. This compound was prepared in 64% yield from (±)-6- bromo-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 3-methyl- 7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole using General Method 12 (EXAMPLE 52).
Figure imgf000140_0001
105051 (±)-l,2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2.4α.8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-y0-5-(m-tolylethynvDquinoIine (Compound 301). This compound was prepared in 41% yield from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7- yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 3-iodotoluene using General Method 21.
[0506] General Method 21 : Coupling of an alkyne and an aryl halide. A representative procedure is described. (±)-5-Ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline (200 mg, 0.56 mmol), 3-iodotoluene (0.29 ml, 2.3 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) (107 mg, 0.093 mmol), copper (I) iodide (18 mg, 0.095 mmol), diisopropylamine (4 ml) and toluene (20 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 15 h. The reaction was poured into water (100 ml), extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 ml), combined organics washed with a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (100 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate :hexanes gave Compound 301 (103 mg, 41 %). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.00 (br s, IH), 7.59 (m, IH), 7.24 (m, IH), 7.19 (dd, J=7.7, 7.2 Hz, IH), 7.11 (t, J=0.6 Hz, IH), 7.05 (t, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 6.99 (m, IH), 6.96 (m, IH), 6.75 (m, IH), 6.60 (m, IH), 3.60 (dd, J=7.3, 5.5 Hz, IH), 3.57 (br s, IH), 3.24 (qd, J=6.8, 5.5 Hz, IH), 2.40 (d, J=I .2 Hz, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.20 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.91 (d, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 1.71 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 91
Figure imgf000140_0002
10507] (±)-1.2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- rnethylindol-7-yl)-5-(phenylethvnyl)quinoline (Compound 302). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and iodobenzene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.99 (br s, IH), 7.58 (m, IH), 7.26 (m, IH), 7.21-7.14 (m, 4H), 7.12 (m, IH), 6.95 (m, IH), 6.91 (m, 2H), 3.61 (dd, J=7.5, 5.4 Hz, IH), 3.58 (s, IH), 3.25 (dq, J=5.4, 7.0 Hz, IH), 2.39 (d, J=I .2 Hz, 3H), 2.20 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.91 (d, J=7.5 Hz, I H), 1.71 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 92
Figure imgf000141_0001
f05081 (±)-1.2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2.4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-5-(o-tolylethvnyl)quinoline (Compound 303). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 2-iodotoluene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.92 (br s, IH), 7.55 (m, IH), 7.17 (dd, J=7.6, 7.2 Hz, IH), 7.08 (m, IH), 7.07 (m, IH), 7.03-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.92 (m, IH), 6.89 (m, IH), 3.62 (dd, J=7.7, 5.3 Hz, IH), 3.57 (br s, IH), 3.27 (dd, J=7.0, 5.3 Hz, IH), 2.36 (d, J=I .2 Hz, 3H), 2.20 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.90 (d, J=7.7 Hz, IH), 1.82 (s, 3H), 1.72 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 93
Figure imgf000141_0002
105091 (±V1.2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2.4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylethynyl]quinoline (Compound 304). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 4-iodobenzotrifluoride using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.95 (br s, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.41 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (m, IH), 7.19 (t, J=7.4 Hz, IH), 7.13 (q, J=0.6 Hz, IH), 6.97- 6.94 (m, 3H), 3.63-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.23 (qd, J=7.0, 5.6 Hz, I H), 2.39 (d, J=I .0 Hz, 3H), 2.21 (d, J=0.6 Hz, 3H), 1.94 (d, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 1.70 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 94
Figure imgf000142_0001
[0510] (±)-5-(3-Chloro-2-methylphenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy- 2,2,4α.8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 305). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 2-chloro-6-iodotoluene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.89 (br s, IH), 7.56 (m, IH), 7.17 (t, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 7.08 (s, IH), 6.94-6.90 (m, 2H), 6.79 (dd, J=7.8, 1.0 Hz, IH), 3.61 (dd, J=7.6, 5.2 Hz, IH), 3.59 (br s, IH), 3.25 (m, IH), 2.37 (d, J=I.0 Hz, 3H), 2.20 (m, 3H), 1.91 (d, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 1.86 (s, 3H), 1.70 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 95
Figure imgf000142_0002
105111 (±V5-(2-Acetylphenylethvnvn-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2,4α,8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 306). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 3-iodoacetophenone using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.00 (br s, IH), 7.77 (m, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.31-7.17 (m, 4H), 7.14-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.97 (s, IH), 3.65-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, IH), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.96 (d, J=6.3 Hz, IH), 1.71 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 96
Figure imgf000143_0001
10512] a)-1.2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2.4α.8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-5-r3-(trifluoromethyl)phenylethvnvnquinoline (Compound 307). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 3-iodobenzotrifiuoride using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.95 (br s, IH), 7.61 (dd, J=7.3, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.41 (m, IH), 7.28 (m, IH), 7.22 (m, IH), 7.20 (t, J=7.2 Hz, IH), 7.13 (s, IH), 7.07 (m, IH), 6.97-6.94 (m, 2H), 3.61 (dd, J=7.2, 5.6 Hz, IH), 3.60 (br s, IH), 3.23 (dd, J=6.9, 5.6 Hz, IH), 2.39 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.21 (m, 3H), 1.94 (d, J=7.2 Hz, IH), 1.70 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 97
Figure imgf000143_0002
fO5131 (±)-1.2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-r3- methylindol-7-yl)-5-f2-(trifluoromethyl)phenylethvnyl]quinoline (Compound 308). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 2-iodobenzotrifluoride using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.95 (br s, IH), 7.59 (m, IH), 7.52 (m, IH), 7.25-7.18 (m, 4H), 7.11 (s, IH), 6.93 (br s, IH), 6.41 (m, IH), 3.60 (dd, J=7.6, 5.5 Hz, IH), 3.59 (br s, IH), 3.22 (qd, J=6.9, 5.5 Hz, IH), 2.38 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.79 (d, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 1.64 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 98
Figure imgf000144_0001
[05141 (±)-5-(2-Fluorophenylethvnyl)-1.2.3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2.4α.8- tetramethyl-6-(3-rnethylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 309). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 2-fluoro-l-iodobenzene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.98 (br s, IH), 7.58 (m, IH), 7.28 (dd, J=7.3, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.19 (dd, J=7.7, 7.3 Hz, IH), 7.16 (m, IH), 7.12 (m, IH), 6.98-6.93 (m, 2H), 6.91 (td, J=7.5, 1.1 Hz, IH), 6.65 (t, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 3.61 (dd, J=7.8, 5.3 Hz, IH), 3.58 (br s, IH), 3.27 (qd, J=6.9, 5.3 Hz, IH), 2.38 (d, J=I.2 Hz, 3H), 2.20 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.86 (d, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 1.70 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 99
Figure imgf000144_0002
[05151 (±)-5-(3-Fluorophenylethvnvn-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3B-hvdroxy-2.2.4α.8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 310). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 3-fluoro-l-iodobenzene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.96 (br s, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.24 (m, IH), 7.20 (t, J=7.4 Hz, IH), 7.15-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.96 (q, J=LO Hz, IH), 6.88 (tdd, J=8.5, 2.6, 1.0 Hz, IH), 6.70 (ddd, J=7.6, 1.3, 1.0 Hz, IH), 6.51 (ddd, J=9.6, 2.6, 1.3 Hz, IH), 3.60 (dd, J=7.5, 5.6 Hz, IH), 3.59 (br s, IH), 3.22 (qd, J=7.0, 5.6 Hz, IH), 2.39 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.20 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.92 (d, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 1.69 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 100
Figure imgf000145_0001
[05161 (±)-5-(2-Acetylphenylethvnvn-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2.4α.8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 31 1). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 2-iodoacetophenone using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.95 (br s, IH), 7.58-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, IH), 7.24 (m, IH), 7.21 (m, IH), 7.16 (t, J=7.4 Hz, IH), 7.08 (m, IH), 6.91 (m, IH), 6.83 (m, IH), 3.62 (m, IH), 3.59 (br s, IH), 3.29 (m, IH), 2.36 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 3H), 2.20 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 1.99 (m, IH), 1.69 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 101
Figure imgf000145_0002
[05171 (±H.23,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-5-r2-(hydroxymethyl)phenylethynyl1- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 312). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 2-iodobenzylalcohol using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.92 (br s, IH), 7.62 (m, IH), 7.25-7.1 1 (m, 6H), 7.05 (m, IH), 6.95 (m, IH), 5.29 (m, IH), 3.84 (m, 2H), 3.62 (dd, J=6.7, 5.6 Hz, IH), 3.59 (br s, I H), 3.26 (m, IH), 2.38 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.94 (d, J=6.7 Hz, IH), 1.72 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 102
Figure imgf000146_0001
[05181 (±)-l,2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yQ-5-(p-tolylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 313). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 4-iodotoluene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.99 (s, IH), 7.58 (d, J=7.7 Hz, IH), 7.25 (d, J=7.4 Hz, IH), 7.19 (dd, J=7.7, 7.4 Hz, IH), 7.11 (s, IH), 6.98 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.95 (d, J=LO Hz, IH), 6.81 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.62 (d, J=5.1 Hz, IH), 3.24 (m, IH), 2.39 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.71 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 103
Figure imgf000146_0002
[0519] (±)-5-(3,5-Dimethylphenylethynyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 314). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 5-iodo-w-xylene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.00 (s, IH), 7.59 (dd, J=7.6, 0.8 Hz, IH), 7.23 (dd, 3=73, 0.8 Hz, IH), 7.20 (dd, J=7.6, 7.3 Hz, IH), 7.10 (s, IH), 6.96 (m, IH), 6.81 (m, IH), 6.45 (m, 2H), 3.62-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.23 (m, IH), 2.40 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 6H), 1.91 (m, IH), 1.71 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 104
Figure imgf000147_0001
[05201 (±)-5-(2,4-Dimethylphenylethvnyl)-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 315). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 5-iodo-w-xylene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.00 (s, IH), 7.58 (dd, J=7.8, 0.8 Hz, IH), 7.24 (dd, J=7.4, 0.8 Hz, IH), 7.19 (dd, J=7.8, 7.4 Hz, IH), 7.10 (s, IH), 6.95 (m, IH), 6.92 (d, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 6.69 (dd, J=7.8, 1.6 Hz, IH), 6.56 (m, IH), 3.65-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.23 (m, IH), 2.39 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.19 (d, J=0.6 Hz, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 1.70 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000148_0001
[0521| (±)-5-(2,4-Difluorophenylethvnyl)-L2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 316). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 3,5-difluoro-l-iodobenzene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.92 (s, IH), 7.61 (m, IH), 7.21 (m, IH), 7.20 (t, J=6.9 Hz, IH), 7.13 (s, IH), 6.96 (q, J=I .0 Hz, IH), 6.64 (tt, J=9.0, 2.3 Hz, IH), 6.36-6.30 (m, 2H), 3.60 (d, J=5.6 Hz, IH), 3.19 (qd, J=6.9, 5.6 Hz, IH), 2.40 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 3H), 2.21 (d, J=0.6 Hz, 3H), 1.68 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 106
Figure imgf000148_0002
[0522] (±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hydroxy-5-(2-isopropylphenylethvnyl)- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 317). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 2-iodo-l-isopropylbenzene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.90 (s, IH), 7.57 (m, IH), 7.20-7.14 (m, 3H), 7.09 (d, J=7.7 Hz, IH), 7.05 (m, IH), 7.02-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.92 (br s, IH), 3.62 (d, J=5.2 Hz, IH), 3.27 (qd, J=7.0, 5.2 Hz, IH), 2.36 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.19 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.72 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.60 (m, IH), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 0.86 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.80 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). EXAMPLE 107
Figure imgf000149_0001
f 05231 (±)-5-(4-Fluorophenylethvnyl)-L2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α.8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 318). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 4-fluoro-l-iodobenzene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.98 (br s, IH), 7.58 (ddd, J=7.5, 1.3, 0.6 Hz, IH), 7.25 (dd, J=7.5, 1.3 Hz, IH), 7.19 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.11 (q, J=0.5 Hz, IH), 6.95 (q, J=LO Hz, IH), 6.87-6.84 (m, 4H), 3.63-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.22 (m, IH), 2.39 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.20 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.92 (m, IH), 1.69 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 108
Figure imgf000149_0002
[0524] (±)-5-(2-Fluoro-5-methylphenylethvnyl)-L2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hydroxy- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 319). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 4-fluoro-3-iodotoluene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.98 (s, IH), 7.59 (dd, J=7.7, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.25 (dd, J=7.3, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.20 (dd, J=7.7, 7.3 Hz, IH), 7.11 (q, J=0.5 Hz, IH), 6.96 (q, J=Ll Hz, IH), 6.93 (ddd, J=8.6, 5.2, 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.82 (t, J=8.6 Hz, IH), 6.28 (m, IH), 3.60 (d, J=5.4 Hz, IH), 3.26 (qd, J=7.1, 5.4 Hz, IH), 2.39 (d, J=Ll Hz, 3H), 2.20 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 1.70 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 109
Figure imgf000150_0001
fO5251 (±)-1.2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-3B-hvdroxy-5-r3-fhvdroxymethvnphenylethvnvn- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-rnethylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 320). This compound was prepared from (±)-S-ethynyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 3-iodobenzyl alcohol using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.99 (s, IH), 7.59 (m, IH), 7.25 (m, IH), 7.19 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.19 (m, IH), 7.16 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.11 (m, IH), 6.96 (q, J=LO Hz, IH), 6.85 (m, IH), 6.77 (m, IH), 4.56 (s, 2H), 3.60 (d, J=5.5 Hz, IH), 3.24 (qd, J=6.9, 5.5 Hz, IH), 2.40 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.20 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.92 (m, IH), 1.71 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 110
Figure imgf000150_0002
|0526| (±)-5-(3-Chloro-2-fluorophenylethvnyl)-1.2.3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hydroxy- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 321). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 3-chloro-2-fluoro-l-iodobenzene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.95 (s, IH), 7.58 (m, IH), 7.26 (dd, J=7.2, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.24-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.13 (q, J=0.7 Hz, IH), 6.95 (q, J=Ll Hz, IH), 6.84 (td, J=7.8, 1.1 Hz, IH), 6.50 (m, J=7.8, 6.2, 1.3 Hz, IH), 3.60 (d, J=5.2 Hz, IH), 3.59 (br s, IH), 3.25 (qd, J=7.0, 5.2 Hz, IH), 2.38 (d, J=Ll Hz, 3H), 2.21 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 3H), 1.87 (m, IH), 1.70 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 111
Figure imgf000151_0001
[0527] (±)-5-(2-Fluoro-3-methylphenylethvnyl)-L2Λ4-tetrahvdro-3β-hydroxy- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 322). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 3-bromo-2-fluorotoluene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.98 (s, IH), 7.57 (m, IH), 7.28 (m, IH), 7.19 (dd, J=7.6, 7.3 Hz, IH), 7.12 (s, IH), 7.01 (m, IH), 6.94 (q, J=LO Hz, IH), 6.79 (t, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 6.46 (m, IH), 3.61 (t, J=5.4 Hz, IH), 3.27 (qd, J=7.1, 5.4 Hz, IH), 2.38 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.21 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 3H), 2.20 (d, J=0.6 Hz, 3H), 1.87 (m, IH), 1.71 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 1 12
Figure imgf000151_0002
[0528] (±)-5-(3-Cvanophenylethvnyl)-L2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 323). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 3-iodobenzonitrile using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.93 (br s, IH), 7.62 (m, IH), 7.43 (m, IH), 7.30-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.13 (s, IH), 7.09 (m, IH), 6.98-6.93 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.20 (m, IH), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.94 (d, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 1.69 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 1 13
Figure imgf000152_0001
[05291 (±)-5-f5-Difluoromethyl-2-fluorophenylethvnyl)-l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β- hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 324). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 2-bromo-4-(difluoromethyl)-l- fluorobenzene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.96 (br s, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.35-7.16 (m, 3H), 7.13 (s, IH), 7.03 (t, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 6.96 (s, IH), 6.58 (m, IH), 6.43 (t, J=56.6 Hz, IH), 3.60 (m, IH), 3.25 (m, IH), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.89 (m, IH), 1.70 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 114
Figure imgf000152_0002
[05301 (±)-1.2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2.4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-5-(3-propionylphenylethvnyl)quinoline (Compound 325). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 3-bromopropiophenone using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.00 (br s, IH), 7.78 (d, J=8.1 Hz, IH), 7.61 (m, IH), 7.34-7.17 (m, 4H), 7.14-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.97 (s, IH), 3.61 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, IH), 2.86 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.94 (m, I H), 1.72 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H), 1.21 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H).
EXAMPLE 115
Figure imgf000153_0001
[05311 (±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-5- (phenylethvnyl)quinoline (Compound 326).
Figure imgf000153_0002
[0532] (±)-5-Ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline. This compound was prepared from (±)-6-bromo-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4- tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole using General Method 12 (EXAMPLE 52).
[05331 (±)-l,2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2.2.4α,8-tetramethyl-5- (phenylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 326). This compound was prepared from (±)-5- ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(indol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and iodobenzene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.27 (s, IH), 7.65 (m, IH), 7.24 (m, IH), 7.21-7.14 (m, 5H), 7.12 (q, J=0.6 Hz, IH), 6.88 (m, 2H), 6.62 (dd, J=3.2, 2.1 Hz, IH), 3.61 (dd, J=7.7, 5.5 Hz, IH), 3.59 (br s, IH), 3.26 (dq, J=5.5, 7.0 Hz, IH), 2.21 (d, J=0.6 Hz, 3H), 1.92 (d, J=7.7 Hz, IH), 1.72 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 116
Figure imgf000154_0001
105341 (±V1.2,3,4-Tetrahvdro-2,2,4α.8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-ylV3β- phenylcarbamoyloxy-5-(m-tolylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 327). This compound was prepared from Compound 301 and phenyl isocyanate using General Method 5 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.99 (br s, IH), 7.59 (d, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 7.46-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, IH), 7.19 (m, IH), 7.14 (s, IH), 7.06 (m, IH), 7.04 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.00-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.75-6.72 (m, 2H), 6.59 (m, IH), 5.08 (d, J=5.0 Hz, IH), 3.61 (br s, IH), 3.40 (qd, J=7.2, 5.0 Hz, IH), 2.39 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.71 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (s, 3H), 1.27 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 117
Figure imgf000154_0002
[05351 (±V7-Fluoro- 1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3 β-hvdroxy-2.2,4α-trimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-vD-5-(m-tolylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 328).
Figure imgf000154_0003
[0536] 5-Chloro-7-fluoro-l,2-dihydro-2,2,4,8-tetramethylquinoline was prepared from 3-chloro-5-fluoroaniline using General Method 1 (EXAMPLE 1).
Figure imgf000155_0001
[0537] 5-Cyano-7-fluoro-l,2-dihydro-2,2,4-trimethylquinoline was prepared from 5-chloro-l,2-dihydro-2,2,4,8-tetramethylquinoline using General Method 18 (EXAMPLE 90).
Figure imgf000155_0002
[0538] (±)-5-Cyano-7-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline is made from 5-cyano-7-fluoro-l,2-dihydro-2,2,4-trimethylquinoline using General Method 2 (EXAMPLE 1).
Figure imgf000155_0003
[0539] (±)-7-Fluoro-5-formyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline was prepared from (±)-5-cyano-7-fluoro- 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydro-3 β-hydroxy- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline using General Method 19 (EXAMPLE 90).
Figure imgf000155_0004
[0540] (±)-5-Ethynyl-7-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline was prepared from (±)-7-fluoro-5-forrnyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline using General Method 20 (EXAMPLE 90).
Figure imgf000155_0005
[0541 ] (±)-6-Bromo-5-ethyny 1-7-fluoro- 1 ,2,3 ,4-tetrahydro-3 β-hydroxy-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-7-fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy- 2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline using General Method 3 (EXAMPLE 1).
Figure imgf000156_0001
[0542] (±)-5-Ethynyl-7-fiuoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7- yl)-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline. This compound was prepared from (±)-6-bromo-5-ethyny 1-7- fluoro- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α-trimethylquinoline and 3-methyl-7-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole using General Method 12 (EXAMPLE 52).
Figure imgf000156_0002
[05431 (±)-7-Fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2,2,4α-trimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yπ-5-(m-tolylethynvπquinoline (Compound 328). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α- trimethylquinoline and 3-iodotoluene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.83 (br s, 0.5H), 7.82 (br s, 0.5H), 7.63 (m, IH), 7.28 (m, 0.5H), 7.25 (m, 0.5H), 7.21 (m, 0.5H), 7.20 (m, 0.5H), 7.06 (m, 0.5H), 7.05 (m, 0.5H), 7.01 (m, IH), 6.97 (q, J=LO Hz, 0.5H), 6.94 (q, J=LO Hz, 0.5H), 6.73 (m, IH), 6.59 (m, IH), 6.39 (d, J=IOJ Hz, 0.5H), 6.38 (d, J=IOJ Hz, 0.5H), 3.78 (br s, IH), 3.58 (m, IH), 3.15 (m, IH), 2.39 (d, J=LO Hz, 1.5H), 2.39 (d, J=LO Hz, 1.5H), 2.22 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 3H), 1.91 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 0.5H), 1.87 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 0.5H), 1.68 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1.5H), 1.67 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1.5H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 1.5H), 1.22 (s, 1.5H). EXAMPLE 118
Figure imgf000157_0001
[05441 f±)-6-(3.5-Dimethylisoxazol-4-vn-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-5-(m-tolylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 329).
Figure imgf000157_0002
[0545] (±)-6-(3,5-Dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-5-ethynyI-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β- hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline. This compound was prepared from (±)-6-bromo-5- ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 3,5-dimethyl-4- (4,4,5, 5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)isoxazole using General Method 12 (EXAMPLE 52).
Figure imgf000157_0003
[0546] This compound was prepared from (±)-6-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-5- ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 3-iodotoluene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.18 (m, IH), 7.13-7.08 (m, 3H), 6.78 (s, IH), 3.57 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m, IH), 2.34 (s, 1.5H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 1.5H), 2.25 (s, 1.5H), 2.21 (s, 1.5H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 1.67 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1.5H), 1.67 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1.5H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 1 19
Figure imgf000158_0001
[05471 (±)-1.2.3.4-Tetrahydro-3β-hvdroxy-2,2,4α.8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-vπ-5-r(thiophen-2-yl)ethvnyllquinoline (Compound 330).
Figure imgf000158_0002
[0548] (±)- 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3 β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-5-[(thiophen-2- yl)ethynyl]quinoline. This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 2-iodothiophene using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90).
Figure imgf000158_0003
[0549] (±)-6-Bromo-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-5- [(thiophen-2-yl)ethynyl]quinoline. This compound was prepared from (±)-l, 2,3,4- tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-5-[(thiophen-2-yl)ethynyl]quinoline using
General Method 3 (EXAMPLE 1).
Figure imgf000159_0001
r05501 (±)- 1.2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-3 β-hydroxy-2.2.4α, 8-tetramethy l-6-(3 - methylindol-7-yπ-5-f(thiophen-2-vπethvnyl1quinoline (Compound 330). This compound was prepared from (±)-6-bromo- 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethy 1-5- [(thiophen-2-yl)ethynyl]quinoline and 3-methyl-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)indole using General Method 12 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.97 (br s, IH), 7.57 (d, J=7.4 Hz, IH), 7.25 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.4 Hz, IH), 7.14 (dd, J=5.2, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.1 1 (s, IH), 6.96 (m, IH), 6.85 (dd, J=5.2, 3.6 Hz, IH), 6.72 (dd, J=3.6, 1.0 Hz, IH), 3.62-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m, IH), 2.38 (d, J=0.6 Hz, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.91 (d, J=7.6 Hz, I H), 1.67 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 120
Figure imgf000159_0002
[0551] (±)-l,2,3.4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-5-[(thiophen-3-yl)ethynvπquinoline (Compound 331). This compound was prepared from from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 3-iodothiophene using the sequence described for Compound 330 (EXAMPLE 1 19, General Methods 21, 3, and 12) to afford Compound 331. 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.99 (br s, IH), 7.57 (m, IH), 7.24 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.4 Hz, IH), 7.12 (dd, J=5.0, 3.0 Hz, IH), 7.10 (s, IH), 6.96 (m, IH), 6.92 (dd, J=3.0, 1.0 Hz, IH), 6.63 (dd, J=5.0, 1.0 Hz, IH), 3.59 (dd, J=7.3, 5.5 Hz, IH), 3.57 (br s, IH), 3.21 (m, IH), 2.39 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 1.92 (d, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 1.69 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 121
Figure imgf000160_0001
fO552] (±V1.2.3,4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2.4α.8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-vπ-5-r(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)ethvnyllquinoline (Compound 332). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 2-iodo-5-methylthiophene using the sequence described for Compound 330 (EXAMPLE 119, General Methods 21, 3, and 12) to afford Compound 332. 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.96 (br s, IH), 7.56 (dd, J=7.7, 0.9 Hz, IH), 7.25 (m, IH), 7.18 (dd, J=7.7, 7.3 Hz, IH), 7.10 (q, J=0.5 Hz, IH), 6.96 (q, J=LO Hz, IH), 6.53 (d, J=3.6 Hz, IH), 6.50 (dq, J=3.6, 1.0 Hz, IH), 3.59 (dd, J=7.8, 5.5 Hz, IH), 3.56 (br s, IH), 3.17 (qd, J=7.1, 5.5 Hz, IH), 2.39 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.38 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.19 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.88 (d, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 1.66 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 122
Figure imgf000160_0002
rO5531 (±)-L2.3,4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2.4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-5-(3-morpholinophenylethvnyl)quinoline (Compound 333). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 4-(3-bromobenzoyl)morpholine using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.02 (s, IH), 7.56 (m, IH), 7.23 (m, IH), 7.19 (t, J=7.4 Hz, IH), 7.09 (s, IH), 7.08 (dd, J=8.3, 7.6 Hz, IH), 6.97 (m, IH), 6.74 (ddd, J=8.3, 2.2, 0.7 Hz, IH), 6.60 (ddd, J=7.6, 1.4, 0.7 Hz, IH), 6.15 (dd, J=2.2, 1.4 Hz, IH), 3.84 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 4H), 3.60 (dd, J=6.8, 5.5 Hz, IH), 3.25 (m, IH), 3.01 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 4H), 2.36 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.91 (m, IH), 1.71 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 123
Figure imgf000161_0001
[0554] (±)- 1 ,2,3 ,4-Tetrahydro-3 β-hydroxy-5 -(3 -hydroxypheny lethyny l)-2,2,4α, 8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 334). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 3-iodophenol using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.98 (s, IH), 7.58 (d, J=7.7 Hz, IH), 7.25 (m, IH), 7.19 (dd, J=7.7, 7.3 Hz, IH), 7.09 (s, IH), 7.03 (t, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 6.95 (q, J=LO Hz, IH), 6.67 (ddd, J=8.0, 2.5, 1.0 Hz, IH), 6.53 (m, IH), 6.28 (dd, J=2.5, 1.5 Hz, IH), 3.61 (d, J=5.3 Hz, IH), 3.18 (qd, J=7.1, 5.3 Hz, IH), 2.39 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.19 (d, J=0.4 Hz, 3H), 1.68 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 124
Figure imgf000161_0002
[05551 (±)-5-(3-Aminophenylethvnyl)-L2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2.4α.8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 335). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 3-iodoaniline using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.00 (s, IH), 7.58 (d, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 7.25 (m, IH), 7.19 (dd, J=7.6, 7.3 Hz, IH), 7.10 (q, J=0.5 Hz, IH), 6.96 (q, J=I.0 Hz, IH), 6.95 (t, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 6.52 (ddd, JM8.0, 2.3, 1.0 Hz, IH), 6.39 (m, IH), 6.12 (dd, J=2.3, 1.5 Hz, IH), 3.60 (d, J=5.5 Hz, I H), 3.23 (qd, J=7.0, 5.5 Hz, IH), 2.39 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.19 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.70 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 125
Figure imgf000162_0001
105561 (±)-1.2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2,2.4α.8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-5-r(3-methylthiophen-2-yl)ethvnyllquinoline (Compound 336). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 2-bromo-3-methylthiophene using the sequence described for Compound 330 (EXAMPLE 1 19, General Methods 21, 3, and 12) to afford Compound 336. 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.92 (s, IH), 7.54 (d, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 7.22 (dd, J=7.2, 0.8 Hz, IH), 7.16 (dd, J=7.6, 7.2 Hz, IH), 7.08 (s, IH), 7.03 (d, J=5.0 Hz, IH), 6.93 (q, J=L l Hz, IH), 6.67 (d, J=5.0 Hz, IH), 3.60 (dd, J=7.8, 5.3 Hz, IH), 3.57 (s, IH), 3.21 (qd, J=6.9, 5.3 Hz, IH), 2.36 (d, J=Ll Hz, 3H), 2.19 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.90 (d, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 1.72 (s, 3H), 1.69 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 126
Figure imgf000162_0002
fO557| (±H.2.3.4-Tetrahydro-3β-hvdroxy-2,2,4α.8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-5-[(pyrimidin-2-yl)ethynyllquinoline (Compound 337). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 2-bromo-pyrimidine using the sequence described for Compound 330 (EXAMPLE 1 19, General Methods 21, 3, and 12) to afford Compound 337. 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.00 (s, IH), 7.67 (m, IH), 7.56-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.36 (m, IH), 7.19 (d, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 7.14 (m, IH), 7.10 (t, J=4.9 Hz, IH), 6.94 (m, IH), 3.62-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.29 (m, IH), 2.33 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.20 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.81 (m, IH), 1.72 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 127
Figure imgf000163_0001
[05581 (±)-L2,3,4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-5-[(pyridin-3-yl)ethynyl]quinoline (Compound 338). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 3-iodo-pyridine using the sequence described for Compound 330 (EXAMPLE 1 19, General Methods 21, 3, and 12) to afford Compound 338. 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.39 (m, IH), 8.14 (m, IH), 7.94 (m, IH), 7.59 (m, IH), 7.24 (m, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.17-7.1 1 (m, 3H), 6.96 (m, IH), 3.64-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.23 (m, IH), 2.39 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.21 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.92 (m, IH), 1.70 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 128
Figure imgf000163_0002
[0559] (^-S^S-Acetyl-∑-fluorophenylethvnylVL∑J^-tetrahydro-Sβ-hydroxy- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 339). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl- 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3 β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 3-bromo-4-fluoroacetophenone using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.00 (br s, I H), 7.80 (ddd, J=8.8, 5.1, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.60 (dd, J=7.3, 1.5 Hz, I H), 7.26 (dd, J=7.3, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.21 (t, J=7.3 Hz, I H), 7.12 (m, IH), 7.06 (dd, J=6.6, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.03 (t, J=8.8 Hz, IH), 6.97 (q, J=LO Hz, IH), 3.65-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.26 (qd, J=6.9, 5.5 Hz, IH), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.37 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.21 (d, J=0.6 Hz, 3H), 1.91 (m, IH), 1.71 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 129
Figure imgf000164_0001
105601 (±)-L2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2,2,4α.8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-5-(3-sulfamoylphenylethynyl)quinoline (Compound 340). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 3-bromo-benzenesulfbnamide using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.98 (br s, IH), 7.70 (m, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.39 (t, J=I .6 Hz, IH), 7.29 (t, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 7.24 (m, IH), 7.20 (t, J=7.2 Hz, IH), 7.12 (s, IH), 7.00 (m, IH), 6.97 (m, IH), 4.81 (s, 2H), 3.61 (d, J=5.6 Hz, IH), 3.61 (br s, IH), 3.22 (qd, J=6.9, 5.7 Hz, IH), 2.39 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.69 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 130
Figure imgf000164_0002
[05611 f±)-1.2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2.4α.8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-5-[3-(l-morpholinocarbonyl)phenylethynyl]quinoline (Compound 341 ). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 4-(3-bromobenzoyl)morpholine using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.97 (m, IH), 7.59 (m, IH), 7.24-7.21 (m, 3H), 7.19 (t, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 7.11 (s, IH), 6.99-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.80 (m, IH), 3.83-3.71 (m, 4H), 3.61 (d, J=5.3 Hz, IH), 3.54 (m, 2H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 3.23 (m, IH), 2.38 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.69 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 131
Figure imgf000165_0001
fO5621 (±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2,4α.8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yD-5-(3-diethylsulfamoylphenylethvnv0quinoline (Compound 342). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3- rnethylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetrarnethylquinoline and 3-bromo-N,N- diethylbenzenesulfonamide using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.96 (br s, IH), 7.63-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.32 (t, J= 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.31-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.19 (t, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 7.12 (s, IH), 7.02-6.96 (m, 2H), 3.61 (d, J=5.4 Hz, IH), 3.23 (m, IH), 3.15 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.69 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H), 1.10 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 6H).
EXAMPLE 132
Figure imgf000165_0002
[0563] (±)-5-r(2-Acetylthiophen-3-vπethvnyl1-U2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy- 2,2,4α,8-tetrarnethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 343). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 2-acetyl-3-iodothiophene using the sequence described for Compound 330 (EXAMPLE 119, General Methods 21, 3, and 12) to afford Compound 343. 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.87 (s, IH), 7.54 (d, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 7.37 (d, J=5.0 Hz, IH), 7.16 (m, IH), 7.14 (m, IH), 7.06 (s, IH), 6.92 (m, IH), 6.69 (m, IH), 3.63-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.22 (m, IH), 2.35 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.97 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 1.88 (s, 3H), 1.70 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 133
Figure imgf000166_0001
[0564] (±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-5-(3-methoxyphenylethynyl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 344). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 3-iodoanisole using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.01 (br s, IH), 7.57 (m, IH), 7.24 (m, IH), 7.19 (t, J=7.4 Hz, IH), 7.10 (m, IH), 7.08 (dd, J=8.3, 7.7 Hz, IH), 6.97 (q, J=LO Hz, IH), 6.74 (ddd, J=8.3, 2.7, 1.0 Hz, IH), 6.62 (ddd, J=7.7, 1.3, 1.0 Hz, IH), 6.24 (dd, J=2.7, 1.3 Hz, IH), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.60 (dd, J=7.5, 5.5 Hz, IH), 3.58 (s, IH), 3.24 (qd, J=7.0, 5.5 Hz, IH), 2.37 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.20 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.91 (d, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 1.71 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 134
Figure imgf000167_0001
fO565] C--:')-l,2,3,4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2,2,4α.8-tetramethyl-5-r3- (methylamino)phenylethvnyll-6-(3-rnethylindol-7-v0quinoline (Compound 345). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 3-bromo-N-methylaniline using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.02 (br s, IH), 7.57 (m, IH), 7.25 (m, IH), 7.19 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.10 (s, IH), 6.98 (dd, J=8.2, 7.6 Hz, IH), 6.97 (m, IH), 6.45 (ddd, J=8.2, 2.4, 0.8 Hz, IH), 6.41 (ddd, J=7.6, 1.4, 0.8 Hz, IH), 5.97 (dd, J=2.4, 1.4 Hz, IH), 3.60 (d, J=5.3 Hz, IH), 3.58 (m, IH), 3.25 (m, IH), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.37 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.71 (d, J-7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 135
Figure imgf000167_0002
[0566] (±)- 1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3 β-hydroxy-5- { [2-( 1 -methoxy iminoethy Dthiophen- 3-yl1ethynyl}-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 346). This compound was prepared by treatment of Compound 343 (EXAMPLE 132) (10 mg, 0.021 mmol), O-methyl hydroxylamine hydrochloride (18 mg, 0.22 mmol), NaOAc (17 mg, 0.21 mmol) in ethanol (4 mL) heated at 60 0C for 15 h to afford Compound 346 as a 2:1 mixture of isomers. 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.90 (br s, IH), 7.55 (m, IH), 7.19 (m, IH), 7.15 (t, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 7.05 (m, IH), 7.00 (d, J=5.1 Hz, IH), 6.92 (s, IH), 6.47 (m, IH), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.62-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.18 (m, IH), 2.36 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 3H), 2.19 (d, J=0.5 Hz, 3H), 1.78 (s, 3H), 1.66 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 136
Figure imgf000168_0001
[05671 (±V 1 ,2,3 ,4-Tetrahvdro-3 β-hydroxy-2,2,4α, 8-tetramethyl-6-(3 - methylindol-7-v0-5-r(5-methylthiophen-3-yl)ethynyllquinoline (Compound 347). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and 4-bromo-2-methylthiophene using the sequence described for Compound 330 (EXAMPLE 119, General Methods 21, 3, and 12) to afford Compound 347. 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.99 (br s, IH), 7.57 (d, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 7.24 (m, IH), 7.18 (m, IH), 7.10 (s, IH), 6.97 (m, IH), 6.69 (m, IH), 6.27 (m, IH), 3.59 (m, IH), 3.57 (s, IH), 3.20 (qn, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 2.39 (m, 3H), 2.36 (m, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 1.89 (d, J=7.1 Hz, IH), 1.68 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 137
Figure imgf000168_0002
[05681 (-t:)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-5-r2-(methoxycarbonylthiophen-3- yl)ethynyl1-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 348). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline and methyl 3-(iodothiophen-2-yl)carboxylate using the sequence described for Compound 330 (EXAMPLE 119, General Methods 21, 3, and 12) to afford Compound 348. 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.04 (br s, IH), 7.57 (d, J=7.7 Hz, IH), 7.24 (m, IH), 7.22 (d, J=5.1 Hz, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.7 Hz, IH), 7.10 (s, IH), 6.92 (m, IH), 6.14 (d, J=5.1 Hz, IH), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.62 (m, IH), 3.37 (qd, J=6.9, 5.4 Hz, IH), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.20 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 1.70 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 138
Figure imgf000169_0001
[05691 (±)-5-f3-fEthoxycarbonylthiophen-2-yl)ethvnyll-L2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3B- hvdroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 349).
Figure imgf000169_0002
[0570] (±)-5-[3-(Ethoxycarbonylthiophen-2-yl)ethynyl]-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β- hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline. This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and ethyl 2-(bromothiophen-3- yl)carboxylate using General Method 21 (EXAMPLE 90).
Figure imgf000169_0003
[0571] (±)-6-Bromo-5-[3-(ethoxycarbonylthiophen-2-yl)ethynyl]- 1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline. This compound was prepared from (±)-5-[3-(ethoxycarbonylthiophen-2-yl)ethynyl]-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8- tetramethylquinoline using General Method 3 (EXAMPLE 1).
Figure imgf000170_0001
[0572] (±V5-r3-(Ethoxycarbonylthiophen-2-vnethvnyll-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3B- hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetrarnethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 349). This compound was prepared from (±)-6-bromo-5-[3-(ethoxycarbonylthiophen-2-yl)ethynyl]- 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 3-methyl-7-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole using General Method 12 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.02 (s, IH), 7.56 (d, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 7.31 (d, J=5.3 Hz, IH), 7.25 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.6 Hz, I H), 7.1 1 (s, I H), 7.03 (d, J=5.3 Hz, IH), 6.93 (s, IH), 4.27 (m, 2H), 3.60 (d, J=5.4 Hz, IH), 3.33 (m, IH), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.68 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.29 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 139
Figure imgf000170_0002
[0573] (±)-1.2.3.4-Tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2.4α.8-tetramethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-vD-5-[(pyridin-2-vDethvnγl1quinoline (Compound 350). This compound was prepared from (±)-5-ethynyl-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline and 2-iodopyridine using the sequence described for Compound 330 (EXAMPLE 1 19, General Methods 21, 3, and 12) to afford Compound 350. 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.47 (d, J=4.8 Hz, IH), 7.58 (d, J=7.7 Hz, IH), 7.42 (td, J=7.7, 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.27 (m, IH), 7.19 (dd, J=7.7, 7.4 Hz, IH), 7.09 (s, IH), 7.07 (ddd, J=7.7, 4.8, 1.1 Hz, IH), 6.96 (m, IH), 6.48 (m, IH), 3.53 (m, 2H), 3.17 (m, IH), 2.38 (d, J=I .0 Hz, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 1.80 (m, IH), 1.69 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.14 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 140
Figure imgf000171_0001
[0574] (±)-6-(3,5-DimethvHsoxazol-4-yl)-5-[3-(ethoxycarbonylthiophen-2- yl)ethvnyl1-l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline (Compound 351). This compound was prepared from (±)-6-bromo-5-[3-(ethoxycarbonylthiophen-2-yl)ethynyl]- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2,4α,8-tetramethylquinoline (EXAMPLE 138) and 3,5- dimethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)isoxazole using General Method 12 (EXAMPLE 52). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.40 (d, J=5.4 Hz, IH), 7.15 (d, J=5.3 Hz, IH), 6.78 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 4.34 (m, 2H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, IH), 2.35 (s, 1.5H), 2.31 (s, 1.5H), 2.24 (s, 1.5H), 2.19 (s, 1.5H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.65 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 3H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.33 (t, J=7.3Hz, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 141
Figure imgf000171_0002
[0575] (±)-l,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-5-[3-(hydroxymethyl)thiophen-2- yl]ethynyl]-2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 352). IM Lithium triethylborohydride in THF (0.62 ml, 0.62 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of Compound 349 (EXAMPLE 138) (30 mg, 0.059 mmol) in THF (5 ml) at -40 0C. The reaction was allowed to warm to 0 0C and stirred for 10 minutes. The reaction was poured into a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (10 ml), diluted with ethyl acetate (15 ml), the layers separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 χ 5 ml). The combined organics were washed with a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (30 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate :hexanes gave Compound 352 (11 mg, 40 %). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.84 (s, IH), 7.61 (m, IH), 7.22 (m, 2H), 7.1 1 (d, J=5.4 Hz, IH), 7.06 (s, IH), 6.96 (s, IH), 6.89 (d, J 5.4 Hz, IH), 4.31 (m, IH), 3.84 (m, 2H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.18 (m, IH), 2.38 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.96 (d, J=6.9Hz, IH), 1.68 (d, J=7.3Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 142
Figure imgf000172_0001
rO5761 (±)-5-r(3-Acetylthiophen-2-yl)ethvnyl1-1.2.3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy- 2,2,4α,8-tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 353) and (±)- 1,2,3,4- tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-5-{[3-(l-hydroxy-l-methvethyl)thiophen-2-yllethvnyl}-2,2,4α,8- tetramethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 354). 1.6 M Methyl lithium in Et2O (0.39 ml, 0.62 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of Compound 349 (30 mg, 0.059 mmol) in Et2O (5 ml) at -78 0C. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 15 minutes. The reaction was poured into a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (10 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 ml). The combined organics were washed with a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (30 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate:hexanes gave Compound 353 (4 mg, 14 %) and Compound 354 (12 mg, 41 %).
[0577] Compound 353: 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.86 (s, IH), 7.54 (m, IH), 7.31 (d, J=5.4 Hz, IH), 7.16 (m, 2H), 7.06 (m, 2H), 6.92 (s, I H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.20 (m, I H), 2.37 (d, J=I .0 Hz, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.83 (s, 3H), 1.68 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H).
[0578] Compound 354: 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.86 (s, IH), 7.55 (m, IH), 7.18 (d, J=5.8 Hz, IH), 7.03 (m, 2H), 6.93 (s, IH), 6.90 (d, J=5.4 Hz, IH), 3.60 (d, J 5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.16 (m, IH), 2.36 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.68 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H), 1.15 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 143
Figure imgf000173_0001
10579] (±)-4α-Benzylamino-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yl)-5J-difluoro-L2Λ4- tetrahvdro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dirnethylquinoline (Compound 401).
Figure imgf000173_0002
[0580] 5,7-Difluoro-l,2-dihydro-2,2-dimethy-l-(trifluoroacetyl)quinoline. This compound was prepared as follows. 5,7-Difluoro-l,2-dihydro-2,2-dimethylquinoline (EXAMPLE 52) (1.0 equiv) was dissolved in pyridine (4.0 equiv) in dichloromethane at 0 0C, then trifluoroacetic anhydride (1.5 equiv) was added over 0.5 h. Upon completion of addition, the reaction was stirred an additional 1.5 h and poured into water. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with IM HCl, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography gave 5,7-difluoro-l,2- dihydro-2,2-dimethy-l-(trifluoroacetyl)quinoline.
Figure imgf000173_0003
[0581] (±)-4α-Benzylamino-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2- dimethylquinoline. This compound was prepared as follows. To 5,7-difluoro-l,2-dihydro- 2,2-dimethy-l-(trifluoroacetyl)quinoline (150 mg, 0.52 mmol, 1 equiv) in dichloromethane (5.5 mL) at room temperature was added sodium bicarbonate (219 mg, 2.58 mmol, 5 equiv), followed by m-chloro(peroxy)benzoic acid (444 mg, 2.58 mmol). After 15 hours, the mixture was quenched with 5 mL of a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, resulting in an aqueous layer and a first organic layer. The first organic layer is collected and the aqueous layer is extracted with a second organic layer of dichloromethane. The first and second organic layers are combined and that combined organic layer is washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (silica gel) afforded a white, powder (76%). This material (2.66 mmol, 1 equiv) was treated with ethanol (25 mL) at room temperature, then benzylamine (2.32 mL, 21.3 mmol, 8 equiv) was added. The reaction was heated to reflux for 15 h, cooled to room temperature and diluted with 25 mL of ethyl acetate and washed with 50 mL of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution. The first organic layer is collected and the aqueous layer is extracted with a second organic layer of ethyl acetate. The first and second organic layers are combined and that combined organic layer is washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (silica gel) afforded (±)-4α-benzylamino-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylquinoline (73%).
Figure imgf000174_0001
rO5821 (±V4α-Benzylamino-6-(3-chloroindol-7-vn-5.7-difluoro-1.2.3.4- tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylquinoline (Compound 401). This compound was prepared from (±)-4α-benzylamino-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2- dimethylquinoline and 3-chloro-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole using General Methods 3 and 4 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.96 (br s, IH), 7.68 (m, IH), 7.33-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.27-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.17 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 6.24 (dd, J=I 1.0, 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.05 (br s, IH), 4.01 (d, J=8.8 Hz, IH), 3.74 (d, J=8.8 Hz, IH), 3.70 (d, J=12.7 Hz, IH), 3.65 (d, J=12.7 Hz, IH), 3.21 (br s, IH), 1.43 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 144
Figure imgf000175_0001
[05831 (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-ylV5J-difluoro-l,23,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy- 2,2-dimethyl-4α-F(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)aminolquinoline (Compound 402).
Figure imgf000175_0002
[0584] (±)-5,7-Difϊuoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-4α- [(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)amino]quinoline. This compound was prepared in a manner similar to (±)-4α-benzylamino-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylquinoline (EXAMPLE 143) except 2-(aminomethyl)thiophene was used instead of benzylamine.
[0585| (±)-6-(3-Chloroindol-7-yl)-5J-difluoro-1.23.4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy- 2,2-dimethyl-4α-[(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)amino1quinoline (Compound 402). This compound was prepared from (±)-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-4α- [(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)amino]quinoline and 3-chloro-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole using General Methods 3 and 4 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.00 (s, IH), 7.71 (m, IH), 7.35-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.23 (dd, J=S-I, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.22 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 6.92 (dd, J=5.1, 3.4 Hz, IH), 6.89 (m, IH), 6.21 (dd, J=10.7, 1.5 Hz, IH), 3.99 (s, IH), 3.94 (m, 2H), 3.89 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH), 3.55 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH), 2.88 (s, IH), 1.32 (s, 3H), 1.04 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 145
Figure imgf000176_0001
[05861 f±)-4α-Benzylamino-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hydroxy-2,2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 403). This compound was prepared from (±)-4α-benzylamino-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylquinoline and 3-methyl-7-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)indole using General Methods 3 and 4 (EXAMPLE 1). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.80 (s, IH), 7.62 (m, IH), 7.31-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.24 (m, IH), 7.22-7.19 (m, 2H), 6.96 (s, IH), 6.22 (d, J=I LO Hz, IH), 4.02-3.98 (m, 2H), 3.73 (m, IH), 3.68 (d, J=12.4 Hz, IH), 3.65 (d, J=12.4 Hz, IH), 3.25 (s, I H), 2.37 (m, 3H), 1.42 (s, 3H), 1.21 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 146
Figure imgf000176_0002
[0587] (±)-4α-Amino-5,7-difluoro-L2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hvdroxy-2,2-dimethyl- 6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 404). (±)-4α-Amino-5,7-difluoro-l, 2,3,4- tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylquinoline. This compound was prepared as follows. To a solution of (±)-4α-benzylamino-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2- dimethylquinoline (70 mg, 1 equiv) in ethyl acetate (3 mL) at room temperature was added palladium hydroxide (15 mg, 8 equiv). The reaction was flushed with hydrogen, then stirred under 1 atmosphere of hydrogen pressure for 15 h, after which time the mixture was filtered through Celite using ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford Compound 404 (75%). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.60 (dd, J=7.2, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.18 (t, J=7.2 Hz, IH), 7.16 (m, IH), 6.87 (br s, IH), 6.16 (dd, J=10.7, 1.2 Hz, IH), 4.00 (s, IH), 3.90 (m, IH), 3.39 (d, J=8.8 Hz, IH), 2.34 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 3H), 1.27 (s, 3H), 1.14 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 147
Figure imgf000177_0001
[05881 (±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2.3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-('3- methylindol-7-yl)-4α-(3-phenylureido)quinoline (Compound 405). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and phenyl isocyanate using General Method 22. 1H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.50 (s, IH), 8.17 (s, IH), 7.45 (d, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.18 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (s, IH), 7.01 (m, IH), 6.93 (m, IH), 6.85 (t, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 6.42 (br s, IH), 6.35 (br s, IH), 6.32 (d, J=11.7 Hz, IH), 5.26 (m, IH), 4.80 (m, IH), 3.51 (m, IH), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H), 1.15 (s, 3H).
[0589] General Method 22: Formation of a urea from an amine. To a solution of an amine (0.056 mmol, 1 equiv) in ethanol (2 mL) at room temperature was added an isocyanate (1.3 equiv). The reaction was heated to reflux for 12 h, cooled and poured into 20 mL of 1 : 1 ethyl acetate:water. The first organic layer is collected and the aqueous layer is extracted with a second organic layer of ethyl acetate. The first and second organic layers are combined and that combined organic layer is washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (silica gel) affords the desired urea compound (43%).
EXAMPLE 148
Figure imgf000177_0002
[05901 (±)-4α-f(3-Benzo[1.31dioxo-5-yl)ureidol-5.7-difluoro-1.2,3,4-tetrahvdro- 3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 406). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and 5-isocyanato-benzo[l,3]dioxole using General Method 22 (EXAMPLE 147). 1H NMR (500MHz, acetone-d6) δ 7.89 (s, I H), 7.52 (d, J=7.3 Hz, I H), 7.23 (s, IH), 7.10-7.03 (m, 3H), 6.71 (m, IH), 6.68 (m, IH), 6.35 (d, J=I 1.7 Hz, IH), 6.10 (m, IH), 5.92 (s, 2H), 5.73 (s, IH), 4.91 (t, J=6.7 Hz, IH), 3.71 (m, IH), 2.31 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 1.31 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 149
Figure imgf000178_0001
[0591] (-b)-4α-(3-Cvclopentylureido)-5.7-difluoro-l,2.3,4-tetrahvdro-3B-hvdroxy- 2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 407). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and cyclopentyl isocyanate using General Method 22 (EXAMPLE 147). 1H NMR (500MHz, DMSOd6) δ 10.19 (s, IH), 7.46 (d, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 7.04-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.95 (d, J=7.4 Hz, IH), 6.31 (d, J=I 1.5 Hz, IH), 6.20 (s, I H), 5.23 (s, IH), 4.66 (t, J=6.5 Hz, IH), 3.88-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.48 (dd, J=6.2, 4.3 Hz, IH), 2.27 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.46 (m, 2H), 1.26 (m, 2H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 1.12 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 150
Figure imgf000178_0002
10592) (±)-4α-[3-(4-Acetylphenylureido)1-5.7-difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3β- hydroxy-2,2-dirnethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 408). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and 4-acetylphenyl isocyanate using General Method 22 (EXAMPLE 147). 1H NMR (500MHz, acetone-d6) δ 8.31 (s, I H), 7.87 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (m, IH), 7.07 (t, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 7.05 (m, IH), 7.04 (s, IH), 6.35 (dd, J=I 1.6, 1.6 Hz, IH), 6.27 (m, IH), 5.76 (s, IH), 4.98 (t, J=7.1 Hz, IH), 4.87 (s, IH), 3.75 (m, IH), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.30 (d, J=I .2 Hz, 3H), 1.32 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 151
Figure imgf000179_0001
[0593] (±)-4α-[3-(3-Chloro-4-methoxyphenylureido)l-5J-difluoro-l,2.3.4- tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 409). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and 3-chloro-4- methoxyphenyl isocyanate using General Method 22 (EXAMPLE 147). 1H NMR (500MHz, acetone-d6) δ 7.93 (s, IH), 7.67 (s, IH), 7.52 (dd, J=7.3, 1.4 Hz, IH), 7.23 (dd, J=9.0, 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.08 (t, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 7.06-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.97 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH), 6.35 (dd, J=I 1.6, 1.6 Hz, IH), 6.16 (m, IH), 5.73 (s, IH), 4.92 (t, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.72 (d, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 2.30 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 1.31 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 152
Figure imgf000179_0002
10594] (±)-4α-[3-(4-Chlorophenylureido)l-5,7-difluoro-1.2.3,4-tetrahvdro-3β- hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 410). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and 4-chlorophenyl isocyanate using General Method 22 (EXAMPLE 147). 1H NMR (500MHz, acetone-d6) δ 7.53 (d, 1=7.6, 2H), 7.50-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.08-6.99 (m, 3H), 6.35 (d, J=I 1.7Hz), 6.21 (br s, IH), 5.7 (s, IH), 4.93 (t, IH, J=6.8 Hz), 3.72 (m, IH), 2.3 (s, 3H), 1.31 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 153
Figure imgf000180_0001
[05951 (±)-4α-Acetamido-5.7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 41 1). To a solution of Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) (20 mg, 0.056 mmol, 1 equiv) in dichloromethane (2 mL) at O0C was added acetyl chloride (10 uL, 0.17 mmol, 3 equiv). The reaction was stirred for 5 hours and then diluted with 5 mL of water, resulting in a first organic layer and an aqueous layer. The first organic layer was collected and the aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer from that extraction was combined with the first organic layer and that combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate under reduced pressure yielded a brown oil which was chromatographed on silica gel to provide Compound 411 (40%). 1H NMR (500MHz, acetone-de) δ 7.56 (s, IH), 7.53 (dd, J=7.4, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.08 (t, J=7.4 Hz, IH), 7.08-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.34 (dd, J=I 1.5, 1.2 Hz, IH), 5.70 (s, IH), 4.98 (t, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 3.66 (d, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 2.31 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 1.92 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 154
Figure imgf000180_0002
105961 (±)-5.7-Difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3B-hvdroxy-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-4α-(phenoxycarbonylamino)quinoline (Compound 412). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) (1 equiv) and phenyl chloroformate (3 equiv) stirred in dichloromethane at 0 0C. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour and then diluted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, resulting in a first organic layer and an aqueous layer. The first organic layer was collected and the aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer from that extraction was combined with the first organic layer and that combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate under reduced pressure yielded an oil which was chromatographed on silica gel to provide the carbamate as a white solid. 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.87 (s, IH), 7.62 (m, IH), 7.35-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.17 (m, 3H), 7.09 (m, 2H), 6.95 (s, IH), 6.24 (d, J= 10.7 Hz, IH), 5.37 (m, IH), 4.91 (m, IH), 4.05 (s, IH), 3.83 (m, IH), 3.33 (m, IH), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 155
Figure imgf000181_0001
[05971 (±)-4a-(Ethoxycarbonylamino)-5,7-difluoro- 1,2,3.4-tetrahvdro-3β- hvdroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 413). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and ethyl chloroformate using the procedure described for Compound 412 (EXAMPLE 154). 1H NMR (500MHz, acetone-d6) δ 7.52 (m, IH), 7.10-7.03 (m, 3H), 6.41 (d, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 6.32 (d, J=I 1.5 Hz, IH), 5.71 (s, IH), 4.78 (t, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 4.49 (s, IH), 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.71 (m, IH), 2.31 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 1.31 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 3H), 1.14 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).
EXAMPLE 156
Figure imgf000181_0002
[0598] ("±)-5,7-Difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2-dimethyl-4α- (methoxycarbonylamino)-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 414). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and methyl chloro formate using the procedure described for Compound 412 (EXAMPLE 154). 1H NMR (500MHz, acetone-d6) δ 7.53 (d, J=8.3 Hz, IH), 7.09-7.05 (m, 3H), 6.43 (m, IH), 6.32 (d, J=I 1.2 Hz, IH), 5.70 (m, IH), 4.77 (t, IH), 4.54 (m, IH), 3.70 (m, IH), 3.59 (m, IH), 3.56 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.31 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 157
Figure imgf000182_0001
[0599] (±)-4α-(Cyclohexylmethylamino)-5J-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β- hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl')quinoline (Compound 415). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) (1 equiv) in 0.1 M methanol, cyclohexanecarboxaldehyde (4 equiv), acetic acid (4 equiv), and sodium cyanoborohydride (4 equiv) stirred at 0 °C. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour and then diluted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, resulting in a first organic layer and an aqueous layer. The first organic layer was collected and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer from that extraction was combined with the first organic layer and that combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate under reduced pressure yielded a brown solid which was chromatographed on silica gel to provide Compound 415. 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.79 (s, IH), 7.61 (dd, J=7.3, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.20 (t, J=7.3 Hz, I H), 7.17 (m, IH), 6.97 (q, J=I .0 Hz, IH), 6.18 (dd, J=I LO, 1.2 Hz, IH), 3.96 (s, IH), 3.88 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH), 3.60 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH), 3.36 (br s, IH), 2.36 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 2.32 (dd, J=I Ll, 6.3 Hz, IH), 2.27 (dd, J=I Ll, 6.8 Hz, IH), 1.81-1.56 (m, 6H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.36-1.19 (m, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 1.17-1.10 (m, 2H). EXAMPLE 158
Figure imgf000183_0001
[06001 (±V6-(3-ChIoroindol-7-yl)-5J-difluoro-4α-(furan-2-ylmethylamino)- l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylquinoline (Compound 416) and (±)-4α-bis(furan- 2-ylmethylamino')-6-(3-chloroindol-7-yπ-5,7-d}fluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2- dimethylquinoline (Compound 417). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146), 2-furaldehyde, and sodium cyanoborohydride in a manner similar to that described for Compound 415 (EXAMPLE 157) to afford the desired compounds after flash chromatography.
[0601] Compound 416: 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.83 (br s, IH), 7.64 (m, IH), 7.31 (m, IH), 7.25-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.01 (q, J=Ll Hz, IH), 6.23 (dd, J=3.2, 2.0 Hz, I H), 6.18 (dd, J=10.9, 1.3 Hz, IH), 6.04 (m, IH), 3.98 (s, IH), 3.81 (d, J=9.5 Hz, IH), 3.65 (m, IH), 3.52 (d, J=9.5 Hz, IH), 2.38 (d, J=Ll Hz, 3H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.08 (s, 3H).
[0602] Compound 417: 1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.51 (dd, J=7.8, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.07 (dd, J=7.3, 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.01 (d, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 6.95 (q, J=LO Hz, IH), 6.31 (m, 2H), 6.29 (dd, J=I 1.2, 1.1 Hz, IH), 3.99 (d, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 3.74 (d, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 3.63 (m, 2H), 3.54 (m, 2H), 2.34 (d, J=LO Hz, 3H), 1.29 (s, 3H), 1.05 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 159
Figure imgf000183_0002
[06031 (±)-5 J-Difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-4α-
(isopropoxycarbonylamino)-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 418). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and isopropyl chloroformate using the procedure described for Compound 412 (EXAMPLE 154). MS (ESI): 444.2 (M + H)+.
EXAMPLE 160
Figure imgf000184_0001
[06041 (±)-5.7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-4α-(methylaminoV2,2- dirnethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-y0quinoline (Compound 419). This compound was prepared by treatment of Compound 435 (EXAMPLE 176) with 10% palladium on carbon in methanol under an atmosphere of hydrogen. The mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite using ethyl acetate and the compound purified by flash chromatography to afford Compound 419.
EXAMPLE 161
Figure imgf000184_0002
[06051 (±)-4α-(Dimethylamino')-5,7-difluoro-L2.3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 420). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and formaldehyde using the procedure described for Compound 415 (EXAMPLE 157) to afford Compound 420. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.98 (s, IH), 7.62 (m, IH), 7.24-7.10 (m, 2H), 7.01 (s, IH), 6.36 (d, J = 10.5 Hz, IH), 4.25 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 4.10 (s, IH), 3.94 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 2.77 (s, 6H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 162
Figure imgf000185_0001
f0606] f±V5.7-Difluoro-1.2.3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-4α-(pyridine-2- ylmethylamino)-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yQquinoline (Compound 421). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) (1 equiv) in 0.1 M methanol with 2-pyridinecarboxaldehyde (1.2 equiv) to form the inline. Sodium borohydride (3 equiv) was added and the reaction was allowed to stir till the cessation of effervescence. The reaction was diluted with 1.0M sodium hydroxide solution, resulting in a first organic layer and an aqueous layer. The first organic layer was collected and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer from that extraction was combined with the first organic layer and that combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate under reduced pressure yielded a brown solid which was chromatographed on silica gel to provide Compound 421. MS (ESI): 449.2 (M + H)+.
EXAMPLE 163
Figure imgf000185_0002
[06071 (±)-5.7-Difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3B-hvdroxy-4α-(pyridine-3- ylmethylamino)-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 422). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and 3- pyridinecarboxaldehyde using the procedure described for Compound 421 (EXAMPLE 162) to afford Compound 422. MS (ESI): 449.20 (M + H)+. EXAMPLE 164
Figure imgf000186_0001
[06081 (±)-5,7-Difluoro-l,2.3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-4α-(pyridine-4- ylmethylarnino)-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yr)quinoline (Compound 423). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and 3- pyridinecarboxaldehyde using the procedure described for Compound 421 (EXAMPLE 162) to afford Compound 423. MS (ESI): 449.2 (M + H)+.
EXAMPLE 165
Figure imgf000186_0002
[06091 (-fc)-4α-(Chlorobenzylamino)-5.7-difluoro-1.2.3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy- 2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 424). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and 4-chlorobenzaldehyde using the procedure described for Compound 421 (EXAMPLE 162) to afford Compound 424. MS (ESI): 482.2 (M + H)+.
EXAMPLE 166
Figure imgf000186_0003
10610] (±>5J-Difluoro-1.23,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hydroxy-2.2-dimethyl-4α-(4- methylbenzylamino)-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 425). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and 4-tolyIaldehyde using the procedure described for Compound 421 (EXAMPLE 162) to afford Compound 425. MS (ESI): 462.2 (M + H)+.
EXAMPLE 167
Figure imgf000187_0001
[06111 (±)-5.7-Difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-4α-(methylamino)-2.2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 426). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and 4-anisaldehyde using the procedure described for Compound 421 (EXAMPLE 162) to afford Compound 426. MS (ESI): 478.2 (M + H)+.
EXAMPLE 168
Figure imgf000187_0002
[0612] (±)-4a-fBenzyl(ethoxycarbonyl)amino)-5J-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 3β-hvdroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 427). This compound was prepared from Compound 403 (EXAMPLE 145) and ethyl chloroformate using the procedure described for Compound 412 (EXAMPLE 154). MS (ESI): 520.2 (M + H)+. EXAMPLE 169
Figure imgf000188_0001
10613] (±V4α-Dibenzylamino-5,7-difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 428). This compound was prepared from Compound 403 (EXAMPLE 145) (1 equiv) in 0.1 M acetonitrile with benzyl bromide (1.2 equiv) and potassium carbonate (4 equiv) at room temperature. The reaction was allowed to stir for 13 hours then diluted with water, and ethyl acetate, resulting in a first organic layer and an aqueous layer. The first organic layer was collected and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer from that extraction was combined with the first organic layer and that combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate under reduced pressure yielded a white solid which was chromatographed on silica gel to provide Compound 428. MS (ESI): 538.2 (M + H)+.
EXAMPLE 170
Figure imgf000188_0002
[0614] (±)-5.7-Difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-4α-[(naphthalen- 1 -ylmethyl)amino]quinoline (Compound 429). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and 1-naphthaldehyde using the procedure described for Compound 421 (EXAMPLE 162) to afford Compound 429. EXAMPLE 171
Figure imgf000189_0001
[06151 (±V5.7-Difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3B-hvdroxy-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3- methvIindol-7-yl)-4α-r(naphmalen-2-ylmethyl)aminolquinoline (Compound 430). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and 2-naphthaldehyde using the procedure described for Compound 421 (EXAMPLE 162) to afford Compound 430.
EXAMPLE 172
Figure imgf000189_0002
106161 (±)-5.7-Difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-4α-r(thiazol-2-ylmethyl)amino1quinoline (Compound 431). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and 2- thiazolecarboxaldehyde using the procedure described for Compound 421 (EXAMPLE 162) to afford Compound 431.
EXAMPLE 173
Figure imgf000189_0003
106171 (±)-5.7-Difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahydro-3B-hydroxy-2.2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-yl)-4α-f(4-methylthiazol-5-ylmethyl)amino]quinoline (Compound 432). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and 4-methyl-5- formylthiazole using the procedure described for Compound 421 (EXAMPLE 162) to afford Compound 432.
EXAMPLE 174
Figure imgf000190_0001
[06181 (±)-4α-r(2,4-Dimethylthiazol-5-ylmethyl)amino1-5J-difluoro- 1,2,3,4- tetrahvdro-3β-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)-quinoline (Compound 433). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and 2,4-dimethyl-5- formylthiazole using the procedure described for Compound 421 (EXAMPLE 162) to afford Compound 433.
EXAMPLE 175
Figure imgf000190_0002
[0619] (±)-5.7-Difluoro-1.2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2,2-dimethyl-6-(3- methylindol-7-ylV4α-[(5-methylisoxazol-3-ylmethyl)amino1quinoline (Compound 434). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) and 5- methylisoxazolyl-3-carboxaldehyde using the procedure described for Compound 421 (EXAMPLE 162) to afford Compound 434. EXAMPLE 176
Figure imgf000191_0001
106201 (±V4α-Benzylmethylamino-5,7-difluoro-L2,3.4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy- 2,2-dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 435). This compound was prepared from Compound 403 (EXAMPLE 145), paraformaldehyde, and sodium cyanoborohydride in acetic acid and methanol in a manner similar to that described for Compound 415 (EXAMPLE 157) to afford Compound 435.
EXAMPLE 177
Figure imgf000191_0002
[06211 (±)-4α-Ethylamino-5J-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2,2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 436). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146), acetaldehyde, sodium triacetoxyborohydride and acetic acid in dichloromethane in a manner similar to that described for Compound 415 (EXAMPLE 157) to afford Compound 436.
EXAMPLE 178
Figure imgf000191_0003
[06221 (dh)-4α-But-2-enylamino-5,7-difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3β-hydroxy-2,2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 437). This compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described for Compound 436 (EXAMPLE 177) from crotonaldehyde and sodium triacetoxyborohydride to afford Compound 437.
EXAMPLE 179
Figure imgf000192_0001
[06231 (±V4α-Butylamino-5,7-difluoro-1.2.3.4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-2.2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 438). This compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described for Compound 436 (EXAMPLE 177) from butyraldehyde and sodium triacetoxyborohydride to afford Compound 438.
EXAMPLE 180
Figure imgf000192_0002
[0624] (±)-S,7-Difluoro-l,2,3,4-tetrahvdro-3β-hvdroxy-4α-isobutylamino-2,2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 439). This compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described for Compound 436 (EXAMPLE 177) from isobutyraldehyde and sodium triacetoxyborohydride to afford Compound 439.
EXAMPLE 181
Figure imgf000192_0003
[0625] (±)-4α-Diethylamino-5.7-difluoro-1.2.3,4-tetrahvdro-3B-hvdroxy-2,2- dimethyl-6-(3-methylindol-7-yl)quinoline (Compound 440). This compound was prepared from Compound 404 (EXAMPLE 146) (1 equiv) in 0.1 M methanol, acetaldehyde (2 equiv), acetic acid (2 equiv), and sodium cyanoborohydride (2 equiv) stirred at ambient temperature. The reaction was stirred for 8 hours at 25 0C, 7 hours at 50 0C and then diluted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, resulting in a first organic layer and an aqueous layer. The first organic layer was collected and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer from that extraction was combined with the first organic layer and that combined organic layer was washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate under reduced pressure yielded a brown solid which was purified by chromatography on silica gel to provide Compound 440.
EXAMPLE 182 Glucocorticoid Binding Assays
Preparation of GR
[0626] A baculovirus expression plasmid comprising cDNA encoding the human glucocorticoid receptor protein (GR) was prepared using standard techniques. See e.g., E. A. Allegretto et. al. 268 J. Biol. Chem., 26625 (1993); G. Srinivasan and B. Thompson, 4 MoI. Endo., 209 (1990); and D. R. O'Reilly et. al., in "Baculovirus Expression Vectors", D. R. O'Reilly et. al., eds., W. H. Freeman, New York, N. Y., pp. 139-179 (1992). The expression plasmid was infected together with wild type Autographa californica multiple nuclear polyhedrosis virus DNA into Spodopter frugiperda-21 (Sf-21) cells to generate recombinant virus comprising GR cDNA. See e.g., O'Reilly, D.R., Miller, L.K., Luckow, V.A., Regulation of expression of a baculovirus ecdysteroid UDP glucosyltransferase gene. "Baculovirus Expression Vectors." WH Freeman, NY, 139-179 (1992). The recombinant virus comprising GR cDNA was collected.
[0627] A suspension culture of uninfected Sf21 cells was grown to a density of 1.2xlO6 cells/ml and then infected with the recombinant virus comprising GR cDNA at a multiplicity of infection of 2. The infected Sf21 cells were incubated for 48 hours and then collected by centrifugation at 1000 x g for 10 minutes at 40C. The resulting cell pellets were resuspended in lysis buffer (50 mM Potassium Phosphate buffer, pH 7.0, 10 mM Monothioglycerol, 5 mM DTT, 20 mM Sodium Molybdate, 1 mM PMSF, 1 μg/mL aprotinin, and 10 μg/mL leupeptin) and incubated for 15 minutes on ice. The resuspended cell pellets were homogenized using a Dounce homogenizer and a B pestle. A volume of 2 M KCI was added to the homogenized cell pellets to a final concentration of 0.4 M. The resulting GR lysates were centrifuged at 100,000 x g for 60 min at 40C and stored for use in binding assays.
Binding Assays
[0628] Binding assay samples were prepared in separate mini-tubes in a 96-welI format at 40C. Each binding assay sample was prepared in a volume of 250 μl of GR-Assay Buffer (10% glycerol, 25 mM sodium phosphate, 10 mM potassium fluoride, 10 mM sodium molybdate, 0.25 mM CHAPS, 2 mM DTT and 1 mM EDTA, (adjusted to pH 7.5)) containing 50 μg of GR lysate; 2-4 nM of [3H]dexamethasone at 84 Ci/mmol; and either a reference compound or a test compound. Test compounds included selective glucocorticoid binding compounds of the present invention. Reference compounds were unlabeled dexamethasone and prednisone, which have been previously shown to bind to glucocorticoid receptors. Each reference compound and test compound was assayed at varying concentrations, ranging from 3.2 x 10"10 to 10"5 M. Each concentration of each reference compound and each test compound was assayed in triplicate. The assay samples were incubated for 16 hours at 40C.
[0629] After incubation, 200 μl of 6.25% hydroxylapatite in assay buffer was added to each assay sample to precipitate the protein. The assay samples were then centrifuged and the supernatants were discarded. The resulting pellets were washed twice with assay buffer lacking DTT. Radioactivity in counts per minute (CPM) of each washed pellet was determined by liquid scintillation counter (MicroBeta™, Wallach).
[0630] Specific binding for a particular sample was calculated using the equation:
(Sample CPM) - (Average Non-specific CPM)
Average Non-specific CPM was defined as the amount of radioactivity from samples comprising an excess (i.e. 1000 nM) of unlabeled dexamethasone. IC50 values (the concentration of test compound required to decrease specific binding by 50%) were determined using the log-logit (Hill) method. K, values were determined using the Cheng- Prusoff equation using a previously determined Kd value for dexamethasone:
K, = IC5O/(1 + [L]/Kd)
[L] = concentration of labeled dexamethasone
Kd = dissociation constant of labeled dexamethasone
For a discussion of the calculation of K1, see e.g., Cheng, Y. C. and Prusoff, W. H. Biochem.
Pharmacol. 22:3099 (1973). K, values for certain glucocorticoid binding compounds are shown in Table 1. Table 1. GR Binding Data
Figure imgf000195_0001
Figure imgf000195_0002
EXAMPLE 183
Steroid Receptor Modulator Activity
[0631] Utilizing the co-transfection, or transcriptional activation assay described by Evans et al., Science, 240:889-95 (May 13, 1988), the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein, the compounds of the present invention were tested and found to have strong, specific activity as modulators of GR. This assay is described in further detail in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,981,784 and 5,071,773, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
[0632] The co-transfection assay provides a method for identifying functional agonists and partial agonists that mimic, or antagonists that inhibit, the effect of endogenous hormones, and quantifying their activity for responsive IR proteins. In this regard, the co- transfection assay mimics an in vivo system in the laboratory. Importantly, activity in the co- transfection assay correlates very well with known in vivo activity, such that the co- transfection assay functions as a qualitative and quantitative predictor of a tested compounds in vivo pharmacology. See, e.g., T. Berger et al. 41 J. Steroid Biochem. Molec. Biol. 733 (1992), the disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference.
[0633] In the co-transfection assay, a cloned cDNA for an IR (e.g., human PR, AR or GR) under the control of a constitutive promoter (e.g., the SV 40 promoter) is introduced by transfection (a procedure to induce cells to take up foreign genes) into a background cell substantially devoid of endogenous IRs. This introduced gene directs the recipient cells to make the IR protein of interest. A second gene is also introduced (co- transfected) into the same cells in conjunction with the IR gene. This second gene, comprising the cDNA for a reporter protein, such as firefly luciferase (LUC), is controlled by an appropriate hormone responsive promoter containing a hormone response element (HRE). This reporter plasmid functions as a reporter for the transcription-modulating activity of the target IR. Thus, the reporter acts as a surrogate for the products (mRNA then protein) normally expressed by a gene under control of the target receptor and its native hormone.
[0634] The co-transfection assay can detect small molecule agonists or antagonists of target IRs. Exposing the transfected cells to an agonist ligand compound increases reporter activity in the transfected cells. This activity can be conveniently measured, e.g., by increasing luciferase production, which reflects compound-dependent, IR- mediated increases in reporter transcription. To detect antagonists, the co-transfection assay is carried out in the presence of a constant concentration of an agonist to the target IR (e.g., dexamethasone for GR) known to induce a defined reporter signal. Increasing concentrations of a suspected antagonist will decrease the reporter signal (e.g., luciferase production). The co-transfection assay is therefore useful to detect both agonists and antagonists of specific IRs. Furthermore, it determines not only whether a compound interacts with a particular IR, but whether this interaction mimics (agonizes) or blocks (antagonizes) the effects of the native regulatory molecules on target gene expression, as well as the specificity and strength of this interaction.
[0635] The activity of selected steroid receptor modulator compounds of the present invention were evaluated utilizing the co-transfection assay according to the following protocol. Co-transfection assay
[0636] A mammalian cell line lacking endogenous hGR (CV-I cells) was used in the LUC reporter assay. CV-I cells were maintained in T-225 flasks in 35 mis of DMEM containing 10% FBS. Twenty-four hours prior to transient transfection, 2.5 x 106 cells were plated in T-225 flasks in 35 mis DMEM containing 10% FBS. Twenty hours after transient transfection, cells were harvested using trypsin, resuspended in DMEM containing 10% CA- FBS, and 1 xlO4 cells are plated in 96-well microtiter plates.
[0637] CV-I cells were transiently transfected with an expression plasmid containing the cDNA for the nuclear receptor and appropriate LUC reporter plasmid using a non-liposomal formulation, the FuGeneό transfection reagent (Roche, Indianapolis, IN), according to manufacturer's specifications. The Fugene 6/DNA mixture was added to the media bathing the cells in T-225 flasks, and cells were incubated for 20 hours at 37°C in a humidified incubator. Cells were plated into 96-well microtiter plates using a Biohit 8- channel Pipettor at a density of 10,000 cells per well.
[0638] Solvated compounds, in either ethanol or DMSO, were diluted to 100 μM in DMEM containing 10% CA-FBS. Serial dilutions of up to ten incremental concentrations ranging from 10"11 to 10"5 M were prepared in DMEM containing 10% CA-FBS using a Biomek 2000 Automated Workstation. For antagonist experiments, compounds were prepared and diluted in medium containing an EC50 concentration of reference agonist. Two replicates were prepared for each concentration. Compound dilutions were added to 96-well microtiter plates using Biomek 2000 Automated Workstation. In order to limit the photoisomerization of the two compounds were prepared, diluted and added to the cells in light-controlled conditions.
[0639] After 20 hours incubation with compound, the medium was removed from the cells, and the cells were lysed with a detergent-containing buffer. LUC activity was measured in cell extracts to determine the level of transcriptional activation. LUC Assay Buffer was added to each well of the 96-well plate and LUC activity was measured using a luminometer
[0640] For each replicate, the normalized response (NR) was calculated as:
LUC response/β-Gal rate
where β-Gal rate = β-Gal/β-Gal incubation time. [0641] The mean and Standard error of the mean (SEM) of the NR were calculated. Data was plotted as the response of the compound compared to the reference compounds over the range of the dose-response curve. For agonist experiments, the effective concentration that produced 50% of the maximum response (EC50) was quantified. Agonist efficacy was a function (%) of LUC expression relative to the maximum LUC production by the reference agonist for GR. Antagonist activity was determined by testing the amount of LUC expression in the presence of a fixed amount of dexamethasone as a GR agonist at the EC50 concentration. The concentration of test compound that inhibited 50% of LUC expression induced by the reference agonist was quantified (IC50). In addition, the efficacy of antagonists was determined as a function (%) of maximal inhibition.
EXAMPLE 184 E-Selectin Repression assay
[0642] E-selectin is a cell adhesion protein expressed on the surface of endothelial cells in response to inflammatory signals. Inflammatory cytokines TNFα and IL-I β will induce E-selectin expression through cytokine responsive promoter elements. The glucocorticoid receptor, when appropriately activated by a ligand, will interact with and inhibit the activity of transcription factors necessary for the cytokine activation of the promoter. An in vitro E-selectin reporter assay was developed to measure the potential anti- inflammation activity of GR modulating compounds. A 600 base pair fragment of the E- selectin promoter was cloned and placed upstream of the luciferase gene, creating a cytokine inducible mammalian reporter construct. When introduced into an appropriate cell background along with a GR expression construct, inflammatory signaling can be induced and the anti-inflammatory activity of GR compounds can be measured. The activity of GR modulators in repressing the cytokine activated E-selectin reporter can be measured, and the assay is described below.
[0643] Hep-G2, a human hepatocellular carcinoma cell line (ATCC# HB-8065), was used in the E-selectin cotransfection experiments. This cell line is maintained in a liquid culture consisting of EMEM medium (Cambrex, Walkersville, MD) containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS, Hyclone, Logan, UT), 2 mM glutamine (Hyclone) and 50mcG/mL gentamycin (Cambrex).
[0644] Two plasmid constructs were used in the E-selectin cotransfection assays. The reporter plasmid consisted of a 600 base-pair fragment of the human E-selectin promoter containing GR-sensitive regulatory elements inserted in front of the coding sequence for firefly luciferase. A plasmid consisting of the coding sequence for human Glucocorticoid Receptor (hGR) behind the early promoter sequence of the Rous Sarcoma Virus (RSV) was used to express hGR in the Hep-G2 cells.
[0645] TNFα and ILl-β, used to induce the E-se lectin promoter, were purchased from R&D Systems (Minneapolis, MN). Stock solutions of all compounds tested were prepared in either 100% ethanol or dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
[0646] Compounds were diluted in medium consisting of DMEM (Cambrex), 10% Charcoal-Absorbed FBS, 2 mM glutamine and 50 μg/mL gentamycin in preparation for addition to the cell culture medium.
[0647] Cell extracts we prepared in a lysis buffer consisting of 0.1% Triton X- 100. Luciferase activity in cell extracts were assayed in Luciferase Assay Buffer (2O mM Tricine pH 7.8, 12 mM MgSO4, 0.1 mM EDTA, 30 mM ditthiothreitol) and Luciferin/Coenzyme A Solution (0.3 mM Coenzyme A, 0.55 mM ATP, 0.55 mM luciferin in 0.5 mM HEPES, pH 6.0).
[0648] Plasmids were transiently transfected into Hep-G2 cells using the Fugene- 6 transfection reagent (Roche, Indianapolis, IN) according to the manufacturer's instructions. After the Fugene-6/Plasmid DNA complex was formed, the complex solution was added to the tissue culture flasks containing the Hep-G2 cultures.
[0649] Dilution of compounds in medium was performed on the Biomek 2000 Automated Workstation (Beckman, Fullerton, CA). Compound additions were done with the Multimek 96 (Beckman) in light-controlled conditions. Removal of medium and addition of lysis buffer, as well as the Luciferase Assay Buffer and Luciferin/Coenzyme A reagents were performed on a plate washer (Titertek, Huntsville, AL). Luciferase activities of the treated cell lysates were measured using a luminometer (LJL Analyst from Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA).
[0650] In this assay, Hep-G2 cells, were transfected with two plasmid constructs, one a reporter plasmid containing a cytokine responsive fragment of the human E-selectin promoter, the other a mammalian expression construct possessing the coding sequence for hGR. After overnight incubation, the cells were harvested by trypsin treatment, washed in assay medium and sub-cultured into 96-well culture plates and allowed to adhere to the plate before induction with 10 ng/mL TNFα and 1 ng/mL IL-I β. Test compounds were diluted, and added to the cytokine-induced cultures and the assay plates returned to a tissue culture incubator for overnight incubation. The next day, the medium was aspirated and the cells lysed. After a brief incubation in lysis buffer, luciferin reagent was added and luciferase activity measured to determine the degree that test compounds repressed E-selectin activation.
[0651] For each replicate, the response was calculated as relative luciferase units (RLU), a measurement of the light intensity generated from the cell lysates. The mean and the standard error of the mean (SEM) of the RLU at each point of compound concentration tested were reported. The data was plotted graphically as mean RLU over the range of compound concentrations tested in each assay. Repression efficacy was measured as the activity of compound in reducing the luciferase activity of the E-selectin promoter to the level of maximum repression achieved by dexamethasone. The potency of the compound was determined as the concentration at which half the minimum RLU was achieved.
EXAMPLE 185 IL-6 Repression assay
[0652] One of the mechanisms by which glucocorticoids suppress inflammation is to inhibit the production of inflammatory cytokines.(2, 3) IL-6 is an important inflammatory cytokine. See e.g., Kishimoto, T. Blood 74:1-10 (1989). In vitro studies have indicated that the glucocorticoid dexamethasone can repress TNFα-induced expression of many cytokines including IL-6. See e.g., Tobler, A., Meier, R., Seitz, M., Dewald, B., Baggiolini, M., Fey, M. F. Blood 79:45-51 (1992). Glucocortocoids regulate IL-6 expression by regulating transcription factors such as NFKB and AP-I. See e.g. De Bosscher, K., Vanden Berghe, W., Haegeman, G. Endocr. Rev. 24:488-522 (2003). Therefore, the GR-mediated modulation of IL-6 production provides an excellent marker for studying the anti-inflammatory activity of glucocorticoids.
[0653] A human IL-6 repression assay was used to measure the ability of the GR modulators to suppress IL-6 production in human dermal fibroblast cells. NHDF-neo (normal human dermal fibroblast -newborn male) cells (Cambrex, Walkersville, MD) were used for assay. The cells were maintained in liquid culture with Fibroblast growth medium and supplement components (Cambrex, Walkersville, MD). The assay was performed in Dulbecco's modified essential medium (DMEM; Cambrex, Walkersville, MD) containing 1.75% bovine serum albumin (test medium).
[0654] Dexamethasone was purchased from SIGMA Chemical Company (St. Louis, Mo), hIL-l β was purchased from R&D Systems (Minneapolis, MN). Anti-human IL- 6 monoclonal and biotinylated antibody was purchased from Endogen Inc. (Rockford, IL). EuNl labeled streptavidin and enhancement reagent was purchased from PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences (Boston, MA). ReactibindR white opaque EIA plates were purchased from Pierce (Rockford, IL).
[0655] Stock solutions of compounds were prepared in 100% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). Test compounds were diluted in medium (DMEM) containing 1.75% bovine serum albumin (test medium). The induction medium was prepared by addition of 8 ng/mL hIL-l β to the test medium. Blocking buffer and antibody dilution buffer were prepared by the addition of 1% and 0.1% BSA in PBS. Capture antibody solution was prepared by the addition of 0.5 μg/mL anti-human IL-6 monoclonal antibody to antibody dilution buffer. Detection antibody solution was prepared with 0.5 μg/mL anti-human IL-6 monoclonal biotinylated antibody in antibody dilution buffer. Wash buffer contained 5OmM Tris pH7.0- 7.5 and 0.2% Tween-20.
[0656] Dilutions of compounds in medium, and addition of compounds to the cells were performed on a Biomek 2000 Automated Workstation (Beckman Coulter, Fullerton, CA). Removal of medium and addition of test medium was performed on a plate washer (Titertek, Huntsville, AL). Time-resolved fluorescence was measured using Analyst HT (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA).
[0657] For the assay, the NHDF-neo cells were plated in a 96-well plate at 5 x 103 cells per well. After an overnight incubation, the media was replaced with the test medium for four to six hours. Incremental concentrations of test compounds ranging from IxIO"10 to IxIO"7 M was added to the cells, and the cells were induced with the induction medium containing IL- lβ. Two or three replicates were used for each concentration. After 24 hours, the cell supernatants were collected and the quantity of hIL-6 was measured in a time- resolved fluorescence based immunoassay. For the TRF immunoassay, the 96-well EIA plates were coated with the capture antibody solution and then blocking buffer was added to the plates. After one hour incubation, the blocking buffer was removed, and buffer containing detection antibody was added. The supernatant from the compound treated cells were added to the EIA plates containing the detection antibody. After an overnight incubation at 4°C, the supernatant and detection antibody solution was removed, the plate was washed three times with the wash buffer and detecting reagent was added. After one hour incubation, the plate was washed three times with the wash buffer and enhancement reagent was added. The plate was incubated for 10 minutes before reading the time resolved fluorescence units on Analyst HT.
[0658] For each replicate, the response was calculated as time-resolved fluorescence Units (TFU). The mean and standard error of the mean (SEM) of the TFU at each concentration of compound was calculated. The data is plotted graphically as the mean TFU of the compound over the range of the concentration-response curve. The effective concentration that produced 50% of the maximum response (IC50) was determined for each compound by interpolation between two concentrations spanning the midpoint of the concentration-response curve. The efficacy for test compounds is calculated as a percent of TFU relative to the maximum TFU by the reference glucocorticoid (i.e., dexamethasone).

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound of Formula I, II, or III:
Figure imgf000203_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide, or prodrug thereof, wherein:
R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, -OR16, an optionally substituted C]-Cg alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-Cg heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), Q), (k), (1), (m), and (n) :
Figure imgf000203_0002
(a) (b) (C)
Figure imgf000204_0001
(d) (e) (0
Figure imgf000204_0002
Figure imgf000204_0003
(1) (m) (n)
wherein,
R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, -OR16, -NR17R18, -CH2R16, -COR20, -CO2R20, -CONR20R37, -SOR20, -SO2R20, -NO2, NR!7(OR16), an optionally substituted Cj-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, - COR20, -CO2R20, -CONR20R37, -NR17SO2R20, -NR17CO2R20, -NO2, -OR16, -NR17R18, NR17(OR16), an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl or R12 taken together with R11 form a 3-7 membered ring; each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, CN, -NO2, OR16, an optionally substituted C)-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl or R13 taken together with R12 form a 3-7 membered ring;
R21 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C)-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl, OR16, NR17R18, COR20, -CO2R20, and -CONR20R37;
R22 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl, OR16, NR17R18, COR20, -CO2R20, and -CONR20R37;
R32 and R33 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, -CN, COR20, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl; each R23 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, OR16, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl; each R24 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and -OR16;
R25 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, -CN, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
R26 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, -CN, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl; each R29 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and -OR16;
U is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, and -NR17;
Q and T are each selected from the group consisting of S, O, -NR17, and CR34 wherein either Q is -CR34 and T is selected from the group consisting of S, O, and -NR17, or T is CR34 and Q is selected from the group consisting of S, O, and -
NR 17.
V is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and -NR17;
W is selected from the group consisting of -CR27 and N; Y is selected from the group consisting of -NR36, S, and O; Z and L are each selected from the group consisting of CH2, -NR28, and O, wherein either Z is CH2 and L is selected from the group consisting of -NR28 and O, or L is CH2 and Z is selected from the group consisting of -NR28 and O; K is selected from the group consisting of O and -NR35;
J is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
B is selected from the group consisting of O and C(R 27x )2; M is selected from the group consisting of O and NOR30; each P is independently selected from the group consisting of N and CR31, provided that no more than two of the Ps are N; n is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4; and q is selcted from 0, 1, and 2;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, NO2, OR16, NR17R18, CN, C=N(OR16), CO2R20, CONR20R37, NR!7(OR16), CR3(OR16), an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, NRxRy, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
Rx and Ry are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, COR19, CO2R19, SO2R19, S(O)R19, CONR19, an optionally substituted C-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C3-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl; or Rx and Ry are linked to form a 3 to 7 membered ring;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of -OC(O)R19, OC(O)NR19R19, - NR15C(O)R19, NR15C(O)NR19R19, -C(O)R19, NR17R18, hydrogen, and OR16;
R7 and R8 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted C]-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl; R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, OR16, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and OR16; and
X is selected from the group consisting of O, and NOR16; wherein:
R16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C3-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
R17 and R18 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, COR20, CO2R20, SO2R20, S(O)R20, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl; or R17 and R18 together form a 3 to 7 membered ring;
Each R19 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally an optionally substituted C]-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-Ce heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C6 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C6 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C3-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl.
R20 and R37 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl; or R37 and R20 together form a 3-7 membered ring;
R34 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -NO2, -OR16, - NR17R18, -CN, -COR20, NR17(OR16), an optionally substituted C1-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted C]-Cg heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
R36 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
Each R27 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, CO2R20, COR20, CONR20R37, C=N(OR16), an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl or R27 taken together with R26 form a 3-7 membered ring;
R28 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -COR20, -CO2R20, - CONR20R37, SO2R20, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
R35 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -COR20, -CO2R20, CONR20R37, SO2R20, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
R30 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-Cs heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 Αtyl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
R31 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and -OR16; wherein, at least one of R1, R2 and R4 is not hydrogen; and at least one of R1 1, R12, and one R13 is not hydrogen;
R38 is selected from the group consisting of (o), (p), (q), (r), (s) and (t) :
Figure imgf000210_0001
(o) (P) (q)
Figure imgf000210_0002
(r) (S) (t) wherein,
R39 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR51R52, -OR53, COR53, -SR53, -SO2NR51R52, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
R40 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -OR53, -SR53, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
R41 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, -OR53, -SR53, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl; or
R39 and R40 together form an optionally substituted 5-6 member ring and R41 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, -OR53, -SR53, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl; or
R40 and R41 together form an optionally substituted 4-6 member ring and R39 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR51R52, -OR53, COR53, - SR53, -SO2NR51R52, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
R42 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, optionally substituted alkyl, -SR53 and - OR53;
R43 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, an optionally substituted alkyl;
R44 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR51R52, - SO2NR51R52, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
R45 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -OR53, -SR53, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
R46 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, or
R44 and R45 together form an optionally substituted 5-6 member ring and R46 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, or
R45 and R46 together form an optionally substituted 4-6 member ring and R44 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR51R52, and an optionally substituted aryl;
R47 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, an optionally substituted alkyl; and
R48 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, -OR16, - NR17R18, -CH2R16, -COR20, -CO2R20, -CONR20R37, -SOR20, -SO2R20, -NO2, NR17(OR16), an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl; R49 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -CN, -COR20, - CO2R20, -CONR20R37, -NR17SO2R20, -NR17CO2R20, -NO2, -OR16, -NR17R18, NR17(OR16), an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-Cs cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl;
R50 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, CN, -NO2, OR16, an optionally substituted Cj-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted Cs-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl, or
R48 and R49 together form an optionally substituted 5-6 member ring and R50 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, CONR51R52, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, or
R49 and R50 together form an optionally substituted 4-6 member ring and R48 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, CN, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, -CONR51R52, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl,
R51 and R52 are each independently selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl, an optionally substituted alkynyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl and an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, or
R51 and Rs2 together form an optionally substituted 4-7 member ring;
R53 is selected from hydrogen, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted haloalkyl, an optionally substituted heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;
G is selected from O, S, and NR54; and
R54 is selected from hydrogen and an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkenyl and an optionally substituted alkynyl; and wherein the substituents on the alkyl, aralkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl groups, when present, are each individually and independently selected from one to four group(s) selected from: alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, non- aromatic heterocycle, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aryloxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halo, carbonyl, imino, hydroxyimino, alkoxyimino, aryloxyimino, aralkoxyiminothiocarbonyl, O-carbamyl, N- carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N- thiocarbamyl, C- amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, isocyanato, thiocyanato, isothiocyanato, nitro, silyl, trihalomethanesulfonyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaralkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, cycloalkoxy, perfluoroalkoxy, alkenyloxy, alkynyloxy, aralkoxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, aralkylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, aralkoxycarbonyloxy, aminocarbonyloxy, alkylaminocarbonyloxy, dialkylaminocarbonyloxy, alkylarylaminocarbonyloxy, diarylaminocarbonyloxy and amino; including mono- and all-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives of amino groups; wherein at least one position selected from R39, R40, R41, R42, and R43 is not hydrogen; at least one position selected from R44, R45, R46, and R47 is not hydrogen; if R41 is F, then at least one position selected from R39, R40, R42 and R43 is not hydrogen; if R40 is F, then at least one position selected from R39, R41, R42, and R43 is not hydrogen; and if any two positions selected from R39, R40, R41, R42, and R43 are both F, then at least one of the other three positions selected from R39, R40, R41, R42, and R43 is not hydrogen.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein
R3 is selected from the group consisting of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i),
0), (k), (l), and (m):
Figure imgf000213_0001
(a) (b) (C)
Figure imgf000214_0001
(d) (e) (f)
Figure imgf000214_0002
ϋ) (k)
Figure imgf000214_0003
(1) (m)
R4 is selected from hydrogen, a halogen, NO2, OR16, NR17R18, an optionally substituted C]-Ce alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted C)-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C]-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-Q cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-Q heteroaryl;
R17 and R18 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, COR20, CO2R20, SO2R20, S(O)R20, an optionally substituted C)-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted CpC8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted C)-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5-C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl; R20 and R37 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Cj-Cs alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl; and
R27 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C8 heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C8 heterocycle, an optionally substituted C5- C8 aryl, and an optionally substituted C3-C8 heteroaryl.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl.
4. The compound of claim 3, wherein the alkyl from which R1 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1 is hydrogen or methyl.
6. The compound of claim 1, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl.
7. The compound of claim 6, wherein the alkyl from which R2 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
8. The compound of claim 6, wherein the halogen from which R2 is selected is chloro or bromo.
9. The compound of claim 1, wherein R2 is hydrogen or chloro.
10. The compound of claim 1, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl.
1 1. The compound of claim 10, wherein the alkyl from which R4 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
12. The compound of claim 10, wherein the halogen is fluoro or chloro.
13. The compound of claim 1, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, fluoro, and chloro.
14. The compound of claim 1, wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and an optionally substituted Cj-C8 alkyl.
15. The compound of claim 14, wherein the alkyl from which R5 is selected is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of an aryl, a heteroaryl, a cycloalkyl, and a heterocycle.
16. The compound of claim 15, wherein the alkyl from which R5 is selected is optionally substituted with an optionally substituted aryl.
17. The compound of claim 16, wherein the aryl optionally substituting R5 is an optionally substituted phenyl.
18. The compound of claim 14, wherein the alkyl from which R5 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
19. The compound of claim 14, wherein the alkyl from which R5 is selected is a C2-C8 alkenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of an alkyl, an aryl, a heteroaryl, a cycloalkyl, and a heterocycle.
20. The compound of claim 19, wherein the alkenyl from which R5 is selected is selected from the group consisting of ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, and pentenyl.
21. The compound of claim 1, wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, benzyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, and 2-propenyl.
22. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R6 is hydrogen or OR16.
23. The compound of claim 22, wherein R16 is hydrogen or Ci-C6 alkyl.
24. The compound of claim 23, wherein the alkyl from which R16 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
25. The compound of claim 1, wherein R6 is hydrogen or hydroxy.
26. The compound of claim 1, wherein R7 and R8 are each independently hydrogen or a Ci-C8 alkyl.
27. The compound of claim 26, wherein the alkyl from which R7 and R8 are selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec- butyl, and tert-butyl.
28. The compound of claim 1, wherein R7 and R8 are each methyl.
29. The compound of claim 1, wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, OR16, and a Ci-C8 alkyl.
30. The compound of claim 29, wherein the alkyl from which R9 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
31. The compound of claim 29, wherein R16 is hydrogen or Ci-C6 alkyl.
32. The compound of claim 31, wherein the alkyl from which R16 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
33. The compound of claim 1, wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, and hydroxy.
34. The compound of claim 1, wherein R10 is hydrogen or OR16.
35. The compound of claim 34, wherein R16 is hydrogen or a Q-C6 alkyl.
36. The compound of claim 35, wherein the alkyl from which R16 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
37. The compound of claim 1, wherein R10 is hydrogen or hydroxy.
38. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted indolyl, an optionally substituted indolinyl; an optionally substituted pyridyl, an optionally substituted dibenzofuranyl, an optionally substituted benzodioxinyl and an optionally substituted benzothiophenyl.
39. The compound of claim 38, wherein R11 is hydrogen.
40. The compound of claim 38, wherein Ru is a halogen.
41. The compound of claim 40, wherein the halogen from which R11 is selected is fluoro or chloro.
42. The compound of claim 38, wherein R11 is -OR16, and R16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl.
43. The compound of claim 42, wherein the optionally substituted alkyl from which R16 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
44. The compound of claim 42, wherein the optionally substituted alkyl from which R16 is selected is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of an alkyl, an aryl, a heteroaryl, a cycloalkyl, and a heterocycle.
45. The compound of claim 44, wherein the optionally substituted alkyl from which R16 is selected is substituted with phenyl.
46. The compound of claim 42, wherein the haloalkyl from which R16 is selected is a perfluoroalkyl.
47. The compound of claim 42, wherein the perfluoroalkyl from which R16 is selected is trifluoromethyl.
48. The compound of claim 38, wherein R11 is -NR17R18, and wherein R17 and R18 are each independently hydrogen or a Ci-C6 alkyl.
49. The compound of claim 48, wherein the alkyl from which R17 and R18 are selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec- butyl, and tert-butyl.
50. The compound of claim 48, wherein R is -NH2.
51. The compound of claim 38, wherein R1 1 is -COR20, wherein R20 is hydrogen or a Ci-C6 alkyl.
52. The compound of claim 51, wherein the alkyl from which R2 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
53. The compound of claim 38, wherein R1 1 is an alkyl selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
54. The compound of claim 38, wherein R1 1 is an alkenyl selected from the group consisting of ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, and pentenyl.
55. The compound of claim 54, wherein the alkenyl from which R11 is selected is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of an alkyl, an aryl, a heteroaryl, a cycloalkyl, and a heterocycle.
56. The compound of claim 38, wherein R11 is a haloalkyl.
57. The compound of claim 56, wherein R1 ' is a perfluoroalkyl.
58. The compound of claim 57, wherein R11 is trifluoromethyl.
59. The compound of claim 38, wherein R11 is an aryl.
60. The compound of claim 59, wherein R1 1 is phenyl.
61. The compound of claim 38, wherein R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, hydroxy, methoxy, benzyloxy, phenyl, fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, -NH2, -NO2, -C(O)CH3, and 2-methy-2-butenyl.
62. The compound of claim 38, wherein R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, a C,-C3 haloalkyl, -CN, -NR17SO2R20, -NR17CO2R20, -NO2, -OR16, and -NR17R18.
63. The compound of claim 62, wherein the halogen from which R12 is selected is fluoro or chloro.
64. The compound of claim 62, wherein the haloalkyl from which R12 is selected is a perfluoroalkyl.
65. The compound of claim 64, wherein the perfluoroalkyl from which R12 is selected is trifluoromethyl.
66. The compound of claim 62, wherein R17 and R18 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a Ci-C6 alkyl, and a Cj-C6 heteroalkyl.
67. The compound of claim 66, wherein the alkyl from which R17 and R18 are selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec- butyl, and tert-butyl.
68. The compound of claim 62, wherein R17 and R18 are each hydrogen.
69. The compound of claim 62, wherein R20 is hydrogen or a Ci -C6 alkyl.
70. The compound of claim 69, wherein the alkyl is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
71. The compound of claim 62, wherein R16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and a Ci-C6 haloalkyl.
72. The compound of claim 71, wherein the alkyl from which R16 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
73. The compound of claim 62, wherein R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, methoxy, chloro, trifluoromethyl, -CN, -NH2, -NHC(O)OCH3, -NHC(O)OtBu, -NHSO2CH3.
74. The compound of claim 38, wherein each R13 is independently and optionally selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, CN, -NO2, and OR16.
75. The compound of claim 74, wherein the halogen from which each R13 is selected is fluoro or chloro.
76. The compound of claim 74, wherein R16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted CI-C6 alkyl, and a Ci-C6 haloalkyl.
77. The compound of claim 76, wherein the alkyl from which R16 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
78. The compound of claim 38, wherein each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, chloro, CN, -NO2, and -OCH3.
79. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is Formula V,
Figure imgf000220_0001
wherein
U is oxygen or -NR17;
R21 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a Ci-C6 alkyl, and a Ci-C6 haloalkyl; and
R22 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, a Ci -C6 alkyl, a Ci-C6 a heteroalkyl, a Ci-C6 haloalkyl, a Ci-C6 heterohaloalkyl -OR16, -NR17R18, an aryl, and a heteroaryl.
80. The compound of claim 79, wherein U is oxygen.
81. The compound of claim 80, wherein R21 is hydrogen or a Ci-C6 alkyl.
82. The compound of claim 81, wherein the alkyl from which R21 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
83. The compound of claim 80, wherein R22 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a Ci-C6 alkyl, -NR17R18, and an aryl.
84. The compound of claim 83, wherein the alkyl from which R22 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
85. The compound of claim 83, wherein R17 and R18 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a Ci-C6 alkyl, and a Cj-C6 heteroalkyl.
86. The compound of claim 85, wherein the alkyl from which R17 and R18 are selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec- butyl, and tert-butyl.
87. The compound of claim 85, wherein R17 and R18 are each hydrogen.
88. The compound of claim 83, wherein the aryl from which R22 is selected is phenyl.
89. The compound of claim 79, wherein U is -NR17.
90. The compound of claim 89, wherein R17 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a Ci-C6 alkyl, and -COR20.
91. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is Formula VI,
Figure imgf000221_0001
wherein U is sulfur and R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a Ci-C6 alkyl, and a Ci-C6 heteroalkyl.
92. The compound of claim 91, wherein the alkyl from which R21 and R22 are selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec- butyl, and tert-butyl.
93. The compound of claim 91, wherein R21 and R22 are each hydrogen.
94. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is Formula VII,
Figure imgf000221_0002
wherein
R34 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -NO2, -OR16, -NR17R18, -CN, -COR20, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted C]-C6 haloalkyl; and
R32 and R33 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, -CN, -COR20, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl.
95. The compound of claim 94, wherein R34 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -COR20, and a C-C6 alkyl.
96. The compound of claim 95, wherein the alkyl from which R34 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
97. The compound of claim 95, wherein R20 is hydrogen or a Cj -C6 alkyl.
98. The compound of claim 97, wherein the alkyl from which R20 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
99. The compound of claim 94, wherein R32 and R33 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -COR20, and a Ci-C6 alkyl.
100. The compound of claim 99, wherein R20 is hydrogen or a CI -CO alkyl.
101. The compound of claim 100, wherein the alkyl from which R20 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
102. The compound of claim 94, wherein R32 is hydrogen.
103. The compound of claim 94, wherein R33 is hydrogen or -COCH3.
104. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is Formula VIII,
Figure imgf000222_0001
wherein each R23 is independently and selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, and OR16.
105. The compound of claim 104, wherein V is sulfur or -NR17.
106. The compound of claim 105, wherein R17 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a Cj-C6 alkyl, and a Ci-C6 heteroalkyl.
107. The compound of claim 106, wherein the alkyl from which R17 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
108. The compound of claim 104, wherein R!7 is hydrogen.
109. The compound of claim 104, wherein V is sulfur.
1 10. The compound of claim 109, wherein R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a Ci-C6 alkyl, and a Ci -C6 heteroalkyl.
111. The compound of claim 110, wherein the alkyl from which R23 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
1 12. The compound of claim 104, wherein R23 is hydrogen.
113. The compound of claim 1, wherein R is Formula IX,
Figure imgf000222_0002
wherein R24 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and -OR16; R25 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, -CN, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl;
R26 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and -OR16; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
114. The compound of claim 113, wherein R36 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a C i-C6 alkyl, and a Cj -C6 heteroalkyl.
115. The compound of claim 114, wherein the alkyl from which R36 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
116. The compound of claim 113, wherein R36 is hydrogen.
117. The compound of claim 113, wherein R27 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a Ci-C6 alkyl, and a Ci-C6 heteroalkyl.
118. The compound of claim 117, wherein the alkyl from which R27 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
119. The compound of claim 113, wherein R27 is hydrogen.
120. The compound of claim 113, wherein R24, R25, and R36 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a Ci-C6 alkyl, and a Ci-C6 heteroalkyl.
121. The compound of claim 120, wherein the alkyl from which R24, R25, and R36 are selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
122. The compound of claim 113, wherein R24, R25, and R36 are each hydrogen.
123. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is Formula X,
Figure imgf000223_0001
wherein
R24 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and -OR16;
R25 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, -CN, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl;
R26 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OR16, -CN, an optionally substituted C]-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Cj-C6 haloalkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
124. The compound of claim 123, wherein R36 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a Ci-C6 alkyl, and a CpC6 heteroalkyl.
125. The compound of claim 124, wherein the alkyl from which R36 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
126. The compound of claim 123, wherein R36 is hydrogen or methyl.
127. The compound of claim 123, wherein R27 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, a Ci-C6 alkyl, and a Ci-C6 heteroalkyl.
128. The compound of claim 127, wherein the alkyl from which R27 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
129. The compound of claim 127, wherein the halogen from which R27 is selected is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, and bromo.
130. The compound of claim 129, wherein the halogen from which R27 is selected is bromo.
131. The compound of claim 127, wherein the heteroalkyl from which R27 is selected is -CH2CH2C(O)CH3.
132. The compound of claim 123, wherein R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and -OR16.
133. The compound of claim 132, wherein the halogen from which R24 is selected is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, and bromo.
134. The compound of claim 132, wherein R16 is hydrogen or a Ci-C6 alkyl.
135. The compound of claim 134, wherein the alkyl from which R16 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
136. The compound of claim 132, wherein R24 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, and methoxy.
137. The compound of claim 123, wherein R25 is hydrogen or -OR16.
138. The compound of claim 137, wherein R16 is hydrogen or a Cj-C6 alkyl.
139. The compound of claim 138, wherein the alkyl from which R16 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
140. The compound of claim 123, wherein R25 is hydrogen or methoxy.
141. The compound of claim 123, wherein R26 is hydrogen or a Cj-C6 alkyl.
142. The compound of claim 141, wherein the alkyl from which R26 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
143. The compound of claim 123, wherein R26 is hydrogen or methyl.
144. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is Formula XI,
Figure imgf000225_0001
wherein
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and -OR1 ; R25 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, -OR16, -CN, an optionally substituted CpC6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted C]-C6 haloalkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
145. The compound of claim 144, wherein L is CH2.
146. The compound of claim 144, wherein Z is -NR28.
147. The compound of claim 144, wherein R24, R25, and R28 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a Ci-C6 alkyl, and a Cj-C6 heteroalkyl.
148. The compound of claim 147, wherein the alkyl from which R24, R25, and R28 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec- butyl, and tert-butyl.
149. The compound of claim 144, wherein R24, R25, and R28 are each hydrogen.
150. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 Formula XII,
Figure imgf000225_0002
wherein each R13 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, an optionally substituted C)-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 haloalkyl, CN, -NO2, and OR16; and n is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
R35 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-C4 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C4 haloalkyl, an optionally substituted Cj-C4 heteroalkyl, an optionally substituted heterohaloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and q is 0 or 1.
151. The compound of claim 150, wherein R13 is hydrogen or a Ci-C6 alkyl.
152. The compound of claim 151, wherein the alkyl from which R13 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
153. The compound of claim 150, wherein R13 is hydrogen.
154. The compound of claim 150, wherein J is oxygen.
155. The compound of claim 150, wherein B is oxygen.
156. The compound of claim 150, wherein each R27 is independently hydrogen or a Ci-C6 alkyl.
157. The compound of claim 156, wherein the alkyl from which each R27 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec- butyl, and tert-butyl.
158. The compound of claim 150, wherein B is CH2.
159. The compound of claim 150, wherein K is -NR35.
160. The compound of claim 159, wherein R35 is hydrogen or a Ci -Ce alkyl.
161. The compound of claim 160, wherein the alkyl from which R35 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
162. The compound of claim 150, wherein R35 is hydrogen or methyl.
163. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R3 is Formula XIII,
Figure imgf000226_0001
wherein
R29 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and -OR16; R30 is hydrogen or an optionally substituted C]-C4 alkyl; q is 1 or 2; and n is 1 or 2.
164. The compound of claim 163, wherein M is oxygen.
165. The compound of claim 164, wherein R30 is hydrogen or a Ci-C6 alkyl.
166. The compound of claim 165, wherein the alkyl from which R30 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
167. The compound of claim 163, wherein R30 is hydrogen.
168. The compound of claim 164, wherein R29 is hydrogen or a CI -CO alkyl.
169. The compound of claim 168, wherein the alkyl from which R29 is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
170. The compound of claim 168, wherein R29 is hydrogen.
171. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R3 is Formula XIV,
Figure imgf000227_0001
wherein
R31 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a halogen, and -OR16.
172. The compound of claim 171, wherein R31 is hydrogen or a CI -CO alkyl.
173. The compound of claim 172, wherein the alkyl from which R3! is selected is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
174. The compound of claim 171, wherein R31 is hydrogen.
175. The compound of claim 171, wherein R3 is
Figure imgf000227_0002
176. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted 2-indolyl, an optionally substituted 3-indolyl, an optionally substituted 4-indolyl, optionally substituted 6-indolyl, an optionally substituted 7-indolyl, and an optionally substituted 7-indolinyl.
177. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R3 is pyridyl, optionally substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl.
178. The compound of claim 177, wherein the alkyl which optionally substitutes R3 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
179. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is 3-methylpyrid-2-yl.
180. The compound of claim 1, wherein R is an optionally substituted dibenzofuranyl.
181. The compound of claim 1, wherein R3 is 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-6-yl.
182. A compound of claim 1 that is a steroid receptor modulator.
183. A compound of claim 1 that is a selective glucocorticoid receptor modulator.
184. A compound of claim 1 that is a selective androgen receptor modulator.
185. A compound of claim 1 that is a selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor modulator.
186. The compound of claim 183 that is a glucocorticoid receptor agonist.
187. The compound of claim 183 that is a glucocorticoid receptor antagonist.
188. The compound of claim 183 that is a glucocorticoid receptor partial agonist.
189. The compound of claim 184 that is an androgen receptor agonist.
190. The compound of claim 184 that is an androgen receptor antagonist.
191. The compound of claim 184 that is an androgen receptor partial agonist.
192. A selective glucocorticoid receptor binding compound of claim 1.
193. A selective androgen receptor binding compound of claim 1.
194. A selective glucocorticoid/androgen receptor binding compound of claim 1.
195. The compound of claim 183, wherein the compound is a tissue-specific modulator.
196. The compound of claim 184, wherein the compound is a tissue-specific modulator.
197. The compound of claim 185, wherein the compound is a tissue-specific modulator.
198. The compound of claim 183, wherein the compound is a gene-specific modulator.
199. The compound of claim 184, wherein the compound is a gene-specific modulator.
200. The compound of claim 185, wherein the compound is a gene-specific modulator.
201. A method for modulating an activity of a glucocorticoid receptor comprising contacting the receptor with a compound of claim 1.
202. A method for modulating an activity of an androgen receptor comprising contacting the receptor with a compound of claim 1.
203. A method for modulating an activity of a glucocorticoid receptor and an activity of an androgen receptor comprising contacting the glucocorticoid receptor and the androgen receptor with a compound of claim 1.
204. A method comprising contacting a cell expressing a glucocorticoid receptor with a compound of claim 1 and monitoring an effect on the cell.
205. A method comprising contacting a cell expressing an androgen receptor with a compound of claim 1 and monitoring an effect on the cell.
206. A method comprising contacting a cell expressing a glucocorticoid receptor and an androgen receptor with a compound of claim 1 and monitoring an effect on the cell.
207. A method of treating a patient suffering from an androgen receptor related disorder or a glucocorticoid receptor related disorder, comprising identifying a patient in need thereof and contacting said patient with a compound of claim 1.
208. The method of claim 207 wherein the patient suffers from a condition selected from the group consisting of: inflammation, transplant rejection, psoriasis, dermatitis, autoimmune disorder, malignancy, adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, rheumatic fever, granulomatous disease, immune proliferation/apoptosis, conditions of the HPA axis, hypercortisolemia, cytokine imbalance, kidney disease, liver disease, stroke, spinal cord injury, hypercalcemia, hyperglycemia, cerebral edema, thrombocytopenia, Little's syndrome, Addison's disease, cystic fibrosis, myasthenia gravis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, uveitis, pemphigus vulgaris, multiple sclerosis, nasal polyps, sepsis, infections, type II diabetes, obesity, metabolic syndrome, depression, schizophrenia, mood disorders, Cushing's syndrome, anxiety, sleep disorders, poor memory, glaucoma, wasting, heart disease, fibrosis, hypertension, hyperaldosteronism, and sodium and/or potassium imbalance.
209. A pharmaceutical agent comprising a physiologically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient; and a compound of claim 1.
210. A pharmaceutical agent comprising a physiologically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient; and a compound of claim 182.
211. The pharmaceutical agent of claim 209 or claim 210 for use in treating a condition selected from the group consisting of: inflammation, transplant rejection, psoriasis, dermatitis, autoimmune disorder, malignancy, adrenal insufficiency, congenital adrenal hyperplasia, rheumatic fever, granulomatous disease, immune proliferation/apoptosis, conditions of the HPA axis, hypercortisolemia, cytokine imbalance, kidney disease, liver disease, stroke, spinal cord injury, hypercalcemia, hyperglycemia, cerebral edema, thrombocytopenia, Little's syndrome, Addison's disease, cystic fibrosis, myasthenia gravis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, uveitis, pemphigus vulgaris, multiple sclerosis, nasal polyps, sepsis, infections, type II diabetes, obesity, metabolic syndrome, depression, schizophrenia, mood disorders, Cushing's syndrome, anxiety, sleep disorders, poor memory, glaucoma, wasting, heart disease, fibrosis, hypertension, hyperaldosteronism, and sodium and/or potassium imbalance.
PCT/US2009/034131 2008-02-13 2009-02-13 Steroid hormone receptor modulator compounds and methods WO2009103007A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US2840508P 2008-02-13 2008-02-13
US61/028,405 2008-02-13

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009103007A2 true WO2009103007A2 (en) 2009-08-20
WO2009103007A3 WO2009103007A3 (en) 2009-11-19

Family

ID=40451373

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2009/034131 WO2009103007A2 (en) 2008-02-13 2009-02-13 Steroid hormone receptor modulator compounds and methods

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2009103007A2 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011103049A2 (en) * 2010-02-16 2011-08-25 Immune Disease Institute, Inc. Method for screening receptors/ligands interactions
WO2020152193A1 (en) 2019-01-22 2020-07-30 Akribes Biomedical Gmbh Selective glucocorticoid receptor modifiers for treating impaired skin wound healing
JP2021532100A (en) * 2018-07-20 2021-11-25 グリュネンタール・ゲゼルシャフト・ミト・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング Further Substituted Triazoloquinoxaline Derivatives
JP2021532103A (en) * 2018-07-20 2021-11-25 グリュネンタール・ゲゼルシャフト・ミト・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング Substituted triazoloquinoxaline derivative

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1996019458A2 (en) * 1994-12-22 1996-06-27 Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Steroid receptor modulator compounds and methods
WO2000066560A1 (en) * 1999-05-04 2000-11-09 American Home Products Corporation Quinazolinone and benzoxazine derivatives as progesterone receptor modulators
EP1325914A1 (en) * 2000-09-14 2003-07-09 Kaken Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Tetrahydroquinoline compounds
WO2006019716A1 (en) * 2004-07-14 2006-02-23 Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Intracellular receptor modulator compounds and methods

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1996019458A2 (en) * 1994-12-22 1996-06-27 Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Steroid receptor modulator compounds and methods
WO2000066560A1 (en) * 1999-05-04 2000-11-09 American Home Products Corporation Quinazolinone and benzoxazine derivatives as progesterone receptor modulators
EP1325914A1 (en) * 2000-09-14 2003-07-09 Kaken Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Tetrahydroquinoline compounds
WO2006019716A1 (en) * 2004-07-14 2006-02-23 Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Intracellular receptor modulator compounds and methods

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HIROYUKI OKA, TOMOKI TAMURA, YOZO MIURA, YOSHIO TEKI: "Synthesis and Characterisation of Poly(1,3-phenylene)-based polyradicals carrying cyclic aminoxyls" JOURNAL OF MATERIAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 11, 2001, pages 1364-1369, XP008104614 *
M0SHE AVRAMOFF, YAIR SPRINAK: "Reduction and Benzylation by Means of Benzyl Alcohol IV. 3-Benzylquinolines" JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, vol. 22, no. 5, 1957, pages 571-574, XP002521685 *
TOSHIHARU OHTA, SHINJI MIYAKE, KOICHI SHUDO: "A Trifluoromethanesulfonic Acid Catalyzed reaction of Arylhydrazines with Benzene" TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, vol. 26, no. 47, 1985, pages 5811-5814, XP002521684 *

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011103049A2 (en) * 2010-02-16 2011-08-25 Immune Disease Institute, Inc. Method for screening receptors/ligands interactions
WO2011103049A3 (en) * 2010-02-16 2012-01-19 Immune Disease Institute, Inc. Method for screening receptors/ligands interactions
JP2021532100A (en) * 2018-07-20 2021-11-25 グリュネンタール・ゲゼルシャフト・ミト・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング Further Substituted Triazoloquinoxaline Derivatives
JP2021532103A (en) * 2018-07-20 2021-11-25 グリュネンタール・ゲゼルシャフト・ミト・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング Substituted triazoloquinoxaline derivative
JP7336505B2 (en) 2018-07-20 2023-08-31 グリュネンタール・ゲゼルシャフト・ミト・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング Further substituted triazoloquinoxaline derivatives
JP7336506B2 (en) 2018-07-20 2023-08-31 グリュネンタール・ゲゼルシャフト・ミト・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング substituted triazoloquinoxaline derivatives
US11981677B2 (en) 2018-07-20 2024-05-14 Grünenthal GmbH Further substituted triazolo quinoxaline derivatives
WO2020152193A1 (en) 2019-01-22 2020-07-30 Akribes Biomedical Gmbh Selective glucocorticoid receptor modifiers for treating impaired skin wound healing

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2009103007A3 (en) 2009-11-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4234344B2 (en) Sulfonamide-containing heterocyclic compounds
CA2399001C (en) Integrin expression inhibitor
US9622991B2 (en) Hematopoietic growth factor mimetic small molecule compounds and their uses
JP6552061B2 (en) Negative allosteric modulators (NAMS) of metabotropic glutamate receptors and their use
TWI721335B (en) Halogenated allylamine SSAO/VAP-1 inhibitor and its use
US20140243324A1 (en) Use of hematopoietic growth factor mimetics
EP2493862A1 (en) Imidazole derivatives as ido inhibitors
US20070254917A1 (en) Intracellular receptor modulator compounds and methods
TW200918536A (en) Tetracyclic indole derivatives and methods of use thereof
WO2007037187A1 (en) Sulfonamide derivative having pgd2 receptor antagonistic activity
KR20070026357A (en) Indole derivatives and use thereof as kinase inhibitors in particular ikk2 inhibitors
AU2006287513A1 (en) 1, 3-disubstituted indole derivatives for use as PPAR modulators
CA2578168A1 (en) 2-phenylpyridine derivative
US20130116231A1 (en) Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
TWI441828B (en) 2-pyridin-2-yl-pyrazol-3(2h)-one derivatives, preparation and therapeutic use thereof
KR20080018907A (en) Benzocycloheptapyridines as inhibitors of the receptor tyrosine kinase met
JP2000517301A (en) Tetrahydroisoquinoline derivatives and their pharmacological uses
WO2009103007A2 (en) Steroid hormone receptor modulator compounds and methods
WO2005040157A2 (en) Novel mch receptor antagonists
JP2008514572A (en) Indole derivatives as inhibitors of soluble adenylate cyclase.
EP2081894A1 (en) 1h-indole-2-carboxylic acid derivatives useful as ppar modulators
US8071589B2 (en) Dihydrobenzoindazoles
JP2017525734A (en) Isoquinolinone derivatives useful in the treatment of cancer
JPS6254308B2 (en)
CN107903208A (en) A kind of biaryl pyridines deubiquitination enzyme inhibitor, its preparation method and application

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09710689

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205 DATED 22.11.2010)

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 09710689

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2